CommuniPlan

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

CommuniPlan

Tagline

Empower Cities, Shape Futures

Civic Innovator

Name: Civic Innovator
Description: Civic Innovators are proactive community members who drive local change through collaboration and engagement. They actively participate in urban planning discussions and utilize platforms like CommuniPlan to influence project outcomes. They thrive on community involvement and often organize events to gather feedback and share ideas, ensuring a representative voice in urban development.
Demographics: Age: 35-50, Gender: Diverse, Education: Bachelor's degree or higher, Occupation: Community leader or engaged citizen, Income Level: Middle to upper-middle class.
Background: Civic Innovators often grew up in communities where local governance and community action played a central role in their upbringing. Many have backgrounds in social work, non-profit management, or public policy. They are motivated by the necessity to improve their neighborhoods and have an active interest in community service. Their hobbies include organizing community events, volunteering for local charities, and advocating for residents' rights.
Psychographics: Civic Innovators value inclusivity, transparency, and community well-being. They believe in the power of collective action and are driven by the desire to create equitable urban spaces. Their personality is optimistic and proactive, prioritizing collaboration and creativity. They are also tech-savvy and regularly use social media to mobilize support and share initiatives.
Needs: Civic Innovators need efficient tools for gathering community feedback and communicating effectively with various stakeholders. They seek platforms that allow for easy interaction and ensure that diverse voices are heard, as well as access to real-time data to inform their initiatives.
Pain: Civic Innovators often face challenges such as limited budgets for community projects, resistance from local authorities, and difficulties in mobilizing residents. They may also struggle with a lack of awareness about urban development projects and how to effectively engage different community groups.
Channels: Civic Innovators commonly engage through social media platforms like Facebook and Twitter, community meetings, local newspapers, and community boards. They also join online forums and participatory meetings to voice concerns and share ideas.
Usage: Civic Innovators utilize CommuniPlan on a frequent basis, particularly during community planning initiatives. They might access the platform weekly or bi-weekly when gathering feedback or presenting data. Often, they use the platform during stakeholder meetings to display insights and foster collaborative discussions.
Decision: Civic Innovators are guided by community interests and the potential impact of their decisions. They consider factors such as the diversity of input gathered via platform tools, peer recommendations from other civic leaders, and the availability of data analytics that can support their initiatives.

Sustainable Visionary

Name: Sustainable Visionary
Description: Sustainable Visionaries are environmental enthusiasts committed to promoting eco-friendly urban policies. They leverage CommuniPlan to advocate for sustainable practices within city planning and to devise community initiatives for green living.
Demographics: Age: 28-45, Gender: Predominantly female, Education: Master's degree in Environmental Science or related fields, Occupation: Environmental consultant or activist, Income Level: Varies, often mid-level.
Background: Many Sustainable Visionaries have grown up or studied in eco-conscious environments, with passion igniting during university studies in environmental science or policy. They engage in various green projects, from tree planting to advocating for clean energy. Their hobbies include nature conservation, participating in sustainability workshops, and exploring eco-friendly innovations.
Psychographics: Sustainable Visionaries are driven by a deep commitment to environmental stewardship. They highly value transparency, empowerment, and community activeness. Their lifestyle reflects sustainability, as they continuously seek eco-friendly products and practices. They are also motivated by a desire to leave a positive legacy for future generations.
Needs: This persona requires tools for data collection and analysis to support their advocacy efforts. They seek platforms that provide insights on the environmental impact of urban projects and facilitate community engagement around sustainability initiatives.
Pain: Sustainable Visionaries often confront bureaucratic challenges when proposing environmentally friendly changes. There may be pushbacks from stakeholders resistant to altering traditional urban planning ideologies, alongside difficulty in accessing relevant data that supports their case for green policies.
Channels: They leverage online platforms like Instagram, sustainability blogs, community workshops, and local environmental organizations to raise awareness and disseminate information on urban sustainability practices.
Usage: Sustainable Visionaries use CommuniPlan monthly for specific campaigns aimed at gathering resident feedback on proposed sustainability initiatives. Their usage spikes particularly around key project presentations or community events focused on ecological impact.
Decision: Sustainable Visionaries make decisions based on environmental data, community feedback, and alignment with broader ecological goals. They are influenced by peer-reviewed studies, collaborative discussions with environmental advocates, and evidence of successful sustainable projects.

Tech-Savvy Planner

Name: Tech-Savvy Planner
Description: Tech-Savvy Planners are forward-thinking professionals recognizing the potential of technology in urban development. They are keen to use data-driven insights from CommuniPlan to enhance urban planning effectiveness and community engagement.
Demographics: Age: 30-45, Gender: Male and female, Education: Bachelor's or Master's degree in Urban Planning or Information Technology, Occupation: Urban planner or GIS specialist, Income Level: Upper-middle class.
Background: Tech-Savvy Planners typically hail from urban-centric educational backgrounds and have experience in technology integration within urban development. They often participate in hackathons and tech meetups. Their interests revolve around integrating innovative technologies into traditional planning approaches, and many enjoy coding and data visualization in their spare time.
Psychographics: This persona values innovation, analytical thinking, and efficiency. Tech-Savvy Planners are motivated by the desire to create smarter cities through technology. They are inclined towards lifelong learning and are often early adopters of new tools that can enhance their workflow and decision-making processes.
Needs: They need platforms that provide seamless integration of technology into urban planning, enabling them to visualize data and collaborate more effectively with other stakeholders. They also appreciate user-friendly interfaces that streamline the analysis and feedback process.
Pain: Tech-Savvy Planners often face obstacles such as resistance from traditional stakeholders who may not prioritize technology. They may encounter difficulties with data interoperability and challenges in educating the community on technological tools that could facilitate participation in planning efforts.
Channels: Tech-Savvy Planners frequently use professional networks, online courses, urban planning blogs, and tech forums, as well as social media platforms like LinkedIn and Twitter to engage with industry insights and best practices.
Usage: They interact with CommuniPlan weekly, particularly during project planning phases or when analyzing resident feedback. They may use the platform more extensively when preparing for presentations that require visualization of community input and demographic data.
Decision: Tech-Savvy Planners make informed decisions based on data analytics, technology trends, and peer advice. They weigh the potential long-term benefits of incorporating new technologies against traditional methodologies, often driven by the need for community engagement and successful outcomes.

Equity Advocate

Name: Equity Advocate
Description: Equity Advocates are passionate individuals focused on ensuring that marginalized communities have a voice in urban planning decisions. They actively work to dismantle barriers and promote inclusive practices through CommuniPlan.
Demographics: Age: 25-40, Gender: Diverse, Education: Bachelor's or Master's degree in Social Justice or Urban Studies, Occupation: Social worker or advocate, Income Level: Variable, often lower to middle-income.
Background: Equity Advocates often have backgrounds in community organizing or social work, with a commitment stemming from personal experiences or academic pursuits related to social justice. They engage with underserved communities, aiming to empower residents through education and engagement. Their hobbies may include community gardening or attending local activist events.
Psychographics: Equity Advocates are driven by social justice, inclusivity, and empowerment, consistently fighting for the rights and representation of marginalized groups. They value authenticity in partnerships and community-led initiatives, focusing on transparency and collaboration at every level of engagement.
Needs: They require tools that effectively gather diverse perspectives from all community members, particularly those historically underrepresented. They also seek platforms that streamline communication and facilitate understanding among various stakeholders.
Pain: Equity Advocates often encounter difficulties reaching marginalized populations, who may be hesitant or face barriers to engagement. They may also face institutional resistance or bureaucratic challenges in advocating for equitable policies.
Channels: They predominantly use community centers, social media (especially Instagram and TikTok), local activism networks, and grassroots organizations to reach and engage with community members effectively.
Usage: Equity Advocates leverage CommuniPlan regularly, particularly during community engagement events. They use the platform for creating and disseminating surveys and feedback tools aimed at diverse groups, making it a key resource during planning processes.
Decision: Equity Advocates base their decisions on community feedback, equity metrics, and alignment with social justice goals. They often consult with community leaders and utilize historical data to support their advocacy, emphasizing equitable outcomes.

Community Journalist

Name: Community Journalist
Description: Community Journalists are local reporters and content creators focused on highlighting community stories, issues, and urban planning developments. They utilize CommuniPlan to source information and engage with the community they cover.
Demographics: Age: 27-45, Gender: Inclusive of all, Education: Bachelor's degree in Journalism, Communications, or related fields, Occupation: Journalist or content creator, Income Level: Variable, often lower to middle-income.
Background: Community Journalists often have a passionate connection to their neighborhoods and a background in communications or journalism. Many have started their careers in local media, nurturing a love for uncovering community narratives. They often volunteer at local initiatives to bridge gaps between information and storytelling.
Psychographics: This persona values transparency, storytelling, and community engagement. They believe in the importance of accessible and responsible journalism and are motivated by the desire to amplify community voices while holding authorities accountable.
Needs: Community Journalists need easy access to verified information, data insights, and tools for gathering community feedback. They seek to connect with stakeholders easily and report on developments that affect residents' lives.
Pain: They often find it challenging to gain access to timely information about community developments and may face obstacles in reaching diverse audience segments. There can also be misinformation in community discussions that complicate their reporting.
Channels: They primarily use social media platforms like Facebook and Twitter, local news websites, community meetings, and newsletters to gather information and engage with their audience. They also collaborate with local organizations and events to promote community engagement.
Usage: Community Journalists utilize CommuniPlan on a regular basis, particularly during reporting cycles focused on community issues or urban planning updates, frequently leveraging tools for feedback surveys and interactive content to enhance their stories.
Decision: They base their decisions on community needs, editorial ethics, and engagement metrics. Community Journalists draw insights from interactions with the public, utilizing these narratives to inform their content creation and reporting strategies.

Product Ideas

EngageMetro: EngageMetro is an interactive mobile app designed for community involvement in urban planning. It allows users to submit their ideas, vote on proposals, and access project updates in real-time. By linking local residents directly with planners and officials, the app fosters a dynamic feedback loop that ensures community voices are prioritized in decision-making processes.
GreenSight: GreenSight is a feature within CommuniPlan that provides real-time ecological impact assessments of planned urban projects. Utilizing AI and machine learning, it analyzes data from various sensors and community feedback to offer insights on potential environmental effects, helping planners create more sustainable urban developments.
Virtual Forum Hub: Virtual Forum Hub is an integrated discussion platform within CommuniPlan that enables live virtual town hall meetings. It allows community members to engage with urban planners and government officials in real-time, facilitating discussions on urban projects and collecting immediate feedback from participants.
Demographic Data Viewer: Demographic Data Viewer is a sophisticated tool for urban planners that visualizes community demographics through heat maps and dynamic graphs. This feature integrates with existing databases to provide planners with actionable insights about community needs, preferences, and projections, ensuring that planning decisions are data-driven and inclusive.
Project Feedback Loop: Project Feedback Loop is a systematic approach within CommuniPlan for gathering ongoing feedback from residents throughout the project lifecycle. It enables continuous engagement by sending periodic surveys and community pulse checks to adapt urban initiatives based on evolving community needs and sentiments.
Equity Lens Toolkit: Equity Lens Toolkit is a set of resources and guidelines integrated into CommuniPlan specifically designed to assess the potential impacts of urban projects on marginalized communities. This toolkit aims to ensure that all projects are evaluated through an equity lens, promoting inclusive development and fair resource distribution.
Sustainability Champion Program: Sustainability Champion Program is a training initiative within CommuniPlan that empowers community members to lead sustainable project proposals and initiatives. Offering resources, workshops, and mentorship, this program aims to cultivate local leaders who advocate for green practices and sustainable urban development.

Product Features

Idea Incubator

Idea Incubator is a dedicated space within the EngageMetro app where users can collaboratively build upon and refine their proposals. It allows residents to share their ideas, receive constructive feedback from the community, and enhance their submissions before they are officially voted on. This feature fosters creativity and ensures that the best ideas emerge through collaboration, ultimately leading to stronger project proposals that are more aligned with community needs.

Requirements

Collaborative Proposal Editing

User Story: As a community member, I want to collaboratively edit proposals with my neighbors so that we can combine our ideas and ensure that our submissions are thorough and articulated before voting.
Description: This requirement enables users to collaboratively edit proposals in real time. It should provide features such as version control, commenting, and editing capabilities that allow multiple users to contribute and refine their ideas simultaneously. By facilitating collaboration, this feature enhances the quality of submissions, encourages community involvement, and ensures that proposals are well-developed before voting. Integration with user profiles and community forums will help maintain engagement and feedback loops, ultimately leading to a higher success rate of proposals.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time collaboration on proposal editing by multiple users with version history tracking active.

Given multiple users are working on a proposal, When one user makes an edit, Then all other users should see the change reflected in real time without needing to refresh.

Users need to provide feedback on proposals using comments within the editing space.

Given a user is viewing a proposal, When the user adds a comment, Then the comment should be visible to all collaborators in the editing area immediately.

Collaborators should be able to view and revert to previous versions of the proposal during the editing process.

Given users have edited a proposal multiple times, When a user selects a previous version from the version history, Then the proposal should revert to the selected version and display a confirmation of the change.

Users want to share proposals with external stakeholders for feedback before final submission.

Given a user is ready to share a proposal, When the user selects 'Share for Feedback', Then the proposal should generate a secure link that can be distributed to external stakeholders, containing viewing permissions only.

Community members wish to receive notifications about updates made to proposals they are collaborating on.

Given a user is collaborating on a proposal, When any editing occurs on the proposal, Then the user should receive a notification about the changes made.

Users must have their profiles linked to the proposals they contribute to for accountability and recognition.

Given a user has edited a proposal, When the proposal is viewed, Then the user's name should be displayed alongside their contributions in the version history.

The system should allow users to filter proposals by most recently edited to find active collaborative projects easily.

Given a user is viewing all proposals, When they apply the filter for 'Most Recently Edited', Then only the proposals edited within the last 24 hours should be displayed at the top of the list.

Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a voter, I want to give and receive feedback on proposals so that I can contribute my perspective and help improve ideas before they are officially submitted for voting.
Description: This requirement outlines the process for users to provide feedback on proposals submitted by others. It should include rating systems, comment sections, and notifications to keep users updated about feedback received on their ideas. The feedback mechanic should be intuitive and encourage constructive criticism, making it easier for proposers to refine their ideas. This feature not only fosters community engagement but also ensures that all voices are heard, leading to higher quality project proposals that reflect the community's needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User Submission of Feedback on Proposals

Given a user has submitted a proposal, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to view all feedback comments and ratings on their proposal.

Rating System Implementation

Given the feedback mechanism is active, when a user provides a rating on a proposal, then the rating should be accurately reflected in the overall score of that proposal immediately.

Comment Section Availability

Given a proposal has been submitted, when any user accesses the proposal page, then they should be able to post a comment and see their comment displayed in the comment section within 5 seconds.

Feedback Notification System

Given a user has provided feedback on a proposal, when the proposer receives new comments or ratings, then they should receive a notification within 10 minutes of the feedback being given.

Encouragement of Constructive Criticism

Given a feedback submission, when a comment is posted that does not include constructive criticism, then the system should prompt the user to modify their comment to align with community feedback guidelines.

Intuitive Feedback Interface

Given a user accesses the feedback mechanism, when they interact with the feedback interface, then it should be easy to navigate with no more than three clicks required to submit feedback or view existing feedback.

Proposal Voting System

User Story: As a resident, I want a secure voting system for proposals so that I can confidently express my preferences and know that my vote is counted accurately.
Description: This requirement entails the development of a robust, transparent voting system for proposals. The system should support various voting methods, such as ranked choice and simple majority. It should ensure the integrity of the voting process through secure authentication and anonymized responses. Additionally, real-time results and analytics should be available to all community members to maintain transparency. This feature is critical for empowering residents to have a direct impact on urban planning decisions that affect them.
Acceptance Criteria: Proposal Voting System allows registered users to vote on community proposals during a designated voting period, ensuring only eligible participants can influence the outcome.

Given a registered user, when they access the voting interface during the voting period, then they should be able to select their preferred voting method, cast their vote, and receive a confirmation of their submission.

The system ensures secure authentication for all users participating in the proposal voting, preventing unauthorized access or tampering with votes.

Given a user attempting to vote, when they enter their credentials, then the system should validate their identity and only allow authenticated users to proceed with voting.

Voting results are displayed in real-time to all community members once the voting period has ended, promoting transparency in the decision-making process.

Given the conclusion of the voting period, when any community member accesses the results page, then they should see real-time analytics including total votes for each proposal, voter turnout, and a graphical representation of the results.

The voting system supports multiple voting methods including ranked choice and simple majority, allowing users to choose how they want to vote.

Given a voting proposal, when a user accesses the voting options, then they should have the ability to choose between ranked choice voting and simple majority voting methods before casting their vote.

The integrity of the voting process is maintained through anonymized responses, ensuring that individual votes cannot be traced back to the voters.

Given a user submits their vote, when the vote is recorded in the system, then the vote should be stored in a manner that ensures anonymity and cannot be linked to the user's identity.

Community members can provide feedback on the proposals after voting, ensuring continuous engagement and improvement of future proposals.

Given that a user has voted on a proposal, when they access the feedback section post-voting, then they should be able to submit their comments or suggestions related to the proposals they voted on.

The voting system includes a help section that guides users on how to participate in the voting process.

Given a user is on the voting interface, when they seek help, then they should have access to a comprehensive help section that explains how to vote, the voting methods available, and answers frequently asked questions.

Proposal Submission Guidelines

User Story: As a user, I want clear guidelines on how to submit proposals so that I can craft my ideas more effectively and ensure that they meet community standards.
Description: This requirement provides clear guidelines for users submitting proposals in the Idea Incubator. It should include parameters such as formatting, length, topics of interest, and best practices for effective submissions. A dedicated section should be available within the Idea Incubator for users to access these guidelines easily. Clear instructions will improve the quality of proposals and ensure that all submissions are relevant and aligned with community goals, reducing the number of incomplete or off-topic proposals.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Idea Incubator and navigates to the Proposal Submission Guidelines section.

Given a user is logged into the EngageMetro app, when they navigate to the Idea Incubator, then the Proposal Submission Guidelines section should be easily accessible from the main interface.

User views the Proposal Submission Guidelines to understand how to submit a proposal.

Given the user is in the Proposal Submission Guidelines section, when they review the guidelines, then they should see clear formatting instructions, length restrictions, and topics of interest outlined distinctly.

User submits a proposal in accordance with the guidelines provided.

Given the user follows the Proposal Submission Guidelines, when they submit their proposal, then it should pass validation checks for formatting and length without errors.

User attempts to submit a proposal that does not meet the guidelines.

Given the user tries to submit a proposal that exceeds the specified length, when the submit button is clicked, then an error message should appear, indicating the reason for the failure.

User receives feedback on their submitted proposal based on the guidelines.

Given the user has submitted their proposal in compliance with the guidelines, when feedback is provided, then it should reference specific elements of the guidelines that were followed or violated.

User shares their proposal within the community for collaborative feedback.

Given the user’s proposal meets the guidelines, when they share it for community feedback, then it should be visible to other users for comments and suggestions.

The system tracks and displays the number of proposals submitted against the guidelines.

Given multiple users submit proposals, when the system aggregates submissions, then it should display the total number of guidelines-compliant proposals on the dashboard.

Interactive Idea Mapping Tool

User Story: As a proposal creator, I want an interactive map tool so that I can visually communicate my ideas and their impact on specific locations within the community.
Description: This requirement focuses on the creation of an interactive mapping tool that allows users to visually represent their proposals in relation to specific areas within the community. Users should be able to pin ideas to locations on a map, draw boundaries, and showcase the geographic impact of their proposals. This feature will help community members visualize the implications of their ideas and foster more informed discussions about urban planning. Integration with existing mapping tools and GIS data will enhance usability and accuracy.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can pin their ideas on the interactive map to illustrate proposals.

Given a user is logged in and access the Idea Incubator, When they select a location on the map and pin their proposal, Then the proposal should be accurately represented at the selected location and visible to other users.

Users can draw boundaries on the map to define the area impacted by their proposals.

Given a user is logged in to the Idea Incubator, When they choose the boundary drawing tool, Then they can click and drag to create a boundary on the map, and the drawn area should be saved and displayed correctly.

Users can view and edit their previously pinned ideas on the map.

Given a user has pinned ideas on the map, When they select a pinned idea, Then they should be able to view the details, edit the proposal text, and adjust the pinned location if necessary.

Users can integrate existing GIS data to enhance their proposals visually.

Given the interactive mapping tool is enabled, When users select GIS data layers relevant to their proposal area, Then those layers should overlay correctly on the map and update in real-time based on user selections.

Community members can provide feedback on proposals pinned to the map.

Given a user is viewing the interactive map with pinned proposals, When they click on a pin, Then they should be able to provide feedback and submit comments that are linked to that proposal.

Users can filter pinned proposals based on categories or tags.

Given multiple proposals are pinned on the map, When a user selects filters based on categories or tags, Then only the relevant proposals should be displayed on the map while others are hidden.

Notification and Alert System

User Story: As an active participant, I want to receive notifications about updates and feedback so that I can stay informed and engage meaningfully with the Idea Incubator.
Description: This requirement establishes a notification system that keeps users informed about activities related to the Idea Incubator. Users should receive alerts for comments on their proposals, feedback from the community, updates on proposal status, and reminders about upcoming voting deadlines. The notification system should be customizable, allowing users to select which alerts they want to receive. This feature promotes engagement with the platform and ensures that users are actively connected to the processes involving their contributions.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert when a new comment is made on their proposal in the Idea Incubator.

Given a user has submitted a proposal, When another user comments on their proposal, Then the proposal owner receives an email notification and an in-app alert regarding the new comment.

Users can customize their notification preferences for the Idea Incubator alerts.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, When they select or deselect options for comments, feedback, updates, and reminders, Then their preferences are successfully saved and reflected in their account.

Users receive reminders about upcoming voting deadlines for their proposals.

Given a user has a proposal pending in the Idea Incubator, When the voting deadline approaches (e.g., 24 hours prior), Then the user receives an email reminder and an in-app notification about the voting deadline.

Users receive feedback alerts for their submitted proposals in the Idea Incubator.

Given a user has submitted a proposal, When feedback is provided by another user, Then the proposal owner receives a notification indicating that feedback is available for their review.

Users can view their notification history related to the Idea Incubator activities.

Given a user is logged into their account, When they navigate to the notification history section, Then they can see a list of all past notifications related to comments, feedback, and deadlines with timestamps.

The notification system is tested for performance under high user activity.

Given multiple users are active and submitting proposals simultaneously, When notifications are triggered, Then all alerts are sent without delays and no notifications are missed or duplicated.

Users can unsubscribe from notifications entirely if desired.

Given a user wants to stop receiving all notifications, When they choose the unsubscribe option in their notification settings, Then they no longer receive any alerts related to their proposals or feedback.

Proposal Showcase

Proposal Showcase offers users a visually appealing, easy-to-navigate gallery of ideas currently under consideration. Users can explore detailed descriptions, visuals, and community feedback on each proposal. This feature enhances transparency and allows residents to make informed voting decisions by providing insights into the community’s collective vision, strengthening engagement and support for favored projects.

Requirements

Visual Proposal Display

User Story: As a community member, I want to browse an attractive gallery of proposals so that I can easily understand and engage with the projects being considered for our community.
Description: The Visual Proposal Display requirement entails creating a user-friendly gallery interface for showcasing proposals. Users will be able to easily navigate through a collection of proposals represented by images and design mockups, paired with brief descriptions. This feature facilitates smoother exploration and comparison of various urban planning proposals. It is crucial for enhancing transparency and offering a visually engaging way for community members to understand potential projects, thereby fostering greater participation and feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates the Visual Proposal Display to view different urban planning proposals.

Given the user accesses the gallery, when they scroll through the proposals, then each proposal should load within 2 seconds and be fully visible without any distortion or overflow.

Community members provide feedback on proposals displayed in the Visual Proposal Display.

Given a proposal is selected, when the user clicks on the feedback option, then a feedback form should appear, allowing users to submit their comments, and it must save their feedback successfully.

Users compare multiple proposals in the Visual Proposal Display to make informed voting decisions.

Given multiple proposals are displayed, when the user selects two proposals for comparison, then a side-by-side comparison view should appear, highlighting key differences and user feedback for each proposal.

Administrators manage and update the proposals shown in the Visual Proposal Display.

Given an administrator logs into the backend, when they add a new proposal or edit an existing proposal, then the gallery should reflect these changes immediately without any errors.

Users assess the popularity of proposals based on community engagement metrics displayed in the Visual Proposal Display.

Given that the proposals have received feedback, when the user views the proposal gallery, then each proposal should display the total number of likes and comments to reflect community interest.

Users interact with detailed descriptions and images of proposals in the Visual Proposal Display.

Given the user selects a proposal, when the user clicks on the proposal card, then a detailed view should open showing a larger image, a full description, and user feedback without navigating away from the gallery.

Community Feedback Integration

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide feedback on proposals so that my voice is heard in the urban planning process and I can influence the outcomes that affect my community.
Description: The Community Feedback Integration requirement focuses on enabling users to leave comments and feedback directly on each proposal entry. This will allow for real-time engagement and open discussions about the proposals. By capturing community insights and opinions in one place, stakeholders can gauge public sentiment and make necessary adjustments to planned projects. This integration enriches the collaborative aspect of urban planning by ensuring all voices are heard, thus increasing community buy-in.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can view all proposals in the Proposal Showcase section with integrated feedback options for each proposal.

Given the user is on the Proposal Showcase page, when they click on a proposal, then they should see an option to leave feedback and comments below the proposal description.

Users can submit feedback and comments for a specific proposal.

Given the user is viewing a proposal, when they enter a comment into the feedback text box and submit it, then the comment should be displayed under that proposal immediately.

The system must validate that comments adhere to guidelines regarding content restrictions.

Given the user submits a comment, when the comment is processed, then the system should confirm the comment meets content guidelines and either displays it or provides feedback on why it was not accepted.

Users are notified when someone replies to their comment on a proposal.

Given a user has commented on a proposal, when another user replies to that comment, then the original commenter should receive a notification of the reply.

Stakeholders can view aggregated community feedback on each proposal in real-time.

Given a stakeholder accesses the Proposal Showcase, when they view a proposal, then they should see the total number of comments and an overview of sentiment (positive, neutral, negative) based on community feedback.

Users can edit or delete their comments on proposals within a specific time frame after submission.

Given the user has submitted a comment, when they choose to edit or delete the comment within 24 hours, then the comment should be successfully edited or removed from the display.

Users can filter proposals based on community feedback received.

Given the user is on the Proposal Showcase page, when they select filters for sorting proposals by the number of comments or overall sentiment, then the proposals list should update to reflect the selected criteria.

Proposal Voting System

User Story: As a community member, I want to vote on proposals so that I can have a direct impact on the projects that will be implemented in my community.
Description: The Proposal Voting System will enable users to vote on proposals that they support or oppose. This requirement includes a secure and intuitive voting mechanism, along with a clear display of voting results. By empowering community members to express their preferences through a democratic process, this system enhances engagement and gives stakeholders valuable insights into community priorities, ultimately guiding urban planning decisions toward projects with higher community support.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a vote on a proposal after reviewing its details, including description, visuals, and community feedback.

Given the user is logged into the platform, when they access the Proposal Showcase and select an active proposal, then the proposal's voting mechanism should be displayed, allowing the user to cast a vote for or against the proposal, and confirm their selection.

User attempts to vote multiple times on the same proposal to test the system's restrictions.

Given the user has already voted on a proposal, when they try to cast another vote on the same proposal, then the system should display a warning message stating that multiple votes are not allowed, and prevent the second vote from being recorded.

After voting, the user wants to immediately view the results for the proposals they have voted on.

Given the user has successfully voted on a proposal, when they navigate to the voting results section, then they should see an updated tally of votes for the proposal they participated in, including the percentage of support and opposition.

A community administrator needs to ensure that the voting system complies with accessibility standards.

Given an accessibility audit is conducted, when the voting system interface is tested, then all voting elements should be operable via keyboard, screen readers should correctly interpret the voting instructions, and visual elements should conform to color contrast standards.

A community organizer wants to review the voting history to analyze community preferences on past proposals.

Given the community organizer is logged in, when they access the voting history section, then they should be able to view a detailed list of previous proposals voted on, including total votes cast, current standings, and user demographics who participated in the voting process.

The system must ensure that votes are securely stored and cannot be tampered with after submission.

Given a user has submitted their vote, when the proposal's voting data is reviewed by the administrator, then the system should ensure that the voting data is encrypted and provides an audit trail that cannot be altered without proper authorization.

Live Proposal Updates

User Story: As a community member, I want to receive updates about proposals so that I can stay informed about any changes and contribute to discussions effectively.
Description: The Live Proposal Updates requirement allows users to receive notifications or updates about changes or new information concerning proposals they are interested in. This feature could be implemented through email alerts or in-app notifications. Timely updates ensure that users remain informed about developments and opportunities related to each proposal, thereby maintaining engagement and participation in the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: User subscribes to updates for a proposal they are interested in through the CommuniPlan platform.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they select a proposal and choose to subscribe to notifications, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their subscription was successful.

User receives email notifications for updates on a proposal they are subscribed to.

Given a user is subscribed to a proposal's notifications, when new updates are posted on that proposal, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the update being published.

User accesses in-app notifications for real-time updates on proposals they are following.

Given the user is logged into the application, when they navigate to the 'Notifications' tab, then they should see a list of recent updates related to the proposals they are subscribed to, including timestamps and brief descriptions.

User opts to unsubscribe from notifications about a proposal.

Given the user is viewing a proposal they are subscribed to, when they select the unsubscribe option, then they should receive a confirmation message and not receive further notifications for that proposal.

User checks the history of updates for a specific proposal.

Given that the user is viewing a proposal, when they click on the 'Update History' section, then they should see a chronological list of all past updates along with relevant details and timestamps.

Users are notified of upcoming community meetings relating to proposals they follow.

Given a user is following a proposal, when a related community meeting is scheduled, then they should receive a reminder notification at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting.

Detailed Proposal Insights

User Story: As a community member, I want to access detailed information about proposals so that I can make informed decisions and discussions regarding community projects.
Description: The Detailed Proposal Insights feature involves providing comprehensive background information on each proposal, including the project's objectives, potential benefits, and considerations. This may also include data visualization elements, such as impact assessments or comparison charts with existing conditions. By offering thorough insights, users will be better equipped to understand the implications of each project, fostering informed discussions and decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User views detailed insights of a proposal in the Proposal Showcase feature.

Given a user selects a specific proposal from the Proposal Showcase, when they navigate to its detailed view, then the comprehensive background information, including project objectives and potential benefits, is displayed clearly and completely.

User interacts with data visualization elements related to a proposal's impact assessments.

Given a user is examining a proposal's detailed insights, when they engage with the data visualization elements, then they can toggle between different visualization formats (e.g., charts, graphs) that clearly represent impact assessments compared to existing conditions.

User provides feedback on a proposal after reviewing its insights.

Given a user has reviewed the detailed proposal insights, when they submit feedback or comments, then their input is successfully recorded and displayed alongside the proposal for other users to see.

User searches for a proposal by specific criteria such as category or community impact.

Given a user is on the Proposal Showcase page, when they use the search filter to specify criteria, then the results update in real-time to reflect proposals that match the specified search parameters.

User accesses the Detailed Proposal Insights from a mobile device.

Given a user accesses the Proposal Showcase through a mobile browser, when they view a proposal's detailed insights, then the information is formatted for mobile view without losing any content or functionality.

User compares multiple proposals side by side for informed decision making.

Given a user selects multiple proposals for comparison, when they view the comparison chart, then key details from each proposal are displayed side by side for easy evaluation.

User's engagement with the Detailed Proposal Insights feature is tracked for analytics purposes.

Given a user is interacting with the Detailed Proposal Insights, when the analytics tracking system records the session, then the system accurately captures user interactions (e.g., view duration, sections accessed) for future analysis.

User Engagement Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access analytics on community engagement with proposals so that I can understand public interest and adjust my approach to urban development.
Description: The User Engagement Analytics Dashboard requirement includes developing a dashboard for project administrators that displays metrics related to user engagement with proposals, such as views, feedback frequency, and voting patterns. This feature will provide valuable insights into community interests and engagement levels, helping stakeholders adapt outreach and communication strategies accordingly. It supports the goal of fostering a data-driven approach to urban planning and community involvement.
Acceptance Criteria: As a project administrator, I want to access the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard to view the total number of user interactions with each proposal over the last month, so I can assess community interest.

Given that I am logged into the CommuniPlan platform as a project administrator, when I navigate to the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard, then I should see a graph displaying the total number of views for each proposal over the past month based on user interactions.

As a project administrator, I need to analyze the frequency of feedback submissions on each proposal across various demographics to understand which segments are most engaged.

Given that I am logged into the CommuniPlan platform and on the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when I select a specific proposal, then I should be able to filter feedback submissions by demographics and see the number of comments from each demographic group.

As a project administrator, I want to identify voting patterns for each proposal to determine which proposals have strong community support.

Given that I am viewing the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when I select a proposal, then I should see a breakdown of voting patterns, including total votes, vote distribution percentage, and the option chosen by users.

As a project administrator, I want the dashboard to display trends in user engagement over time, allowing me to visualize changes in community interest.

Given that I am viewing the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when I select a time range for analysis (e.g., week, month, year), then I should see a line graph displaying trends in user engagement metrics (views, feedback, votes) for the selected proposals during that time period.

As a project administrator, I want to export user engagement data from the dashboard into a CSV format for external analysis and reporting.

Given that I am on the User Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when I click the 'Export Data' button, then I should be able to download a CSV file containing all user engagement metrics for the proposals being analyzed.

Real-Time Polling

Real-Time Polling enables immediate feedback collection during community events, meetings, or presentations via the EngageMetro app. Users can participate in live polls and surveys that reflect their opinions on various urban planning topics. This interactive functionality ensures that the voices of attendees are heard right away, creating a dynamic dialogue between residents and decision-makers and promoting a truly participatory planning process.

Requirements

Instant Feedback Collection

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to collect instantaneous feedback from attendees during community events so that I can adapt my presentation and planning strategies based on the real-time opinions of residents, encouraging increased engagement and participatory decision-making.
Description: The Instant Feedback Collection requirement enables users to initiate live polls and surveys during community events and meetings through the EngageMetro app. This feature allows urban planners and community organizers to gather immediate opinions and suggestions from attendees, enhancing community engagement and ensuring that residents' voices are represented in the planning process. By providing real-time data, this functionality supports better decision-making and fosters a sense of ownership among participants in urban planning initiatives. It integrates seamlessly with other features of CommuniPlan, enabling planners to analyze feedback alongside demographic data and previous survey results for a comprehensive overview of community sentiment.
Acceptance Criteria: Polling during a community town hall meeting to gather immediate feedback on proposed urban projects.

Given that the user initiates a live poll through the EngageMetro app, when attendees participate in the poll, then the poll results should be displayed in real-time and accessible to all participants.

Running a live survey during an urban planning workshop to assess community priorities.

Given that the live survey has been created and initiated, when at least 50% of attendees respond, then the survey results should be automatically compiled and summarized for review.

Collecting feedback during a community consultation event using mobile devices.

Given that attendees are using their mobile devices to access the EngageMetro app, when they submit their responses to the live poll, then their feedback should be stored securely and made available for further analysis within the CommuniPlan platform.

Utilizing real-time feedback collection to gauge residents' opinions on zoning changes during a public meeting.

Given that the zoning change proposal has been presented, when the poll is activated, then at least 70% of participants should engage with the poll within 10 minutes of its launch.

Engaging residents in an interactive Q&A session with instant feedback capabilities during a community event.

Given that the feedback collection feature is active, when attendees ask questions, then a summary of common themes should be generated and displayed within 15 minutes after the Q&A session ends.

Conducting a feedback poll on potential new park locations during a neighborhood association meeting.

Given that the feedback poll is live, when participants submit their choices, then the results should update live on a displayed dashboard visible to all attendees, showing the percentage of votes for each location.

Data Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to view real-time results of the polls through a visual dashboard so that I can easily present findings to stakeholders and adapt our strategy for better community engagement and project alignment.
Description: The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement provides an interactive interface that displays real-time poll and survey results through various graphical formats such as charts and graphs. This dashboard is essential for illustrating community sentiment clearly and effectively, allowing users to interpret data at a glance. It will leverage data analytics tools to offer insights, trends, and patterns that can inform urban planning decisions. Integrating seamlessly with the existing data collection features, the dashboard enhances user understanding and makes the information accessible for city planners and community members alike.
Acceptance Criteria: Live community event polling is executed through the EngageMetro app, allowing participants to submit their responses instantly, which are displayed on the Data Visualization Dashboard in real-time.

Given a live polling session is active, When a participant submits a response, Then the submitted response is reflected in the Data Visualization Dashboard within 5 seconds.

Urban planners review poll results after a community engagement meeting to gauge resident sentiment on a proposed park project using the dashboard.

Given the poll results are aggregated, When the urban planner accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then the dashboard displays poll results in a clear, graphical format that includes at least three different visual representations (e.g., pie chart, bar graph, line graph).

Community members check the Data Visualization Dashboard following a recent survey to view the responses of their peers regarding a new development proposal.

Given that the survey is completed, When a community member accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then they can view the survey results highlighted with insights such as the percentage of positive responses and key trends.

During a presentation, city officials use the Data Visualization Dashboard to show live polling results to stakeholders and the public.

Given the Data Visualization Dashboard is presented to stakeholders, When polling results are being demonstrated, Then the dashboard allows seamless transitions between different data visualizations without lag or failure.

Data analysts internally review the effectiveness of the polling feature by analyzing patterns in the collected data displayed on the dashboard.

Given the accumulated data from multiple polling sessions, When an analyst examines the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then they can filter results based on demographics and timeframes to identify trends effectively.

Community leaders want to provide feedback to the city on a recent service shown in the dashboard, based on community responses collected via polling.

Given community feedback sessions occur, When leaders consult the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then they can export the feedback and visualization reports in PDF format for presentation and documentation purposes.

A city council meeting is scheduled to discuss public feedback on multiple recent community polls, which are visualized on the dashboard for clarity.

Given the city council prepares for a meeting, When the council members review the Data Visualization Dashboard, Then they have access to historical data from the polls that illustrates changes in community sentiment over time.

Participant Anonymity Option

User Story: As a resident, I want the option to respond to surveys anonymously so that I can express my true opinions without the fear of judgment, thus promoting open and honest feedback in urban planning discussions.
Description: The Participant Anonymity Option requirement allows users to participate in polls and surveys without revealing their identities. This feature ensures that attendees feel comfortable expressing their honest opinions, especially on sensitive topics. By encouraging open dialogue and input from a diverse range of participants, this functionality can lead to more balanced and representative feedback for urban planners. The anonymity option must be integrated into the existing polling framework and be straightforward for users to activate or deactivate based on their preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User opts for anonymity while participating in a live poll during a community event.

Given a user is attending a community event, when they choose to participate in a live poll, then they should be able to enable the anonymity feature before submitting their response.

User switches off anonymity and participates in a survey at a public meeting.

Given a user has the anonymity option available, when they choose to disable it during a survey, then their identity should be visible to the poll administrators after submission.

Multiple users participate in a poll using the EngageMetro app with varying anonymity preferences.

Given multiple users are participating in a real-time poll, when some users opt for anonymity and others do not, then the system must accurately reflect preferences ensuring anonymity for those who selected it while displaying identities for others.

User requests clarification on anonymous voting within the polling system.

Given a user is uncertain about the anonymity feature, when they access the help section of the EngageMetro app, then they should find clear documentation outlining how the anonymity setting works and how to use it.

Polling results are analyzed post-event with attention to anonymous vs. non-anonymous responses.

Given poll results are generated after a community event, when the results are viewed by planners, then they should be able to filter responses based on anonymity status to analyze feedback accurately.

Post-Event Feedback Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to receive a comprehensive analysis of feedback after community events so that I can understand trends in resident opinions and use that data to inform future urban planning efforts.
Description: The Post-Event Feedback Analysis requirement focuses on compiling and examining feedback gathered during events after they have concluded. This functionality will provide urban planners and organizers with structured reports that analyze data trends and community input over time. The analysis will enable planners to derive actionable insights and determine how resident feedback affects urban development initiatives. This feature should integrate with the existing data collection and reporting tools within CommuniPlan, allowing seamless transition from data collection to analysis.
Acceptance Criteria: Collecting and Analyzing Feedback After Community Event

Given a concluded community event, when the urban planner accesses the Post-Event Feedback Analysis tool, then they should be able to view a structured report of the feedback collected within 24 hours of the event completion.

Filtering Feedback by Demographics

Given a set of feedback data from multiple events, when the urban planner filters the report by demographic criteria (age, location, etc.), then the tool should display a detailed analysis specific to the selected demographics.

Identifying Trends over Time

Given historical feedback data from multiple events, when the urban planner generates a trend analysis report, then the report should clearly show changes in community opinions and preferences over the selected time period.

Exporting Analysis Reports

Given the analysis report is generated, when the urban planner opts to export the report, then the report should be available in PDF and CSV formats for easy sharing and further analysis.

Integrating Real-Time Polling Results

Given that real-time polling data has been collected during community events, when the urban planner accesses the Post-Event Feedback Analysis, then it should seamlessly include the results of the real-time polling in the final report.

User Permissions for Accessing Feedback Data

Given different user roles within the CommuniPlan platform, when an urban planner attempts to access the Post-Event Feedback Analysis tool, then their access should comply with the assigned user permissions (admin, editor, viewer).

Visualizing Data Trends with Graphs

Given a set of analytical data from community feedback, when the urban planner views the report, then they should see visual representations (graphs, charts) that illustrate the data trends for easier interpretation.

Multi-Language Support for Polling

User Story: As a community member who speaks a different language, I want to participate in polls in my preferred language so that I can share my opinions accurately and feel included in the urban planning discussions.
Description: The Multi-Language Support for Polling requirement ensures that users can participate in live polls and surveys in their preferred language. This feature is crucial for engaging diverse communities and ensuring inclusivity in the urban planning process. By offering translations and linguistic support, the platform ensures that language barriers do not hinder community participation. This requirement involves integrating language options into the EngageMetro app, allowing users to select their preferred language easily.
Acceptance Criteria: Multi-Language Polling Access During Community Meeting

Given that a user opens the EngageMetro app for a community meeting, when they navigate to the polling section, then they should see an option to select their preferred language from a list of available languages.

Real-Time Language Translation During Live Polls

Given that a live poll begins in a community event, when a user selects a language for participation, then all poll question prompts and options should be displayed in the user's selected language without delay.

Validation of Language Selection Functionality

Given that a user attempts to select a language preference, when they successfully submit their choice, then they should receive a confirmation message acknowledging their language selection and the interface should refresh to show content in the selected language.

Inclusivity in Poll Response Options

Given that a live poll is active, when users report their experience, then 100% of the available choice options should be accurately translatable into all supported languages and must be shown to the users in their selected language during the polling process.

Accessibility of Language Support in Various Devices

Given that a user accesses the EngageMetro app from a mobile device, tablet, or desktop, when they open the real-time polling feature, then the language selection option should be consistently available on all devices regardless of screen size.

Feedback Collection on Multi-Language Feature

Given that the polling session has concluded, when users are prompted to provide feedback on their experience with the language support, then a survey should be presented in the preferred language of each user, allowing for insightful feedback.

Testing Compatibility with Non-English Characters

Given that a user selects a language that uses non-English characters, when they participate in the poll, then all questions and answers must display correctly without distortion or misrepresentation of the characters.

Engagement Metrics Reporting

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access detailed reports on engagement metrics from polls and surveys so that I can refine our outreach approach and ensure that all community demographics are included in the urban planning process.
Description: The Engagement Metrics Reporting requirement provides comprehensive analytics on user participation rates, demographics, and engagement levels during polling events. This feature allows urban planners and community organizers to evaluate the effectiveness of their outreach efforts and understand which demographics are actively participating in the feedback processes. The metrics will be crucial for improving future polling strategies and ensuring that outreach aligns with community needs. This reporting feature will connect to existing data analytics tools within CommuniPlan.
Acceptance Criteria: User Participation Analytics during Live Polls

Given a community event where a live poll is conducted, When the poll concludes, Then the system should provide real-time analytics showing the total number of participants, along with a breakdown by demographics such as age, gender, and location.

Post-Event Reporting for Polling Outcomes

Given that a polling event has occurred, When the event organizer accesses the reporting feature, Then they should be able to download a detailed report that includes participation rates, demographic trends, and engagement levels for that specific event.

Comparison of Engagement Metrics Across Events

Given multiple polling events have been conducted, When an urban planner requests comparative analytics, Then the system should display a dashboard showing trends in participation rates and demographic engagement over time, allowing for analysis of outreach effectiveness.

Customization of Reporting Metrics

Given that the engagement metrics reporting feature is active, When a user accesses the reporting tool, Then they should be able to customize which metrics to display, including options for filtering by date range, event type, and demographic segments.

Integration with Existing Analytics Tools

Given that the engagement metrics reporting feature needs to connect with external data analytics tools, When the user attempts to integrate the system, Then the connection should be seamless, allowing data from polling events to be exported without loss or error.

Real-Time Feedback Validation

Given that users are submitting responses in a live poll, When the poll is active, Then each user's submission should trigger an immediate update in the engagement metrics, reflecting their choice in real-time analytics.

Accessibility of Reporting Features

Given that the engagement metrics reporting feature is available, When community organizers access the reporting tool, Then they should find the user interface intuitive and easy to navigate, with clear instructions and support available.

Discussion Boards

Discussion Boards serve as an online forum for residents to engage in meaningful conversations about proposed plans and urban issues. This feature encourages dialogue and debate, allowing users to ask questions, share insights, and build community consensus around key projects. By facilitating open communication, Discussion Boards empower residents to engage more deeply and influence decisions actively.

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

User Story: As a resident, I want to create an account and log in, so that I can participate in meaningful discussions and contribute my opinions securely.
Description: The User Registration and Authentication requirement allows residents to securely create accounts and log in to the Discussion Boards. This feature ensures that only verified users can participate in discussions, fostering a sense of community and accountability. It will integrate with existing user databases and leverage email verification for account authenticity. The expected outcome is increased user trust and a safe environment for open discussion, thereby promoting active participation.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration Process for Discussion Boards

Given a user navigates to the registration page, when they fill out the registration form with valid information and submit it, then they should receive a confirmation email to verify their account.

User Login Authentication for Discussion Boards

Given a registered user attempts to log in with correct credentials, when they enter their username and password and submit, then they should be redirected to the Discussion Boards homepage.

Email Verification Process for New Users

Given a new user has registered and received a verification email, when they click the verification link, then their account should be marked as verified and they should be allowed to log in.

Failed Login Attempt Handling

Given a registered user attempts to log in with incorrect credentials, when they submit the login form, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating the credentials are invalid.

User Profile Management after Registration

Given a user has successfully registered and logged in, when they access their profile settings, then they should be able to update their personal information and change their password successfully.

Integration with Existing User Databases

Given the user registration feature is implemented, when a new user registers, then their information should be stored securely in the existing user database without any data loss or errors.

Account Deactivation Process for User Trust

Given a user wants to deactivate their account, when they submit a request for account deactivation, then their account should be deactivated and they should receive confirmation of this action.

Threaded Discussions

User Story: As a resident, I want to follow conversations on specific topics, so that I can engage more effectively and understand different viewpoints.
Description: The Threaded Discussions requirement enables users to create and contribute to discussions that can have multiple replies, facilitating organized conversations around specific topics. This structure allows users to follow responses easily and engage in deeper conversations. By integrating threaded replies, the Discussion Boards will promote clarity and help users easily navigate through diverse opinions while ensuring that key topics remain visible.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Discussion Board and initiates a new threaded discussion on a proposed urban plan.

Given a user is authenticated and on the Discussion Board, when they click 'Start New Discussion', then they should be able to enter a title and description for their thread and submit it, resulting in the thread appearing in the list of discussions with accurate timestamps.

A user replies to an existing threaded discussion, adding multiple replies to the same thread.

Given a user is viewing a specific discussion thread, when they click 'Reply' to a comment and submit their input, then their response should appear indented beneath the original comment showing the hierarchical structure of the replies for easy navigation.

A user wishes to explore all replies under a specific comment within a discussion thread.

Given a user has viewed a discussion thread, when they click on a 'View Replies' link under a comment, then a dropdown should reveal all the replies related to that comment without navigating away from the thread.

A moderator needs to manage inappropriate content within a discussion thread.

Given a moderator is viewing a discussion thread, when they identify a comment as inappropriate and click 'Report', then the comment should be flagged for review and display a notification indicating the report was successful.

A user wants to filter discussions based on their activity and engagement.

Given a user is on the Discussion Board, when they select filters for 'Most Active', 'Recent', or 'Top Rated' discussions, then the displayed discussions should update accordingly to reflect the selected filter criteria.

A new user needs guidance on how to utilize the Threaded Discussions feature effectively.

Given a user is accessing the Discussion Board for the first time, when they click on a 'Help' icon, then an introductory tutorial should pop up showing them how to create a thread, reply, and navigate the threads with clear instruction and visuals.

Moderation Tools

User Story: As a forum moderator, I want to have tools to manage discussions effectively, so that I can ensure the environment remains respectful and constructive for all participants.
Description: The Moderation Tools requirement provides administrators with capabilities to manage discussions, including deleting inappropriate comments, locking threads, and banning users who violate community guidelines. This feature is essential for maintaining a respectful environment and ensuring that discussions remain constructive. By implementing clear moderation guidelines and tools, the Discussion Boards will promote healthy dialogue and protect users from harassment.
Acceptance Criteria: Administrator reviews flagged comments for potential violation of community guidelines.

Given an administrator accesses the moderation dashboard, when they view flagged comments, then they can see a list of comments with options to delete or ignore them.

Administrator locks a discussion thread to prevent further comments.

Given an administrator selects a discussion thread, when they choose to lock the thread, then the thread should be marked as locked and prevent any new comments from being added.

Administrator bans a user for posting repeated inappropriate content.

Given an administrator identifies a user with multiple violations, when they ban the user, then the user should no longer have access to the discussion boards and receive a notification of the ban.

Community member reports a comment for inappropriate content.

Given a community member clicks the report button on a comment, when the report is submitted, then the comment should be flagged for review by the administrators.

Administrator establishes clear community guidelines for discussions.

Given an administrator updates the community guidelines, when they publish the guidelines, then all users should be notified of the updates and have access to view the guidelines in the discussion boards.

Administrator reviews and analyzes moderation activity for effectiveness.

Given an administrator accesses the moderation report, when they view the summary of moderation actions taken over the past month, then they should see metrics on comments deleted, threads locked, and users banned.

Real-time Notifications

User Story: As a resident, I want to receive real-time notifications about replies to my posts, so that I can stay engaged and respond promptly to ongoing discussions.
Description: The Real-time Notifications requirement enables users to receive instant alerts for new replies or mentions in discussions they are following. This feature enhances user engagement and encourages active participation by keeping users informed of ongoing conversations without them needing to refresh the page repeatedly. By implementing this functionality, the Discussion Boards will create a more dynamic and interactive user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification for a new reply in a discussion they are following, ensuring they can engage promptly with the conversation.

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan and is following a discussion, when a new reply is posted in that discussion, then the user should receive an instant notification in their notifications panel.

User receives a notification when they are mentioned in a discussion thread, keeping them informed and enabling them to respond quickly.

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan and is following a discussion, when another user mentions them using '@username' in a reply, then the mentioned user should receive a notification highlighting the mention.

User has the ability to customize their notification preferences, ensuring they receive only the alerts that are relevant to them.

Given a user is in their profile settings, when they select notifications preferences and choose to toggle on or off notifications for replies and mentions, then the system should accurately reflect these preferences and send notifications accordingly.

Users can view a summary of notifications to easily track the discussions and threads they have missed.

Given a user has received multiple notifications, when they access the notifications panel, then they should see a list summarizing all notifications, including replies and mentions, with timestamps.

Notifications are delivered in real-time to ensure users are immediately alerted about discussions they are interested in.

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan and a notification is triggered (for a reply or mention), when the event occurs, then the notification should be sent to the user within 2 seconds of the event happening.

Mobile users receive push notifications for discussions they are involved in, to ensure they stay engaged even on-the-go.

Given a user has enabled push notifications in their settings, when a new reply or mention occurs, then they should receive a push notification on their mobile device if they are not actively using the app.

Search and Filter Options

User Story: As a user, I want to search for discussions by keywords and filter results, so that I can easily find topics that interest me without scrolling through irrelevant posts.
Description: The Search and Filter Options requirement allows users to search for specific discussions by keyword and filter results by categories, such as 'Active', 'Resolved', or 'New'. This feature enhances usability by enabling users to quickly find relevant conversations and topics of interest. By integrating an intuitive search function, the Discussion Boards will ensure users can navigate effectively and engage with content that matters to them.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a discussion using a specific keyword in the search bar.

Given a user has accessed the Discussion Boards, when they enter a keyword into the search bar and press 'Search', then the system should display discussions containing the keyword in their titles or content.

User filters discussions by category to find Active discussions.

Given a user is on the Discussion Boards page, when they select the 'Active' category from the filter options, then the system should only display discussions marked as 'Active'.

User searches for discussions that contain a specific phrase.

Given a user is on the Discussion Boards page, when they enter a phrase within quotation marks in the search bar, then the system should show discussions that contain the exact phrase in their content.

User applies multiple filters to narrow down discussions.

Given a user is on the Discussion Boards, when they select filters for both 'Resolved' and 'New', then the system should display only discussions that satisfy both filter criteria.

User uses the search bar to search for recently discussed topics.

Given a user is on the Discussion Boards page, when they search by entering a keyword aligned with recent discussions, then the system should return results that are prioritized based on recency.

User views the search result count after performing a search.

Given a user has performed a search, when the results are displayed, then the system should show the total number of discussions returned by the search and the current filters applied.

User attempts to search for discussions but enters a term with no results.

Given a user searches for a discussion term that does not match any discussions, when they submit the search, then the system should display a message indicating no results were found.

User Profile Customization

User Story: As a resident, I want to customize my user profile, so that I can express my identity and connect with other community members with similar interests.
Description: The User Profile Customization requirement provides users with the ability to personalize their profiles by adding profiles pictures, bios, and interests related to community discussions. This feature fosters a sense of identity and encourages interaction among users. By allowing profile customization, Discussion Boards will enhance user engagement and build a community-oriented environment where users feel connected to one another.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a profile picture during profile setup.

Given the user is on the profile customization page, when they upload a valid image file, then the profile picture is displayed correctly without exceeding the maximum file size of 5MB.

User adds a bio to their profile.

Given the user is on the profile customization page, when they enter a bio of up to 200 characters, then the bio is saved and displayed on their profile correctly.

User selects interests relevant to community discussions.

Given the user is on the profile customization page, when they select at least three interests from the provided list, then these interests are saved and reflected on their profile.

User edits their profile after initial setup.

Given the user has previously set up their profile, when they navigate back to the profile customization page and make changes, then the updates are saved and displayed correctly.

User attempts to upload a profile picture beyond the size limit.

Given the user is on the profile customization page, when they upload an image file larger than 5MB, then an error message is displayed indicating the file exceeds the size limit.

User visits another user's profile to view their customization.

Given the user clicks on another user's profile link, then they can see the profile picture, bio, and interests of that user without any errors.

User's profile customization options remain persistent after logging out and back in.

Given the user has customized their profile, when they log out and then log back in, then their profile picture, bio, and interests should still reflect their previous choices.

Feedback Pulse

Feedback Pulse is a feature that periodically prompts users to provide their insights on ongoing projects and community needs through quick surveys. This functionality ensures that engagement doesn’t end with initial submission and voting, allowing residents to express evolving opinions and track project development over time. It fosters ongoing involvement and ensures that community sentiment remains a core consideration throughout the planning process.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a community resident, I want to receive periodic prompts to provide my feedback on urban planning projects so that I can ensure my evolving opinions and needs are considered throughout the development process.
Description: The Real-time Feedback Mechanism is crucial for enabling users to submit their insights and opinions on ongoing urban planning projects as they develop. This feature will allow for continuous engagement by providing quick and periodically scheduled surveys soliciting resident input, thus ensuring that community sentiment is constantly captured and integrated into the project development process. This requirement enhances the product by ensuring that the feedback loop remains open, allowing planners to adjust projects based on emerging needs and preferences. Furthermore, the integration of this mechanism into the existing platform ensures that data collected will inform AI-driven insights, leading to more tailored community outcomes and effectively fostering a collaborative urban planning environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on an urban planning project through the Feedback Pulse feature after being prompted by a periodic survey notification.

Given a user has been notified of a new survey, When they submit their feedback, Then the feedback should be recorded and reflected in the real-time analytics dashboard within 5 minutes.

A community planner reviews the insights collected from the Feedback Pulse feature to identify emerging trends and sentiments regarding ongoing projects.

Given that feedback has been collected from users, When the planner accesses the analytics dashboard, Then they should see up-to-date sentiment analysis based on the most recent data collected from the surveys.

The Feedback Pulse will automatically prompt users to participate in a survey at defined intervals throughout the urban planning process.

Given the planning project is ongoing, When the defined time interval is reached, Then the system should trigger a reminder notification to users prompting them to provide their feedback through a survey.

Users can easily navigate to the Feedback Pulse feature from the main dashboard of the CommuniPlan platform.

Given a user is on the main dashboard, When they look for the Feedback Pulse feature, Then it should be accessible within two clicks and visible in the user interface.

Data collected from the Feedback Pulse is seamlessly integrated with AI-driven insights to adjust ongoing urban planning projects.

Given feedback has been collected, When it is analyzed by the AI system, Then the generated insights should suggest actionable changes to the ongoing projects based on user feedback.

Users have the ability to view their previously submitted feedback on urban planning projects.

Given a user has submitted feedback through the Feedback Pulse, When they navigate to their feedback history, Then they should see a chronological list of their submissions along with project updates related to their feedback.

The platform tracks user engagement levels with the Feedback Pulse surveys over time.

Given the Feedback Pulse has been deployed for multiple surveys, When the system analyzes user response rates, Then it should provide a report detailing engagement metrics, including response counts and rates for each survey.

Adaptive Survey Frequency

User Story: As a project manager, I want the platform to adjust survey frequencies based on user engagement patterns so that we can optimize resident input and avoid survey fatigue.
Description: The Adaptive Survey Frequency requirement involves developing an intelligent algorithm that adjusts the frequency at which users receive survey prompts based on engagement levels and feedback history. By taking into account factors such as prior responses, user activity, and specific project timelines, this feature seeks to ensure that surveys are sent at optimal intervals to maximize participation without overwhelming users. This functionality is essential in maintaining user interest and ensuring that the feedback mechanism is dynamic and responsive to community preferences, aiding in the collection of high-quality data for urban planners.
Acceptance Criteria: User engagement levels trigger adaptive survey frequency adjustments.

Given a registered user with a history of survey responses, When their engagement level increases or decreases based on recent project involvement, Then the survey frequency should adapt accordingly to either prompt more frequently for active users or reduce for less active users.

Feedback history informs survey frequency adjustments.

Given a user with a detailed feedback history, When the user submits responses consistently, Then the survey prompts should be adapted to a higher frequency to maintain engagement and gather ongoing insights.

Project timelines affect survey prompt frequency.

Given a project with a set timeline, When the project approaches critical phases for community feedback, Then the survey frequency should increase to ensure timely input from users.

User activity influences the personalized survey experience.

Given a user who interacts with the platform frequently, When they engage with multiple projects, Then they should receive tailored survey prompts based on their interests and engagement levels.

System accurately tracks user feedback and adjusts prompts accordingly.

Given the algorithm is operational, When a user provides feedback on a survey, Then the system should log this response and recalculate the user's survey frequency immediately.

Non-responsive users receive appropriate reminders without being overwhelmed.

Given a user has not responded to recent surveys, When their inactivity is detected, Then the system should send a gentle reminder without increasing the survey frequency excessively.

Survey prompt adaptation is monitored for effectiveness.

Given the adaptive survey system is in use, When data is collected over a period, Then an analytics report should be generated to evaluate the effectiveness of the frequency adjustment in improving user participation rates.

Visual Progress Indicators

User Story: As a community member, I want to see visual updates on how my feedback is influencing urban planning projects so that I can feel more engaged and invested in the outcomes.
Description: Visual Progress Indicators are needed to display the status of ongoing urban planning projects to users in a transparent manner. This requirement includes graphical representations such as timelines or progress bars that visually convey how user feedback is being integrated into project developments. By making this information accessible, residents can better understand the impact of their contributions, enhancing their overall experience and encouraging continued participation in the feedback process. This feature is vital for fostering a sense of ownership within the community and reinforcing the importance of user feedback in planning outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Displaying Progress Status to Users on a Dashboard

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan, when they navigate to the project dashboard, then they should see a visual progress indicator (e.g., a progress bar or timeline) for all ongoing urban planning projects that they have provided feedback on.

Updating Progress Indicators Based on User Feedback

Given user feedback has been submitted for an ongoing project, when the project status is updated, then the progress indicator should automatically reflect the integration of that feedback within 5 minutes of the update.

Accessibility of Progress Indication for Different User Roles

Given a user has different role permissions (e.g., resident, urban planner, community organization), when they view the project progress indicators, then they should access information relevant to their role while ensuring compliance with privacy standards.

User Interaction with Progress Indicators

Given a user sees a progress indicator on an ongoing project, when they click on the indicator, then they should be directed to a detailed view that explains how their feedback has influenced the project.

Real-time Tracking of Project Development

Given a project in the system, when there is a change in the project's status or user feedback is received, then the visual progress indicator should update in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Feedback Pulse Integration with Progress Indicators

Given that Feedback Pulse has prompted a user for their opinion, when the user provides feedback, then the progress indicators should reflect any changes based on this new information within 10 minutes.

User Notification on Significant Changes

Given a significant update has occurred in an ongoing urban planning project, when this update is applied, then users who have previously engaged with the project should receive a notification alerting them to the change and directing them to the updated progress indicator.

Multilingual Survey Options

User Story: As a non-English-speaking resident, I want to complete surveys in my preferred language so that I can provide my insights without language barriers.
Description: The Multilingual Survey Options requirement focuses on enhancing the accessibility of the feedback process by allowing surveys to be presented in multiple languages. This feature is essential for engaging a diverse community effectively, ensuring that non-English speakers can also provide their valuable insights. By employing localization strategies and language selection options, the platform becomes more inclusive and encourages broader community participation, leading to a richer collection of feedback for urban planners and improving overall project relevance and success rates.
Acceptance Criteria: Multilingual Survey Engagement Usage by Non-English Speaking Residents

Given a user selects a language preference from the language options, when they access the Feedback Pulse surveys, then the surveys should display all questions and instructions in the selected language without any translation errors.

Language Selection Change During Survey Completion

Given a user is in the process of completing a survey, when they select a different language from the language options, then the survey questions should immediately update to reflect the newly selected language without data loss.

Accessibility of Survey Options for Diverse Community

Given the community has diverse language preferences, when a user accesses the Feedback Pulse, then they should have a choice of at least five different languages relevant to the community demographics.

Submission Confirmation in Selected Language

Given a user completes a survey in their chosen language, when they submit their response, then the confirmation message should be displayed in the same language as the survey completed.

Error Handling for Language Translation Issues

Given a user encounters a translation error in the survey, when they report the issue, then the system should log the error and display a message in the user’s selected language acknowledging the report.

User Preferences Saving for Future Surveys

Given a user has selected a language for survey completion, when they return to the platform for future surveys, then their previous language preference should be saved and automatically applied for new surveys.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access a dashboard that summarizes community feedback trends so that I can make data-driven decisions for future urban projects.
Description: The Feedback Analytics Dashboard serves as a central hub for urban planners and community organizers to visualize and analyze the collected feedback. This requirement will provide comprehensive data visualization tools, summarizing feedback trends, sentiment analysis, and demographics of responders in an easily digestible format. By enabling stakeholders to derive actionable insights from user feedback, this feature empowers planners to make informed decisions and prioritize initiatives that align with community needs. Ultimately, a robust analytics dashboard will enhance transparency and accountability in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Pulse Prompts User Engagement

Given a user has previously participated in a project survey, when the Feedback Pulse feature sends a prompt for follow-up feedback, then the user should receive a notification and be able to provide their input within 30 seconds.

Visualization of Feedback Trends

Given that feedback has been collected over a specified period, when the urban planner accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then they should see visual representations of feedback trends over time, including at least three different types of visualizations (e.g., line graph, bar chart, pie chart).

Sentiment Analysis Accuracy

Given a set of user feedback responses, when the sentiment analysis tool processes this data, then the output should correctly classify at least 85% of the feedback as positive, negative, or neutral based on predefined criteria.

Demographic Filtering of Feedback Data

Given that feedback data includes demographic information, when the user applies filters by age, gender, or location, then the dashboard should update to display only the feedback relevant to selected demographics without any data loss or errors.

Actionable Insights Generation

Given the collected feedback data, when the urban planner navigates to the insights section of the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then they should receive three actionable recommendations based on feedback analysis, with supporting data visualizations.

User Access Permissions

Given that different stakeholders have various roles within CommuniPlan, when accessing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then users should only see data relevant to their permissions level (e.g., planners see all data, public see summary data only).

Real-time Data Updates

Given that new feedback is submitted through the Feedback Pulse, when the feedback is recorded, then the Feedback Analytics Dashboard should reflect the updated data within one minute without requiring a page refresh.

Seamless Integration with Existing Projects

User Story: As a product manager, I want the new feedback feature to integrate seamlessly with existing project management tools so that the workflow remains uninterrupted and user friendly.
Description: The Seamless Integration with Existing Projects requirement focuses on ensuring that the new feedback pulse functionality can be smoothly incorporated into the current urban planning workflows and tools used within the CommuniPlan platform. This ensures that the feedback collection process does not disrupt existing operations and enhances the overall user experience by providing a cohesive and streamlined interaction for users. The integration should maintain data integrity while efficiently linking feedback mechanisms with project management functionalities, ultimately supporting a holistic approach to community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Feedback Pulse feature while viewing an ongoing urban planning project.

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan, When they navigate to an active project, Then they should see the Feedback Pulse prompt displayed on the project dashboard without any delay or disruption to project details.

An urban planner wants to collect feedback from residents after an initial project phase.

Given the Feedback Pulse feature is integrated, When the urban planner sets up a survey and triggers it, Then the survey should be automatically sent to all relevant stakeholders without manual intervention, ensuring all residents receive it promptly.

A local government official reviews feedback collected through various urban planning projects.

Given multiple projects have utilized the Feedback Pulse, When the official generates a report, Then the report should include consolidated feedback data from all relevant projects, maintaining the ability to filter by project or demographic criteria.

Residents are invited to provide feedback on their community needs after project milestones are reached.

Given a project milestone is achieved, When residents are prompted for feedback via the Feedback Pulse, Then the response time for residents should be tracked and reported, ensuring a minimum 70% response rate within 48 hours.

A stakeholder seeks assurance that feedback data is securely linked to the correct project.

Given that feedback is submitted through the Feedback Pulse, When the data is reviewed, Then each feedback comment must be timestamped and associated with the correct project ID to ensure data integrity and traceability.

Event Calendar

Event Calendar allows users to stay informed about important community meetings, workshops, and urban planning events in their area. This feature syncs with the app to send reminders, helping residents participate actively and voice their opinions when it matters most. By keeping residents informed and engaged, the Event Calendar encourages higher participation rates and strengthens community bonds.

Requirements

Event Notification System

User Story: As a resident, I want to receive notifications about community events so that I can actively participate and voice my opinions when they matter most.
Description: The Event Notification System ensures that users receive timely updates regarding upcoming community meetings, workshops, and urban planning events based on their preferences and location. The system is designed to facilitate customized notifications via in-app alerts, email, or SMS to enhance user engagement and participation in community events. By integrating with users' calendars, it allows residents to see event details at a glance, ensuring they do not miss opportunities to participate in important discussions and initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an event notification via in-app alert based on their selected preferences and the location of the event. The user has previously set their notification preferences for community engagements.

Given the user has set their notification preferences, When an event is created in their area, Then the user receives an in-app notification alerting them about the event at least 24 hours in advance.

User subscribes to receive email notifications for community events. The user can choose how frequently they want to receive updates.

Given the user subscribes to email notifications, When a community event is announced, Then an email is sent to the user with event details within 1 hour of the event creation.

User wants to integrate the Event Calendar with their personal calendar application (e.g., Google Calendar, Apple Calendar). The user has linked their calendar within the app settings.

Given the user has linked their personal calendar, When an event is added or modified in the Event Calendar, Then the changes should automatically sync with the user's personal calendar within 5 minutes.

User updates their location settings in the app to receive notifications for events happening in a newly selected area.

Given the user updates their location preferences, When the change is saved, Then the system should send a confirmation notification that their preferences have been updated.

Event Categorization

User Story: As a user, I want to filter events by category so that I can easily find the most relevant activities to participate in.
Description: The Event Categorization feature will allow the admin and users to filter community events based on various categories such as workshops, public meetings, planning sessions, and social gatherings. This functionality enhances the usability of the Event Calendar by enabling users to quickly find events that are most relevant to their interests and needs, thus increasing participation and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Filtering Events by Category for User Engagement

Given a user on the Event Calendar page, when they select a specific category filter (e.g., 'Workshops'), then only events tagged as 'Workshops' should be displayed in the calendar view.

Admin Event Categorization Management

Given an admin user logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they create or edit an event, then they must have the option to select one or more categories (e.g., 'Public Meeting', 'Planning Session') from a predefined list.

Real-time Event Display Updates

Given a user is viewing the Event Calendar, when a new event is created and categorized, then the calendar should automatically refresh to display the new event according to its selected category without needing a page reload.

User Notification of New Events by Category

Given a user has subscribed to receive notifications for specific event categories, when a new event in a subscribed category is created, then they should receive an email notification containing the event details.

User-Friendly Category Selection Interface

Given the user is on the Event Calendar, when they click on the category filter options, then the interface should present an intuitive dropdown or checkbox list of categories, clearly distinguishing between them and enabling multiple selections.

Analytics on Event Category Engagement

Given the admin access to the analytics dashboard, when viewing event participation metrics, then they should be able to filter participation data by specific categories to assess user engagement levels across different event types.

User RSVP Functionality

User Story: As a resident, I want to RSVP to community events so that the organizers know how many attendees to expect, helping to improve event planning.
Description: The User RSVP Functionality enables residents to confirm their attendance at events directly through the Event Calendar. This feature allows organizers to gauge participation levels and manage resources effectively. Users will receive confirmations and reminders regarding their RSVP status, enhancing the planning and execution of community events.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an RSVP reminder 24 hours before an important community meeting they signed up for through the Event Calendar.

Given the user has successfully RSVPed to an event, when the event is 24 hours away, then the user should receive a reminder notification via the app and email.

User attempts to RSVP for an event that has reached its maximum capacity.

Given an event is at full capacity, when the user tries to RSVP, then the user should receive a notification that the event is fully booked and their RSVP cannot be processed.

User cancels their RSVP for an event after initially confirming attendance.

Given the user has RSVPed to an event, when the user selects the option to cancel their RSVP, then the user's RSVP status should be updated to 'Canceled' and a cancellation confirmation should be sent to the user.

Organizer checks the RSVP list for a community workshop they are hosting.

Given the organizer is logged into the dashboard, when they navigate to the workshop details, then they should see a complete list of attendees who have RSVPed to the workshop, including their contact details.

User views available events in the Event Calendar and RSVPs to multiple events at once.

Given the user is viewing the Event Calendar, when the user selects multiple events and completes the RSVP process, then each event should reflect the user's RSVP status correctly and a confirmation should be sent for each.

User attempts to RSVP for an event but encounters an unexpected error.

Given the user is trying to RSVP for an event, when an unexpected system error occurs, then the user should receive an error message informing them to try again later or contact support for assistance.

Event Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As an attendee, I want to give feedback on the events I've attended so that my input can help improve future community gatherings.
Description: The Event Feedback Mechanism provides users with a simple way to submit feedback after attending community events. This feature is crucial for gathering insights on user satisfaction, event effectiveness, and suggestions for improvement. The feedback collected can be analyzed for future event planning and improving overall community engagement strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback after attending a community workshop using the Event Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user has attended a community workshop, when they access the feedback form after the event, then they should see a user-friendly interface that allows them to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

Event organizers review collected feedback from an event using the Event Feedback Mechanism.

Given the feedback has been collected from users after the event, when an event organizer accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see an aggregate rating, comments summary, and trends based on user input.

User receives a confirmation after submitting feedback through the Event Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user has submitted their feedback, when they complete the submission process, then they should receive an on-screen confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been successfully submitted.

User accesses the Event Feedback Mechanism on their mobile device.

Given a user is on the mobile app, when they navigate to the Event Calendar section and select an event they attended, then they should be able to easily find the feedback option within the event details.

User sees reminders about submitting feedback for attended events through notifications.

Given a user has attended an event, when the event concludes, then the user should receive a push notification reminding them to submit their feedback within a specified time frame.

Admin manages feedback collected from multiple events using the Event Feedback Mechanism.

Given the admin wants to review feedback from multiple events, when they use the management tools provided in the system, then they should be able to filter feedback by event date, type, and overall satisfaction scores.

Social Sharing for Events

User Story: As a user, I want to share event details on social media so that I can invite my friends and neighbors to participate in community activities, boosting engagement.
Description: The Social Sharing for Events feature allows users to share event details on social media platforms directly from the Event Calendar. This capability is designed to increase event visibility and encourage broader community participation by leveraging social networks, ultimately fostering a greater sense of community involvement and support.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares an event from the Event Calendar on Facebook.

Given a user has selected an event, when they click the 'Share' button and choose Facebook, then the event details, including the title, date, time, and link to the event, should be shared on their Facebook timeline.

User shares an event from the Event Calendar on Twitter.

Given a user has selected an event, when they click the 'Share' button and choose Twitter, then a tweet should be generated with the event details and hashtag #CommuniPlan, which the user can post with one click.

User shares an event from the Event Calendar via Email.

Given a user has selected an event, when they click the 'Share' button and choose Email, then the user should be presented with an email template containing the event details and a link to RSVP or view more information.

User receives confirmation of successful share action.

Given a user has successfully shared an event on any social media platform, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating that the event has been shared successfully.

User accesses and shares an event from a mobile device.

Given a user is viewing the Event Calendar on a mobile device, when they select an event to share, then they should see sharing options for Facebook, Twitter, and Email, formatted for mobile accessibility.

User can view metrics of shared posts from Event Calendar events.

Given a user has shared an event, when they navigate to the event tracking page, then they should see metrics such as number of shares, likes, and comments generated from the shared post on social media.

Eco Impact Dashboard

The Eco Impact Dashboard provides users with an intuitive interface displaying real-time data on the ecological impacts of proposed urban projects. This feature combines visualizations such as graphs, charts, and geo-maps to clearly communicate environmental effects, enabling planners and community members to understand potential consequences quickly. By simplifying complex data into digestible formats, urban planners can make informed decisions that prioritize sustainability and community well-being.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want real-time ecological data integrated into the dashboard so that I can make informed decisions based on the most current environmental conditions.
Description: The Eco Impact Dashboard must incorporate a comprehensive real-time data integration system that aggregates data from various ecological sources, including air quality, water quality, biodiversity indices, and urban heat islands. This integration will ensure that users have access to up-to-date and accurate information regarding the ecological impacts of proposed urban projects. The ability to dynamically update data streams enhances the reliability of the insights offered, enabling urban planners to pivot their strategies based on the latest findings and community feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing the Eco Impact Dashboard in a planning meeting to evaluate a proposed urban project.

Given that the user is on the Eco Impact Dashboard, when they select a proposed urban project, then the dashboard displays real-time data on air quality, water quality, biodiversity indices, and urban heat islands relevant to that project.

Community stakeholder reviewing the Eco Impact Dashboard on a mobile device during a public engagement event.

Given that a community stakeholder opens the Eco Impact Dashboard on a mobile device, when they navigate to the ecological impacts section, then the data should load within 3 seconds, displaying comprehensive and current ecological metrics.

Urban planner analyzing potential environmental impacts of multiple projects using the Eco Impact Dashboard during a strategic planning session.

Given that the urban planner selects multiple projects on the Eco Impact Dashboard, when they view the comparison feature, then the dashboard displays a unified visualization of ecological impacts for all selected projects, including key metrics and trends.

User receiving notifications on changes in ecological data relevant to their areas of interest.

Given that the user has set preferences for specific ecological metrics, when data for those metrics is updated, then the user receives a notification within 5 minutes of the update via the dashboard’s alert system.

Local government official presenting the Eco Impact Dashboard findings at a public meeting.

Given that the official is ready to present, when they access the dashboard, then all visualizations must render correctly and be easily interpretable by the public and stakeholders, with appropriate legends and labels.

Data analyst ensuring the accuracy and reliability of the real-time data feeds integrated into the Eco Impact Dashboard.

Given that the data analyst reviews the data sources, when they check for data integrity and source reliability, then 100% of integrated sources must meet established criteria for accuracy and freshness as defined in the integration guidelines.

User customizing their dashboard experience to view specific ecological data that aligns with their roles and responsibilities.

Given that the user accesses the settings of the Eco Impact Dashboard, when they customize their data filters, then only the selected ecological metrics are displayed, and the changes are saved for future sessions.

Customizable Visualizations

User Story: As a community engagement officer, I want to customize how the ecological data appears in diagrams so that I can effectively present project impacts to different community groups.
Description: The feature should include customizable visualization options, allowing users to tailor the graphical representation of ecological data according to their specific needs and preferences. Users should be able to select between various chart types (such as bar graphs, pie charts, or geo-maps) and apply filters to display relevant data only. This flexibility will empower users to gain insights that are most pertinent to their projects and facilitate clearer communication of complex data to stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner, I want to create a custom bar graph representing air quality data over time to illustrate pollution trends in the community during a public meeting.

Given the Eco Impact Dashboard is open, When the user selects 'Bar Graph' from the visualization options and applies the air quality data filter, Then a bar graph displaying the air quality data over the selected timeframe must be rendered accurately.

As a community organization member, I want to apply filters to display only the ecological impacts related to water usage in the visualizations to prepare for an upcoming community discussion.

Given the Eco Impact Dashboard, When the user applies the 'Water Usage' filter, Then only the data visualizations related to water impacts should update to reflect this filtered information in real-time.

As an urban planner, I need to switch between pie charts and geo-maps to present land use impacts at an open house event, ensuring stakeholders can understand the information easily.

Given that the Eco Impact Dashboard is displaying a pie chart, When the user selects 'Switch to Geo-Map,' Then the visualization changes to a geo-map with the same land use impact data represented accurately.

As a local government member, I want to save my customized visualization settings so that I can present the same data representations in future meetings without needing to redo the selection process.

Given the customized visualizations have been created, When the user clicks 'Save Settings,' Then the system should save these visualizations, allowing retrieval in future sessions without any data loss.

As an urban planner, I want to export the visualized ecological data in multiple formats (PDF, PNG, CSV) for comprehensive reporting to stakeholders.

Given the Eco Impact Dashboard displays the selected visualization, When the user clicks 'Export' and selects the desired format, Then the selected data should be exported successfully in the chosen file format without any errors.

As a community member, I want to see tooltips with detailed explanations about each data point on the visualization to better understand its significance.

Given the Eco Impact Dashboard displays a visualization, When the user hovers over any data point, Then a tooltip must appear with relevant and detailed explanations for that data point.

Scenario Modeling Tools

User Story: As a city planner, I want to model various urban scenarios to see their ecological impacts so that I can choose the most sustainable option for the community.
Description: The Eco Impact Dashboard must include interactive scenario modeling tools that allow users to simulate different urban planning proposals and visualize their ecological impacts. Users can adjust parameters such as population density or green space allocation to see how these changes affect environmental indicators. This feature assists planners in evaluating potential project outcomes and fosters a data-driven approach to sustainability in urban development.
Acceptance Criteria: User adjusts population density in the scenario modeling tool to simulate the impact of increased density on local air quality and green space availability.

Given the user has selected the scenario modeling tool, when they adjust the population density parameter, then the Eco Impact Dashboard displays updated visualizations of air quality and green space metrics reflecting the changes in real-time.

A local government planner uses the scenario modeling tool to add more green space to a proposed development plan and evaluates its effects on local biodiversity.

Given the user has set the green space allocation parameter, when they increase green space in the simulation, then the Eco Impact Dashboard updates to show changes in biodiversity metrics and provides a clear comparison with previous scenarios.

Community members participate in a feedback session using the Eco Impact Dashboard to review potential projects and their ecological impacts before implementation.

Given community members are engaged in a feedback session, when they review the ecological impact visualizations of different scenarios, then they can submit comments and feedback through an intuitive interface that captures their insights accurately.

An urban planner needs to quickly present potential environmental impacts of several urban scenarios to decision-makers and stakeholders.

Given the user is in presentation mode, when they select different scenarios, then the Eco Impact Dashboard generates a concise report summarizing the ecological impacts, including charts and key metrics, in a format suitable for presentation.

Users test different configurations for a new urban project to identify optimal sustainability outcomes before project approval.

Given the user has access to the scenario modeling tools, when they input and simulate multiple configurations, then the Eco Impact Dashboard generates a comparative analysis of ecological impacts, showing the best configuration for sustainability outcomes.

A user wants to share the results of a scenario simulation with other stakeholders via email from the Eco Impact Dashboard.

Given the user has completed a scenario simulation, when they choose to share results, then the Eco Impact Dashboard sends an email containing visualizations and a summary of the ecological impacts to the specified recipients.

Stakeholder Feedback Loop

User Story: As a resident, I want to provide feedback on the ecological impacts of the proposed projects through the dashboard so that my voice is heard in the planning process.
Description: Integrate a feedback loop feature that allows community members and stakeholders to provide their input regarding ecological impacts directly through the dashboard. This feedback will be collected and analyzed to understand community concerns and preferences, enabling planners to adjust projects accordingly. This requirement is essential for enhancing community engagement and ensuring that project developments align with resident values.
Acceptance Criteria: Community Stakeholders Access the Eco Impact Dashboard to Provide Feedback on Proposed Projects.

Given that a community stakeholder has accessed the Eco Impact Dashboard, when they select a proposed project and enter their feedback regarding its ecological impact, then the feedback should be saved successfully and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Feedback Submission Validation for Ecological Impact Concerns.

Given that a community stakeholder submits feedback on ecological impacts, when the feedback is submitted, then the system should validate the input ensuring it contains no less than 20 characters and no more than 500 characters, and should notify the user if the feedback is invalid.

Display of Real-Time Feedback Data on the Eco Impact Dashboard.

Given community feedback has been submitted, when urban planners access the Eco Impact Dashboard, then they should see updated visualizations that reflect the latest community concerns, categorized by priority and type of feedback.

Feedback Analysis Reports Generated for Stakeholders and Planners.

Given that feedback has been collected for a specific project, when planners request a report, then the system should generate a feedback analysis report summarizing key themes, demographics of the feedback provided, and suggested adjustments, available for download in PDF format.

Notifications to Community Members Post Feedback Analysis.

Given that feedback has been analyzed and actions have been taken, when the analysis report is finalized, then all community members who submitted feedback should receive a notification summarizing how their input influenced project decisions.

User Experience for Feedback Input on the Eco Impact Dashboard.

Given a community stakeholder is providing feedback, when they interact with the feedback interface, then they should encounter a user-friendly design, with tooltips and prompts guiding them through the submission process to enhance submission ease.

Feedback Loop Visibility on the Eco Impact Dashboard.

Given that the feedback loop functionality is in place, when users access the Eco Impact Dashboard, then they should find a section dedicated to recent community feedback and visible prompts encouraging additional input from visitors.

Comparative Analysis Tools

User Story: As an environmental consultant, I want to compare ecological impacts of multiple urban development proposals so that I can advise on the most environmentally friendly options.
Description: Develop comparative analysis tools within the Eco Impact Dashboard that enable users to compare different urban projects side-by-side regarding their ecological impacts. This feature will allow planners to assess the sustainability of various proposals efficiently and make data-backed recommendations. Users should be able to toggle between different projects and view key environmental metrics in a comparative format.
Acceptance Criteria: Comparative analysis of two urban projects by a planner during a community meeting to evaluate ecological impacts and gather feedback.

Given that the user has selected two urban projects to compare, When the user clicks on the 'Compare' button, Then the dashboard displays side-by-side comparisons of key ecological metrics such as carbon footprint, water usage, and biodiversity impact for both projects.

Community members accessing the Eco Impact Dashboard to understand the ecological impacts of different proposals during a public consultation event.

Given that a community member is on the Eco Impact Dashboard, When they select up to three urban projects to compare, Then the dashboard visualizes the comparative data using charts and geo-maps, allowing the user to toggle views between the selected projects.

Urban planners needing to present a final report to local government officials comparing multiple urban projects based on ecological impacts.

Given that the user generates a comparative analysis report, When the user exports the report, Then the output file should include all selected ecological metrics in a formatted table alongside visual graphs for easy interpretation.

A planner assessing whether a proposed urban project meets sustainability criteria compared to an existing project before approval.

Given that the planner is comparing metrics for proposed and existing projects, When they filter the data for specific metrics such as energy efficiency and waste management, Then the dashboard updates in real-time to reflect those metrics for both projects, allowing for an informed decision.

Department of Urban Planning staff reviewing ecological impact data to ensure compliance with sustainability regulations across various urban projects.

Given that staff members have access to the dashboard, When they select the 'Regulatory Compliance' option, Then the dashboard flags any projects that exceed predefined environmental thresholds with alerts and recommendations for adjustments.

A community organization using the comparative analysis tools to advocate for a more sustainable project proposal at city council meetings.

Given that a community organization has access to the comparison tool, When they present the analysis at a city council meeting, Then they should be able to effectively communicate the ecological impacts of the proposed project relative to alternatives using visual aids generated from the dashboard.

Urban planners requiring historical comparison of projects to determine improvements or regressions in ecological impact.

Given that the user selects a time range to analyze historical data, When they initiate the comparison, Then the dashboard displays before-and-after metrics for ecological impacts of selected projects over the designated time span with comparative visuals for clarity.

Mobile Compatibility

User Story: As a city council member, I want to access the Eco Impact Dashboard on my mobile device so that I can review ecological data during site visits or meetings.
Description: Ensure that the Eco Impact Dashboard is fully responsive and optimized for mobile devices. Users should be able to access the dashboard on smartphones and tablets without losing functionality or data. This requirement is critical for on-the-go access, enabling planners and community members to engage with ecological data during meetings, site visits, or presentations, thereby enhancing usability and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing Eco Impact Dashboard on a smartphone during a community meeting to review proposed urban projects.

Given a user accesses the Eco Impact Dashboard on a smartphone, When the dashboard is opened, Then all interactive elements (graphs, charts, and maps) should be fully functional and display relevant data without any distortion or loss of information.

Viewing the Eco Impact Dashboard on a tablet while on-site for a planning review session.

Given a user accesses the Eco Impact Dashboard on a tablet, When the dashboard is displayed, Then the layout should automatically adjust to fit the tablet screen, enabling smooth navigation and readability of content.

Engaging with the Eco Impact Dashboard while mobile to share insights with a local government officer during a field visit to discuss urban project impacts.

Given a user is using the Eco Impact Dashboard on a mobile device, When the user shares the dashboard view with others, Then the shared link should maintain the integrity of the data and visualizations, allowing others to interact with the same view in real-time.

Accessing the Eco Impact Dashboard on various mobile devices to ensure cross-device functionality ahead of a public presentation.

Given a user tests the Eco Impact Dashboard on multiple mobile devices (iOS & Android), When each device is used to access the dashboard, Then the dashboard should load consistently across all devices, preserving all features, without requiring any adjustments by the user.

Monitoring real-time ecological data from a smartphone during an urban project discussion.

Given a user is accessing the Eco Impact Dashboard on a smartphone, When real-time data is updated in the dashboard, Then the updates should reflect immediately on the mobile display without requiring the user to refresh the page.

Reviewing the Eco Impact Dashboard's ecological impact data on a mobile browser while commuting.

Given a user accesses the Eco Impact Dashboard through a mobile web browser, When the dashboard is loaded, Then it should be fully optimized for mobile browsers, ensuring fast loading times and smooth scrolling without lag.

Using the Eco Impact Dashboard offline during a community workshop to gather feedback.

Given a user anticipates an offline scenario, When accessing previously loaded data on the Eco Impact Dashboard, Then essential functionalities (like viewing cached data) should still be accessible, even without an internet connection.

Sustainability Scenario Builder

The Sustainability Scenario Builder allows users to simulate different planning scenarios and their potential ecological impacts. This interactive tool lets urban planners adjust variables related to land use, materials, and project scope to visualize how these changes can affect the environment. By providing a sandbox for creative exploration, the Scenario Builder empowers users to test and refine their proposals, making it easier to arrive at sustainable solutions that resonate with community values.

Requirements

Interactive Mapping Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to visualize planning scenarios on a map so that I can better understand the ecological impacts and community concerns related to my proposals.
Description: The Interactive Mapping Tool enables users to visualize different urban planning scenarios on a map, incorporating various geographical and demographic data layers. This requirement facilitates the layering of information related to land use, ecological impact, and community preferences, allowing urban planners to make informed decisions based on a comprehensive visual interface. The tool integrates seamlessly with existing data sets and enables real-time updates as users modify variables within the Sustainability Scenario Builder. By providing a visual representation of potential impacts, this tool is essential in helping stakeholders communicate complex ideas effectively and enhances collaborative planning efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User interacts with the Interactive Mapping Tool to visualize different urban planning scenarios based on various community engagement feedback.

Given the Interactive Mapping Tool is loaded with existing community data, When the user selects a specific urban planning scenario, Then the map should accurately display the chosen scenario with all relevant data layers overlaid, allowing them to see potential impacts in real-time.

An urban planner adjusts land use variables within the Sustainability Scenario Builder and expects the Interactive Mapping Tool to reflect these changes immediately.

Given the user has modified the land use variables, When they save the changes in the Sustainability Scenario Builder, Then the Interactive Mapping Tool must update the displayed map accordingly within 5 seconds and retain the changes shown for the selected scenario.

Community members access the Interactive Mapping Tool during a planning meeting to discuss the ecological impacts of various land use scenarios.

Given community members are in a planning meeting and using the Interactive Mapping Tool, When they request specific ecological data to be displayed, Then the tool must accurately display the requested ecological impact data in a user-friendly format that supports discussion of each scenario's outcome.

An urban planner attempts to integrate new data sets into the Interactive Mapping Tool to enhance decision-making capabilities.

Given the planner has formatted the new geographical and demographic data set appropriately, When they upload the dataset into the Interactive Mapping Tool, Then the tool should successfully integrate the data without errors and allow the user to layer it over existing maps and scenarios.

The Interactive Mapping Tool is used to present potential urban planning scenarios to a city council meeting for approval.

Given the Interactive Mapping Tool contains various potential scenarios, When the planner selects a scenario to present, Then the tool must provide a clear visual representation that includes key metrics, charts, and demographic overlays to facilitate understanding and decision-making by council members.

Users want to save their current settings in the Interactive Mapping Tool for future reference.

Given that the user has configured the Interactive Mapping Tool with specific settings and data overlays, When they select the save settings option, Then the tool must save all current configurations and allow users to retrieve them on subsequent logins without any data loss.

During usability testing, stakeholders provide feedback on the Interactive Mapping Tool's interface and functionality.

Given stakeholders are conducting a usability test of the Interactive Mapping Tool, When they interact with the tool, Then they should be able to easily navigate between data layers, make adjustments, and understand the displayed information without requiring additional training or documentation, achieving a satisfaction score of at least 80% on the feedback survey.

Variable Adjustment Interface

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to adjust various planning parameters in real-time so that I can explore different scenarios and their ecological effects efficiently.
Description: The Variable Adjustment Interface provides users with the ability to easily manipulate various planning parameters, such as land use types, material choices, and project scope. This requirement enhances the functionality of the Sustainability Scenario Builder by allowing for dynamic adjustments and immediate visual feedback on how these changes impact ecological outcomes. It is designed to be intuitive, ensuring that users of all technical backgrounds can engage with the tool effectively. Incorporating sliders, dropdowns, and visual indicators of changes makes it easier for users to experiment with different approaches, fostering innovation and creativity in urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User adjusts land use type from residential to commercial in the Variable Adjustment Interface to evaluate potential ecological impacts for a new urban project.

Given that the user is on the Variable Adjustment Interface, when they select 'Commercial' from the land use dropdown, then the interface should update the ecological impact visualizations to reflect changes in green space and emissions.

User manipulates material choices to compare the ecological impact of sustainable versus non-sustainable materials in the Variable Adjustment Interface.

Given that the user selects 'Sustainable Material' from the materials dropdown, when they observe the ecological impact indicators, then the indicators should show a reduction in carbon footprint compared to 'Non-Sustainable Material'.

User utilizes sliders to adjust project scope in the Variable Adjustment Interface to assess the impact of increasing project size on local wildlife.

Given that the user adjusts the project size slider from 'Small' to 'Large', when they apply this change, then the visual indicators should update to display potential risks to local wildlife populations.

User requests real-time feedback on adjustments made in the Variable Adjustment Interface, aiming to assess their impact on sustainability metrics.

Given that the user has made an adjustment in the Variable Adjustment Interface, when they click the 'Get Feedback' button, then the system should provide instant analytics that detail the impacts of the adjustment on sustainability metrics.

A community planner wants to save their scenario adjustments for future reference in the Variable Adjustment Interface.

Given that the user has made multiple adjustments to the planning parameters, when they click 'Save Scenario', then the system should store the adjustments with a user-defined name and make it accessible for later retrieval.

User views tutorial on using the Variable Adjustment Interface to ensure a smooth experience for users of varying technical backgrounds.

Given that the user is on the tutorial page, when they watch the tutorial video, then they should be able to identify how to use sliders, dropdowns, and interpret visual indicators by the end of the video.

Scenario Comparison Feature

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to compare multiple planning scenarios side-by-side so that I can make informed decisions based on their ecological impacts and community feedback.
Description: The Scenario Comparison Feature allows users to compare multiple planning scenarios side-by-side, highlighting differences in ecological impact, cost, and community response. This requirement is critical for facilitating informed decision-making, as it enables urban planners to analyze the outcomes of various strategies and choose the most sustainable option. By integrating analytical metrics and visual comparisons, stakeholders can engage in more meaningful discussions about the implications of their choices. This feature is essential for promoting transparency in the planning process and ensuring community needs and values are prioritized in decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: User Comparison of Planning Scenarios for Eco-Impact Assessment

Given that the user has selected two or more planning scenarios, When the user initiates the comparison feature, Then the system should display a side-by-side analysis of ecological impacts, costs, and community response for each scenario.

Visual Representation of Scenarios Impact

Given that the user has selected the scenarios to compare, When the comparison is generated, Then the user should see visual graphs illustrating the variances in ecological impact and cost.

Filter Options for Scenario Comparison

Given that the user is in the comparison view, When the user applies filters (e.g., by ecological metrics or financial parameters), Then the displayed comparison should update dynamically reflecting the selected filters.

Documentation of Comparison Results

Given that the user has completed a scenario comparison, When the user saves the comparison results, Then the system should generate a downloadable report summarizing the findings in a clear format.

User Feedback on Comparison Relevance

Given that the user has conducted a comparison of scenarios, When the user provides feedback on the usefulness of the comparison, Then the system should record the feedback for future enhancements in feature development.

Access Permissions for Scenario Comparisons

Given that multiple user roles exist within the system, When a comparison is conducted, Then the system should ensure that only authorized users can access and share the results with external stakeholders.

Loading Time for Scenario Comparison

Given that the user is comparing scenarios, When the user initiates the comparison, Then the comparison results should load within 5 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Eco-Impact Reporting Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to generate detailed reports on the ecological impacts of my planning scenarios so that I can communicate effectively with stakeholders and justify my decisions.
Description: The Eco-Impact Reporting Tool generates detailed reports on the ecological consequences of different planning scenarios. Including metrics related to carbon output, resource consumption, and community health, this requirement delivers comprehensive insights to users. The tool consolidates data into an easily digestible format that urban planners can share with stakeholders, demonstrating how their proposals align with sustainability goals. Integration with the Sustainability Scenario Builder allows for automatic report generation as users adjust parameters, promoting a data-driven approach to urban planning and enhancing accountability in decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Eco-Impact Reporting Tool generates accurate ecological reports for various planning scenarios.

Given a planning scenario with adjusted parameters in the Sustainability Scenario Builder, When the user initiates the Eco-Impact Reporting Tool, Then the system should generate a report that accurately reflects the carbon output, resource consumption, and community health metrics based on the given parameters.

Users can share Eco-Impact reports with stakeholders easily.

Given a generated Eco-Impact report, When the user clicks on the 'Share' button, Then the system should provide options to share the report via email and generate a downloadable PDF version of the report.

The Eco-Impact Reporting Tool integrates seamlessly with the Sustainability Scenario Builder.

Given changes made in the Sustainability Scenario Builder, When a user saves the scenario, Then the Eco-Impact Reporting Tool should automatically update the report with new metrics reflecting the latest adjustments without requiring a manual refresh.

Reports must include a visual representation of the impact metrics.

Given an Eco-Impact report has been generated, When the user views the report, Then the report must include visual charts and graphs representing the carbon output, resource consumption, and community health data clearly.

The Eco-Impact Reporting Tool must be accessible to all authorized users.

Given a user logs into CommuniPlan, When accessing the Eco-Impact Reporting Tool, Then only users with specific roles (urban planners, local government officials, community organization representatives) should be able to generate and view reports, with appropriate error messages displayed for unauthorized access attempts.

The Eco-Impact Reporting Tool provides contextual help and documentation for users.

Given a user is using the Eco-Impact Reporting Tool, When they access the help section, Then the system should display comprehensive documentation outlining how to use the tool, interpret metrics, and troubleshoot common issues.

The Eco-Impact Reporting Tool should perform well under various load conditions.

Given a variety of users accessing the Eco-Impact Reporting Tool simultaneously, When the tool is under a simulated load of 100 users, Then it must generate reports within 5 seconds, ensuring optimal performance and user experience.

Community Feedback Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to gather community feedback on planning scenarios so that I can ensure my proposals reflect the values and needs of the residents.
Description: The Community Feedback Integration requirement facilitates the collection and analysis of community feedback directly within the Sustainability Scenario Builder. This allows urban planners to incorporate resident insights and preferences into their planning scenarios. By using surveys, polls, and comment sections, users can engage the community and receive real-time input on proposed changes. The integration helps ensure that planning efforts align closely with community needs, fostering greater transparency and collaboration, and ultimately improving the quality and acceptance of urban development projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits community feedback through an integrated survey in the Sustainability Scenario Builder after adjusting land use variables.

Given the user has access to the Sustainability Scenario Builder, when they complete the community feedback survey, then the feedback should be successfully recorded in the system and associated with the specific planning scenario.

Community members participate in polls related to proposed scenarios through the platform interface.

Given that a poll is created within the Sustainability Scenario Builder, when community members respond to the poll, then their responses should be accurately tallied and displayed in real-time analytics dashboards.

Urban planners review aggregated community comments on a specific development project within the tool.

Given that comments have been submitted by community members, when urban planners access the comments section for a project in the Sustainability Scenario Builder, then they should see all feedback organized by thematic tags to facilitate analysis.

Users analyze the ecological impact of different planning scenarios based on community feedback inputs.

Given that community feedback has been integrated into the Sustainability Scenario Builder, when a user simulates a planning scenario, then the ecological impact report should reflect the feedback received and adapt according to the proposed changes.

Community feedback is shared with stakeholders for review prior to finalizing a planning proposal.

Given that community feedback has been collected, when the urban planner generates a report, then the report should include a summary of feedback, key insights, and highlight areas of consensus or concern from the community.

Users receive notifications about new community feedback submitted related to their planning scenario.

Given that a new piece of community feedback is submitted, when the urban planner logs into the Sustainability Scenario Builder, then they should receive a notification alerting them to review the newly submitted feedback associated with their active scenarios.

Community Eco Feedback

Community Eco Feedback is an interactive feature that invites residents to provide insights and opinions specifically on ecological impacts. Through targeted surveys and feedback forms, residents can express concerns about environmental aspects of proposed projects. This feature enriches the engagement process by ensuring that community voices are factored into ecological assessments, fostering collaboration between planners and residents in the pursuit of sustainable development.

Requirements

Eco Impact Survey Creation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to create targeted ecological impact surveys so that I can gather pertinent feedback from the community on environmental aspects of proposed projects.
Description: Develop a feature that allows urban planners to create tailored surveys focusing on ecological impacts related to specific projects. This requirement will enable planners to design custom surveys that ask targeted questions about biodiversity, pollution, resource consumption, and other environmental considerations. The surveys will be equipped with various question types (multiple choice, open-ended, scale ratings) to gather nuanced feedback. This functionality enhances data collection, makes feedback more relevant to the projects being assessed, and guarantees that planners receive specific insights related to ecological concerns, thereby fostering sustainable urban development.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners need to create a targeted survey for a proposed community park to assess the ecological concerns of local residents.

Given that the urban planner is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they select the 'Create Survey' option, then they should be able to choose from various question types including multiple choice, open-ended, and scale ratings.

Residing community members receive a notification about the eco impact survey for a new residential project.

Given that the survey has been created and published, when residents receive a notification, then they should be able to access the survey via a link and submit their responses easily.

Urban planners want to analyze the data collected from the eco impact surveys to inform their project decisions.

Given that responses have been submitted to the eco impact survey, when the urban planner accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should see visual representations of survey results including graphs and charts for different question types.

An urban planner needs to add questions to an existing eco impact survey before the survey is published.

Given that the urban planner has an existing eco impact survey, when they access the survey editing tool, then they should be able to add new questions and save the changes without losing previously entered data.

Residents wish to provide feedback and insights on the ecological impacts of a new commercial development project.

Given that the eco impact survey is live, when residents submit their feedback through the survey, then the submitted feedback should be saved securely and instantly reflected in the survey's response analytics.

An urban planner is revising questions in a survey that was previously sent out based on initial feedback received from residents.

Given that the feedback indicates confusion on a particular question, when the planner revises that question and re-launches the survey, then residents who have already participated should be notified of the changes and given an opportunity to update their responses.

Real-time Feedback Dashboard

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to view real-time feedback on ecological surveys so that I can understand community concerns and advocate for necessary changes in urban planning projects.
Description: Implement a dashboard feature that provides real-time analytics and insights from the Community Eco Feedback surveys. This will allow urban planners and local governments to visualize community feedback on ecological issues through graphs, statistics, and heat maps. The dashboard will be interactive, enabling users to filter data by demographics, time periods, and project details. This feature enhances decision-making by presenting immediate insights into community concerns regarding ecological impacts, allowing planners to adjust project designs accordingly and engage more effectively with residents based on their feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time visualization of community feedback regarding ecological issues through the Real-time Feedback Dashboard.

Given the dashboard is set to display feedback data, when a user selects a specific project, then the dashboard should show updated graphs and statistics relating to community feedback on ecological impacts for that project.

Filtering feedback data by demographic segments in the Real-time Feedback Dashboard.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when they apply a filter for specific demographic data (age, gender, location), then only relevant feedback entries should be displayed corresponding to the selected demographic filters.

Comparative analysis of feedback over different time periods using the Real-time Feedback Dashboard.

Given a user chooses a time range for the feedback data, when comparing the feedback from two different periods, then the dashboard should display comparative graphs highlighting changes in community concerns for ecological impacts over those periods.

Interactivity of the Real-time Feedback Dashboard for user engagement.

Given the dashboard is open, when a user hovers over a specific data point on a graph, then a tooltip should appear showing detailed information about that data entry without any system lag.

Integration of heat maps in the Real-time Feedback Dashboard for visual representation of data density.

Given the dashboard is utilized, when community feedback data is aggregated geographically, then the system should display a heat map indicating areas of high and low community engagement regarding ecological feedback.

Export functionality of feedback data from the Real-time Feedback Dashboard.

Given the user has filtered the data on the dashboard, when they choose to export the displayed feedback statistics, then a downloadable CSV file containing the filtered data should be generated and made available for the user.

Access permissions for different user roles on the Real-time Feedback Dashboard.

Given the dashboard is accessed by different users, when a user with limited permissions attempts to access certain data sets, then the system should restrict access and display an appropriate error message.

Community Incentive Program

User Story: As a resident, I want to receive incentives for participating in ecological feedback so that I feel motivated to share my opinions and concerns regarding local projects.
Description: Create a program that rewards community members for participating in the Community Eco Feedback initiatives. This could include small incentives such as gift cards, local discounts, or points redeemable for community services. This requirement aims to increase participation rates in ecological surveys by motivating residents to provide their feedback. By fostering a culture of engagement, the incentive program will enhance the quality and quantity of feedback collected, ensuring that community voices are not only heard but also valued in the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Incentives are clearly communicated during Community Eco Feedback initiatives.

Given a participant views the Community Eco Feedback initiative webpage, when they access the incentives section, then they should see a list of available rewards with their corresponding values and eligibility criteria clearly outlined.

Participants receive their rewards upon completion of the survey.

Given a participant completes the Community Eco Feedback survey, when they submit their feedback, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating the reward they qualify for and instructions on how to claim it within 24 hours.

The tracking system accurately records participants' feedback submissions for reward issuance.

Given a participant submits their feedback through the Community Eco Feedback portal, when the submission is recorded, then the tracking system should log their submission timestamp and match it with the incentive program database within 30 seconds.

Community members can easily redeem their incentives at local businesses.

Given a participant has earned points from the Community Eco Feedback initiative, when they choose to redeem their points, then they should be able to select from a list of registered local businesses and the redemption process should complete without errors.

Feedback on the effectiveness of the incentive program is collected from participants.

Given that community members have participated in the Community Eco Feedback initiatives, when they complete a follow-up survey regarding the incentive program, then at least 75% of respondents should indicate that the incentives motivated them to participate.

The incentive program is promoted through multiple channels.

Given the launch of the Community Incentive Program, when community members view promotional materials across different channels (email, social media, flyers), then at least 80% of the target audience should be aware of the program within the first month of launch.

Ecological Concern Mapping Tool

User Story: As a community member, I want to use an interactive map to report ecological issues in my neighborhood so that I can visually represent my concerns to the planners and encourage prompt action.
Description: Develop an interactive mapping tool that allows residents to visually identify and report ecological concerns in their neighborhoods. Users will be able to pin locations on a map and provide comments about specific environmental issues they have observed, such as littering, water pollution, or loss of green spaces. This tool will enhance community engagement by allowing for a tangible representation of ecological concerns, making it easier for urban planners to prioritize issues and address them effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Residents can access the Ecological Concern Mapping Tool via the CommuniPlan platform to report environmental issues in their neighborhoods.

Given a user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Ecological Concern Mapping Tool, then they should be able to view a map of their neighborhood with an option to pin locations.

Residents can pin locations on the map to report various ecological concerns, such as pollution or loss of green space.

Given a user is on the Ecological Concern Mapping Tool, when they click on a specific location on the map and fill out the feedback form, then their submission should be saved and visible on the map to other users.

Users can view and filter reported ecological concerns on the map to prioritize issues.

Given multiple users have reported ecological concerns on the map, when a user selects different filters (e.g., type of concern, date reported), then the displayed markers on the map should update accordingly to reflect the selected filters.

Residents receive confirmation upon successful submission of their ecological concerns to encourage ongoing engagement.

Given a user submits a report on the Ecological Concern Mapping Tool, then they should receive a notification confirming the successful submission of their report and thanking them for their input.

Urban planners can access an administrative dashboard to review and analyze the ecological concerns reported by residents.

Given an urban planner is logged into the CommuniPlan administrative dashboard, when they navigate to the Ecological Concern section, then they should see a summary of reported concerns with analytics available (e.g., number of reports, map visualizations).

The map should be responsive and accessible across various devices to ensure all residents can report their ecological concerns.

Given a user accesses the Ecological Concern Mapping Tool from a mobile device or tablet, when they interact with the map and reporting tools, then the functionality should be consistent with the desktop version, including the ability to pin locations and submit concerns easily.

Feedback Trend Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to analyze trends in community feedback on ecological issues so that I can adapt future projects based on past community concerns and preferences.
Description: Implement a feature that analyzes trends in ecological feedback over time to identify recurring issues or improvements in community sentiment. This requirement will involve aggregating survey data and using AI-driven analytics to present findings about how community concerns change with different projects or initiatives. Such insights will help urban planners understand the long-term impacts of their projects and gauge the effectiveness of their engagement strategies, ultimately leading to smarter and more responsive urban planning practices.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner, I want to analyze ecological feedback trends over time to identify changes in community sentiment regarding new urban projects, so that I can adjust future initiatives accordingly.

Given a dataset of ecological feedback collected over the past year, when I run the feedback trend analysis, then I should receive a report showing monthly trends of community sentiment categorized by project types.

As a local government official, I need to review the feedback trend analysis report to understand recurring ecological concerns raised by residents, so that I can prioritize addressing these issues in planning agendas.

Given access to the feedback trend analysis report, when I look for patterns in the data, then I should be able to identify at least three recurring ecological concerns raised by the community.

As a community organization member, I want to visualize the trends in community feedback so that I can present this information during community meetings to advocate for environmentally conscious planning.

Given the feedback trend analysis is complete, when I request a visual representation of the data, then I should receive infographics that clearly illustrate the trends in ecological feedback over time.

As a project manager, I need to assess the effectiveness of engagement strategies after implementing new urban projects based on ecological feedback trends, so that I can improve future initiatives.

Given the completion of a project, when I compare the feedback received before and after the project implementation, then I should see a measurable improvement in community sentiment scores regarding ecological impacts.

As a data analyst, I want to ensure that the feedback trend analysis accurately aggregates survey data from various sources, allowing for a comprehensive view of community sentiment.

Given multiple sources of ecological feedback data, when I run the aggregation process, then I should confirm that the analysis includes data from at least 80% of collected responses across all sources.

As an urban planner, I want to receive notifications about significant shifts in feedback trends that may indicate emerging community concerns, so that I can act proactively.

Given the feedback trend analysis tool, when a trend shows a significant negative shift in community feedback of more than 15% within a month, then I should receive an automatic alert notification.

Biodiversity Score Tracker

The Biodiversity Score Tracker evaluates and tracks the potential effects of urban projects on local biodiversity. By analyzing data related to flora and fauna in the project area, this tool provides planners with a score indicating how their project might impact existing ecosystems. This feature encourages developers to consider alternatives and incorporate practices that enhance biodiversity, promoting ecological resilience in urban environments.

Requirements

Biodiversity Impact Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to assess the biodiversity impact of my urban projects so that I can ensure these projects contribute positively to local ecosystems and comply with environmental regulations.
Description: The Biodiversity Impact Analysis requirement involves developing a robust analytical tool that evaluates the effects of proposed urban projects on local biodiversity. This tool should integrate seamlessly with CommuniPlan by utilizing existing project data and ecological databases to assess flora and fauna in the project area. The output will be a Biodiversity Score, indicating potential impacts that planners can review to make informed decisions. This requirement is essential for ensuring urban development considers ecological impacts, thus promoting sustainable practices and enhancing the resilience of urban ecosystems.
Acceptance Criteria: Biodiversity Impact Analysis during Initial Project Assessment

Given a proposed urban project is submitted, when the Biodiversity Impact Analysis tool is activated, then it should integrate with existing project data and ecological databases to generate a Biodiversity Score within 5 minutes.

Reviewing Biodiversity Score Recommendations

Given a Biodiversity Score is computed, when a planner reviews the analysis report, then the report must include a detailed impact assessment and at least three recommendations for enhancing biodiversity.

Re-running Analysis with Project Modifications

Given modifications are made to the proposed project based on initial Biodiversity Score feedback, when the planner re-runs the Biodiversity Impact Analysis, then the system must deliver a revised Biodiversity Score reflecting updated project parameters within 3 minutes.

Accessibility of the Biodiversity Score Tracker

Given the Biodiversity Score Tracker is accessed by users, when they attempt to view the Biodiversity Score, then it must be available on both desktop and mobile platforms, ensuring a user-friendly experience.

Data Accuracy and Integrity in Analysis

Given ecological data is pulled from databases, when the Biodiversity Impact Analysis tool processes this data, then it must validate that at least 95% of the input data is accurate and complete prior to generating the Biodiversity Score.

User-Friendly Visualization of Biodiversity Scores

Given the output of the Biodiversity Impact Analysis, when users view the results, then the visualization must display the Biodiversity Score in an intuitive graphical format, such as a color-coded chart that is easy to interpret.

Integration Testing with CommuniPlan Platform

Given the Biodiversity Score Tracker is implemented, when it is integrated with the CommuniPlan platform, then it must successfully communicate with at least three other existing features, ensuring seamless functionality.

Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard

User Story: As a community organization member, I want to see real-time biodiversity data related to our urban development projects so that I can engage my community and advocate for better environmental practices.
Description: The Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard requirement entails creating an interactive dashboard that displays current biodiversity metrics and scores related to urban projects in a visually engaging manner. This dashboard will allow users to monitor biodiversity changes over time, visualize areas of concern, and share findings with stakeholders effectively. Integrating AI-driven analytics, the dashboard will provide predictive insights into future biodiversity trends based on current urban project data. This feature elevates the user experience by providing clear insights and fostering transparency in urban planning processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard to visualize current biodiversity metrics for an urban project in their area.

Given a user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, When they navigate to the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, Then they should see an interactive visualization of current biodiversity metrics including flora and fauna scores.

User checks the predictive insights feature of the dashboard regarding future biodiversity trends based on current urban project data.

Given a user is on the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, When they select the predictive insights option, Then they should see a graphical representation of predicted biodiversity trends over the next 5 years.

User wants to share biodiversity metrics with stakeholders via email from the dashboard.

Given a user is viewing the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, When they click the 'Share' button and enter email addresses, Then the selected metrics should be sent to the specified email addresses with a summary report attached.

User wishes to monitor changes in biodiversity scores over time to assess the impact of an ongoing urban project.

Given a user is viewing the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, When they select a historical date range, Then they should see changes in biodiversity scores reflected accurately on the dashboard's timeline visualization.

User wants to identify areas of concern related to biodiversity impact in the urban project using the dashboard.

Given a user accesses the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, When they filter the metrics by 'Areas of Concern', Then they should see highlighted regions on the map indicating significant biodiversity impacts.

User needs to compare biodiversity scores before and after project implementations on the dashboard.

Given a user is on the Real-time Biodiversity Dashboard, When they select two different points in time for comparison, Then they should see a side-by-side comparison of biodiversity scores for both times.

User wants to receive notifications about significant changes in biodiversity metrics in real-time.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications, When there are significant changes in biodiversity metrics, Then the user should receive an instant notification through the CommuniPlan platform.

Community Engagement Feedback Loop

User Story: As a local resident, I want to provide feedback on how urban projects affect local biodiversity so that my voice can contribute to decisions that impact our environment.
Description: The Community Engagement Feedback Loop requirement focuses on designing a system for stakeholders to provide feedback on biodiversity-related assessments and projects. This feature enables surveys and polls specifically targeting residents' perspectives on local biodiversity, empowering them to participate actively in urban planning discussions. The collected data will be analyzed to influence project modifications and enhance biodiversity outcomes. Integrating this requirement fosters a collaborative environment where community input is valued and utilized effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Community residents using the Biodiversity Score Tracker to provide feedback on a proposed urban development project affecting a local park.

Given the community residents have access to the Biodiversity Score Tracker, when they receive a survey link about the project, then they should be able to submit their feedback successfully and view a confirmation message.

Urban planners analyze the feedback collected from the Biodiversity Score Tracker to make informed decisions about project adjustments.

Given the planners have access to the feedback data, when they review the survey responses, then they should see a clear summary of the community's concerns and suggestions categorized by themes.

Stakeholders participate in an interactive online session discussing biodiversity impacts based on collected feedback.

Given the online session is scheduled, when stakeholders join the session, then they should be able to access the project overview and view feedback results in real-time as the session progresses.

Local government reviews the effectiveness of the Community Engagement Feedback Loop after its initial implementation.

Given the initial data collection period has ended, when the local government assesses the feedback integration process, then they should conclude whether community insights have influenced at least 50% of the project revisions.

Residents receive notifications about the outcomes of their feedback submissions regarding local biodiversity concerns.

Given the Feedback Loop has been executed, when the residents check their notifications, then they should see updates indicating how their feedback led to specific actions or changes in the planning process.

Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations

User Story: As an urban developer, I want to receive recommendations for biodiversity-enhancing practices so that I can implement strategies that promote ecological health in my projects.
Description: The Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations requirement aims to create a system that generates actionable suggestions for urban planners on enhancing biodiversity as part of their projects. leveraging AI-driven analysis of ecological best practices and existing project data, this feature will recommend practices such as native planting, green roofs, and habitat corridors. By directly addressing biodiversity challenges, this requirement supports the development of projects that not only minimize harm but actively contribute to the restoration and enhancement of local ecosystems.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners are utilizing the Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations feature during the design phase of a new urban park project to assess enhancement opportunities for local ecosystems.

Given the planners have provided their project specifications, when the system generates recommendations, then it must display at least five specific actionable suggestions for enhancing local biodiversity.

A user wants to evaluate the impact of a proposed residential development on local biodiversity using the Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations.

Given project details are inputted, when the analysis is complete, then the system should provide a biodiversity score along with tailored enhancement recommendations that address identified weaknesses in the project.

An urban planner is presenting the biodiversity recommendations to stakeholders for feedback regarding a commercial development project.

Given that the recommendations are generated, when shared with stakeholders, then at least 80% of the stakeholders should express understanding of the recommendations and their relevance to improving biodiversity.

The development team is verifying the AI-driven suggestions by comparing them against established ecological best practices for urban development.

Given the created recommendations, when they are compared with a predefined list of ecological best practices, then all recommendations must align with established best practices to be considered valid.

Local government officials are reviewing the Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations for policy integration in future projects.

Given the recommendations are presented, when they are analyzed for potential policy impact, then at least three recommendations must be identified as actionable items for inclusion in the city’s urban planning guidelines.

An urban planner is using the tool to generate insights for a multi-phase development project that spans several years.

Given the nature of the multi-phase project, when the planners request updates, then the system should provide adaptive recommendations at each phase based on new ecological data and feedback from previous phases.

The user is analyzing the effectiveness of the Biodiversity Enhancement Recommendations over time for completed projects.

Given the project's completion, when a review is conducted, then at least three measurable biodiversity improvements should be observed in the project's area as a direct result of implementing the previous recommendations.

Gamification of Biodiversity Tracking

User Story: As a community member, I want to participate in biodiversity tracking activities in a fun and rewarding way so that I can contribute to environmental protection while enjoying the process.
Description: The Gamification of Biodiversity Tracking requirement involves designing a feature that introduces gamification elements to engage community members in biodiversity monitoring initiatives. Users can earn rewards for reporting local wildlife sightings, participating in clean-up drives, or implementing biodiversity-friendly practices. This feature fosters community involvement and raises awareness about biodiversity's importance in urban areas, ultimately driving more collective effort toward ecological stewardship.
Acceptance Criteria: Community members participate in a local wildlife sighting event organized through the CommuniPlan platform.

Given a registered user, when they report a wildlife sighting via the app, then they should receive immediate feedback confirming the submission and a reward point added to their account.

A community clean-up drive is scheduled, and participants are invited through the platform to earn rewards for their involvement.

Given a user who registers for a clean-up drive, when they attend and check in through the app, then they should receive a notification and reward points reflecting their participation.

Users are encouraged to adopt biodiversity-friendly practices in their gardens or homes via the platform's strategies.

Given a user who completes a biodiversity-friendly practice tutorial, when they submit evidence of implementation through photos in the app, then they should receive reward points and a badge recognizing their achievement.

A leaderboard features community members who are actively engaged in biodiversity tracking and activities, fostering healthy competition.

Given the gamification feature is active, when users log their biodiversity activities, then the leaderboard should update in real-time, displaying the top contributors and their points.

Users receive notifications about upcoming biodiversity events or challenges in their area to increase engagement.

Given a user has opted in for notifications, when an event is scheduled, then they should receive a push notification with event details and registration options.

The platform analyzes users' contributions to evaluate the impact of gamification on biodiversity tracking.

Given a predefined period, when analytics are generated, then the report should indicate an increase in user participation rates in biodiversity activities compared to the previous period.

Users can provide feedback on the gamification feature to help improve its functionality and user engagement.

Given a user completes a feedback form regarding their experience with the gamification feature, when they submit the form, then their feedback should be recorded and available for review by the development team.

Automated Reporting for Biodiversity Assessments

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to generate automated reports on biodiversity assessments so that I can efficiently share necessary information with my team and clients.
Description: The Automated Reporting for Biodiversity Assessments requirement focuses on creating a feature that automates the generation of reports related to biodiversity scores and assessments for urban projects. This feature should allow planners to generate comprehensive reports swiftly, summarizing key findings, methodologies used, and suggested improvements based on the collected data. Streamlining report generation enhances operational efficiency and ensures that critical biodiversity information is readily available for all stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated report generation for biodiversity assessments using live project data.

Given the user is a planner logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they select an urban project and request a biodiversity assessment report, then the system should automatically generate a report summarizing the biodiversity score, methodologies, and suggested improvements within 5 minutes.

Customization of report details based on user preferences and project specifics.

Given the user is preparing a biodiversity report, when they access the report generation tool, then they should be able to customize sections of the report such as project overview, methodologies, and recommendations before submission.

Integration of real-time data for accurate biodiversity scoring in reports.

Given the user has selected an urban project, when the report is generated, then it should utilize the most current biodiversity data available, ensuring that the scoring reflects real-time conditions and changes in flora and fauna within the area.

User access control for report generation and viewing.

Given the user is a stakeholder with view-only permissions, when they try to access a biodiversity assessment report, then they should be able to view the report but not modify the content or generate new reports.

Error handling for report generation process.

Given the system encounters an error during report generation, when the user tries to generate a report, then they should receive a meaningful error message detailing the issue and potential steps to resolve it.

Automated email notifications upon report generation completion.

Given the user has requested a biodiversity report, when the report generation is complete, then an automated email notification should be sent to the user confirming the report is available for download.

Feedback collection from users regarding the report utility and quality.

Given the user has downloaded and reviewed their biodiversity report, when they provide feedback via the platform, then the feedback should be collected and stored for future usability analysis and improvements.

Impact Mitigation Recommendations

Impact Mitigation Recommendations offer tailored strategies for minimizing negative environmental impacts identified during the assessment process. This feature provides actionable insights and best practices based on current data and expert recommendations, allowing urban planners to implement solutions that align with sustainability goals. By equipping users with knowledge on mitigating ecological harm, this feature enhances the overall effectiveness of urban planning initiatives.

Requirements

Automated Impact Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want automated impact analysis so that I can quickly assess the environmental implications of my proposed projects and ensure they align with sustainability objectives.
Description: The Automated Impact Analysis requirement involves developing a feature that automates the assessment of environmental impacts associated with various urban planning projects. By integrating advanced algorithms and data sources, this functionality will provide instant evaluations and detailed reports on potential ecological effects. This enhances user decision-making by offering real-time feedback about the environmental implications of their planning options. Furthermore, it incorporates historical data and predictive modeling to highlight trends over time, ultimately contributing to more informed and sustainable urban development choices.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated environmental impact assessment during project planning process.

Given a planning project entered into the CommuniPlan system, when the user initiates the automated impact analysis, then the system should generate an environmental impact evaluation report within 10 seconds that includes potential ecological effects and recommendations.

Integration of historical data into the automated impact analysis.

Given that historical data for similar urban projects is available, when the user requests an automated impact analysis, then the system must utilize this historical data to provide predictive trends and insights included in the report.

Real-time feedback on environmental implications of planning decisions.

Given a user reviewing multiple planning options, when the user selects different projects for analysis, then the system should update and display the environmental impact evaluations in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

User access to tailored impact mitigation recommendations based on analysis results.

Given a completed automated impact analysis report, when the user reviews the findings, then the system should provide at least three actionable impact mitigation strategies tailored to the identified ecological effects.

User-friendly interface for visualizing impact results and recommendations.

Given the automated impact analysis report is generated, when the user views the report, then the system should present the results in an easy-to-understand graphical format, including charts and infographics, with a minimum of two visual aids.

Data validation and accuracy check for algorithms used in impact analysis.

Given that the automated impact analysis feature has been developed, when a sample urban planning project is analyzed, then the results must match predefined accuracy benchmarks established through a manual review process, with a minimum accuracy of 90% in predicting impacts.

User notification upon completion of automated analysis.

Given that an automated impact analysis has been initiated, when the analysis is complete, then the system should send a notification to the user via email or platform alert indicating the report is ready for review.

Community Feedback Loop

User Story: As a local government official, I want a community feedback loop so that we can continuously gather resident input and adapt our urban plans to meet the community's needs effectively.
Description: The Community Feedback Loop requirement focuses on creating an interactive platform for gathering, analyzing, and responding to community input on urban planning proposals. This feature will facilitate ongoing dialogue by allowing residents to voice their concerns and suggestions through surveys, comment sections, or interactive mapping tools. The insights gathered will be compiled into meaningful reports that urban planners can reference when undertaking project adjustments. By maintaining an active feedback loop, tension between planners and the community can be reduced and trust built, leading to better outcomes that reflect residents' needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Community Survey Collection and Analysis

Given that a community survey is launched, when the survey is completed by at least 100 residents, then responses should be automatically compiled into a report accessible to urban planners within 24 hours.

Interactive Mapping Tool Feedback

Given that residents provide feedback through the interactive mapping tool, when any feedback is submitted, then it should be logged and categorized by type (e.g., comment, suggestion, concern) for review.

Public Comment Section Engagement

Given that the public comment section is open, when a resident posts a comment, then their comment should be visible to other users and urban planners without delay, and a notification should be sent to planners for responses.

Report Generation from Community Input

Given that input has been collected from surveys and comment sections, when a report is generated, then it should include at least three key themes identified from community feedback, along with actionable recommendations for planners.

Response Time Measurement

Given that a resident asks a question or raises a concern, when the question is logged, then a response from the urban planners should be provided within 72 hours, and the response time should be tracked for future improvement.

User Experience Feedback Integration

Given that community members have provided usability feedback on the platform, when the feedback is analyzed, then at least two suggestions must be implemented in the next platform update to improve user experience.

Engagement Metrics Tracking

Given that the platform is live, when data is collected, then it should show at least a 30% increase in community participation within the first three months of launch compared to previous engagement metrics.

Sustainability Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want a sustainability dashboard so that I can easily track and visualize the environmental performance of my projects and make informed decisions accordingly.
Description: The Sustainability Dashboard requirement pertains to the development of a comprehensive dashboard that provides urban planners with a visual representation of sustainability metrics across various projects. This feature will aggregate data on energy use, water conservation, biodiversity, and other key performance indicators to inform decision-making. Users will benefit from customizable views, allowing manipulation of datasets to highlight areas of concern and success. With real-time analytics, the dashboard will empower planners to measure the environmental impact of their decisions and adjust strategies accordingly, ensuring alignment with sustainability goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners access the Sustainability Dashboard to review the environmental metrics of a newly proposed development project.

Given the planner is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Sustainability Dashboard, then they should see a visual display of energy use, water conservation, and biodiversity metrics for the specified project.

A user customizes the views on the Sustainability Dashboard to highlight specific sustainability metrics for decision-making.

Given the user is on the Sustainability Dashboard, when they select metrics to display and adjust the date range, then they should be able to save this customized view for future reference.

The Sustainability Dashboard updates in real-time as new data is entered regarding an urban project.

Given new sustainability data is uploaded to the system, when the user refreshes the Sustainability Dashboard, then they should see the updated metrics reflected without needing to manually reload the entire page.

An urban planner generates a report from the Sustainability Dashboard to present to stakeholders.

Given the user is viewing their customized Sustainability Dashboard, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then the system should create a downloadable report that includes all selected metrics and visualizations based on the current dashboard view.

Planners need to see historical sustainability metrics to assess the project's progress over time.

Given the planner is using the Sustainability Dashboard, when they select a time range from the historical data filter, then the displayed metrics should reflect the selected historical period accurately.

Local government officials review sustainability metrics for compliance with regional environmental regulations.

Given the government officials access the Sustainability Dashboard, when they look for compliance-related metrics, then they should find clear indicators that align with the regional environmental standards set.

A community organization uses the Sustainability Dashboard to engage residents in sustainability discussions.

Given the community organization is utilizing the Sustainability Dashboard, when they present the dashboard to community members, then the visualizations should be understandable and encourage feedback and suggestions for improvement.

Scenario Simulation Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want a scenario simulation tool so that I can test various planning options and predict their impacts, helping us to choose the most beneficial approach for our community.
Description: The Scenario Simulation Tool requirement involves developing a feature that allows planners to create and simulate various urban development scenarios to analyze potential impacts before implementation. By providing a virtual sandbox environment, planners can manipulate variables such as zoning changes, population growth, or resource allocation to see potential outcomes on environmental, social, and economic factors. This tool will enhance foresight in planning processes, enabling the formulation of strategies that minimize adverse impacts and maximize community benefits.
Acceptance Criteria: Planners access the Scenario Simulation Tool to create a new urban development scenario involving mixed-use zoning changes and increased population density to evaluate potential impacts.

Given a planner has logged into CommuniPlan, when they navigate to the Scenario Simulation Tool and input zoning and population data, then the tool should successfully generate a simulation model that displays projected demographic and environmental outcomes based on input parameters.

Urban planners want to analyze the potential economic impacts of a proposed urban development scenario using the simulation tool after incorporating various resource allocation variables.

Given a valid urban development scenario is set up within the Scenario Simulation Tool, when the planner changes resource allocation variables, then the tool should provide updated economic impact forecasts reflecting the changes made within 2 seconds.

A local government reviews a range of simulated urban development scenarios to compare their environmental impacts and decide which proposal to advance.

Given multiple simulations have been executed, when the government user accesses the scenario comparison dashboard, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison of environmental impact metrics for each scenario, allowing for informed decision-making.

Community organizations want to visualize the social implications of various urban planning scenarios to ensure they align with community needs and perspectives.

Given the Scenario Simulation Tool has completed running simulations, when the community organization requests a social impact report, then the tool should generate a report detailing demographics affected, potential displacement, and community feedback for each scenario, formatted for easy dissemination.

A planner wants to save a completed simulation scenario for future reference and comparison against new proposals.

Given a planner has successfully created a simulation, when they choose the option to 'Save Scenario', then the tool should store the scenario with a timestamp and user ID, ensuring that it can be retrieved later with all related data intact.

Planners will test the user-friendliness of the Scenario Simulation Tool to ensure that new users can easily navigate its functionalities without extensive training.

Given a new user is introduced to the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they attempt to create and run a scenario simulation following the provided introductory tutorial, then they should complete the process successfully without additional assistance within 10 minutes.

Best Practices Repository

User Story: As a community organization leader, I want access to a best practices repository so that we can incorporate successful strategies into our urban planning efforts and enhance community well-being.
Description: The Best Practices Repository requirement focuses on creating a centralized library of sustainability practices and guidelines drawn from expert sources and successful projects worldwide. This feature will provide urban planners with evidence-based strategies for mitigating negative impacts and enhancing community resilience. By allowing users to search, filter, and bookmark practices relevant to their projects, the repository serves as a vital resource for planning teams looking to integrate proven methods into their initiatives. This promotes informed decision-making and collaboration across different planning groups.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners access the Best Practices Repository to find sustainable practices for a specific development project aimed at reducing environmental impact.

Given an urban planner is logged into CommuniPlan, when they search for 'green building techniques', then the system should return a list of at least 10 relevant practices from the repository.

A planning team must filter sustainability practices by categories such as 'Transportation', 'Energy Efficiency', and 'Waste Reduction' to identify applicable strategies for their project.

Given the planning team is using the Best Practices Repository, when they select the 'Energy Efficiency' filter, then the repository displays only those practices categorized under 'Energy Efficiency'.

An urban planner bookmarks practical strategies while reviewing practices in the Best Practices Repository, ensuring easy access for future reference.

Given an urban planner views a practice in the repository, when they select the 'Bookmark' option, then that practice should be saved to their personal bookmarks section, with verification available on the same screen.

Users need to share selected best practices from the repository with their team members during a collaborative meeting.

Given a user has selected several practices, when they click 'Share', then the selected practices should be sent via email to designated team members with a summary and direct links to the practices.

The repository should update with new best practices and guidelines periodically based on the latest expert insights and project successes.

Given the Best Practices Repository is structured for updates, when new best practices are added by administrators, then the repository should reflect these changes within 24 hours and notify users of the updates.

Real-Time Environmental Alerts

Real-Time Environmental Alerts keep users informed about immediate ecological changes or potential risks in their project areas. Utilizing sensor data and AI analytics, this feature sends notifications regarding issues such as pollution spikes, habitat disturbance, or invasive species. By ensuring that urban planners and community organizations stay aware of environmental shifts, this feature helps them respond proactively, safeguarding the ecosystem during project implementation.

Requirements

Sensor Data Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to receive immediate updates about environmental changes in my project area so that I can quickly address any potential ecological issues that may arise during development.
Description: The Sensor Data Integration requirement involves establishing a seamless connection to various environmental sensors that will provide real-time data regarding pollution levels, habitat disturbances, and the presence of invasive species. This integration is crucial for ensuring that the Real-Time Environmental Alerts feature functions effectively, leveraging accurate and timely data to inform users about immediate ecological changes. By utilizing APIs or data streaming protocols, this requirement facilitates the continuous flow of information, allowing urban planners and community organizations to make informed decisions based on real-time environmental conditions.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an alert about a pollution spike detected by environmental sensors in their project area.

Given the sensor is operational and detects a pollution level above the established threshold, when the data is processed by the system, then an alert notification should be sent to all relevant users within 5 minutes.

Environmental sensors report a habitat disturbance in the monitored area during a community project.

Given that the habitat disturbance sensor is active, when the disturbance exceeds the designated tolerance level, then a notification should be generated and displayed on the dashboard for users to view.

A user wants to integrate new environmental sensor data for real-time monitoring of invasive species.

Given the new sensors are registered in the system, when the integration process is initiated, then the system should successfully import data from these sensors and display it in real-time within 15 minutes.

Urban planners need to verify historical environmental data against real-time alerts for accuracy.

Given historical data is available, when a current alert is triggered, then the system should provide a comparison report of historical data to the real-time data in less than 10 seconds.

Local government officials are conducting a review of alert notifications related to environmental risks for a community meeting.

Given the alert records exist, when the officials access the notifications dashboard, then they should be able to retrieve and view a complete list of alerts for the last 30 days, including timestamps and severity ratings.

AI-Based Risk Analysis

User Story: As a community organization member, I want to understand the ecological risks in my area based on AI analysis so that I can better advocate for sustainable practices and policies.
Description: The AI-Based Risk Analysis requirement focuses on developing algorithms that analyze incoming sensor data to identify patterns and predict potential ecological risks. This functionality will utilize machine learning techniques to discern normal environmental behavior from anomalies, such as pollution spikes or habitat disturbances. The resulting alerts will be prioritized based on the level of threat to allow users to respond more effectively to critical situations. This capability enhances the proactive approach urban planners and community organizations can take in safeguarding the environment during project implementation.
Acceptance Criteria: Triggering alerts based on pollution spikes detected by sensors.

Given an incoming data stream from environmental sensors, When pollution levels exceed the predefined threshold, Then an alert notification should be sent to registered users within 5 minutes of detection.

Responding to habitat disturbances identified through AI analysis.

Given a recorded pattern of normal habitat conditions, When an anomaly indicating a disturbance is detected by the AI, Then a prioritized alert should be generated and distributed to users, highlighting the urgency based on the level of disturbance.

Providing users with real-time environmental risk assessment reports.

Given ongoing sensor data collection, When an AI analysis is processed, Then a comprehensive report detailing potential ecological risks should be accessible to users within 10 minutes of analysis completion.

Tracking and logging of environmental alerts for historical data analysis.

Given that alerts are triggered, When an alert is issued, Then the details of the alert, including time, type, and severity, should be logged in the system for future retrieval and analysis.

User feedback collection on the effectiveness of alerts.

Given that alerts are sent out, When users receive the alerts, Then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the usefulness of the information, and responses should be collected for system improvement analysis.

Analyzing user responses to improve alert algorithms.

Given user feedback and alert effectiveness data, When an analysis is performed, Then the AI algorithms should be refined based on the insights gathered, enhancing future alert accuracy.

Ensuring cross-platform compatibility for alert notifications.

Given the CommuniPlan application, When a user accesses different devices (e.g., mobile and web), Then environmental alerts should be consistently delivered across all platforms without delay.

User Notification System

User Story: As a user of CommuniPlan, I want to customize my notification preferences for environmental alerts so that I only receive information relevant to my projects and interests.
Description: The User Notification System requirement involves creating a framework for sending alerts and notifications to users based on their preferences and critical environmental changes. This system should allow users to customize the types of alerts they receive (e.g., pollution, invasive species) and their preferred notification channels (e.g., email, SMS, app notifications). This functionality is vital for ensuring that users are consistently informed about the most relevant environmental issues in their project areas, enhancing user engagement and responsiveness to ecological challenges.
Acceptance Criteria: User configures notification settings through the app, selecting desired alert types and notification methods.

Given the user is logged into the CommuniPlan app, when they navigate to the notification settings page and select alert types (e.g., pollution, invasive species) and preferred notification methods (e.g., email, SMS, push notification), then the selected preferences are saved and confirmed through a success message.

User receives a real-time alert for a critical environmental change in their project area based on their preferences.

Given the user has configured their notification preferences and a pollution spike occurs in their specified project area, when the event triggers a notification, then the user receives the alert through their selected notification method.

User can update their notification preferences at any time without issues.

Given the user is logged into the CommuniPlan app, when they access the notification settings and change their preferences, then the new preferences are saved successfully and a confirmation message is displayed.

User receives alerts without delays during a critical environmental event.

Given an environmental risk occurs, when the alert is generated, then users who subscribe to that alert type receive notifications within 5 minutes of the event being detected.

Users can unsubscribe from notification types seamlessly.

Given the user is logged into the CommuniPlan app, when they choose to unsubscribe from a particular alert type, then they will no longer receive notifications for that type and a confirmation message will be provided.

User app receives a notification even when the app is closed or in the background.

Given the user has opted for push notifications, when an environmental alert is triggered, then the user receives the notification on their mobile device regardless of the app's active state.

The notification system does not overload users with excessive alerts.

Given the user has selected multiple notification types, when environmental events occur in the project area, then the system aggregates alerts and sends a maximum of three notifications per day to prevent user fatigue.

Historical Data Repository

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access historical environmental data so that I can make more informed decisions based on long-term trends in my area.
Description: The Historical Data Repository requirement focuses on creating a centralized database that stores past environmental data collected from sensors over time. This repository will allow users to access historical trends in pollution levels, species population changes, and habitat disturbances. Analyzing historical data can provide valuable insights into long-term ecological changes, aiding in better project planning and community advocacy. The repository's integration with the Real-Time Environmental Alerts feature will enable users to contextualize current alerts against historical benchmarks, fostering informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Users access the Historical Data Repository to review pollution level trends over the past five years.

Given that the user is logged in to the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Historical Data Repository, then they should be able to view and filter pollution level data for the past five years.

A user analyzes species population changes in a selected area using the Historical Data Repository.

Given that the user has selected a specific project area, when they query the species population data in the Historical Data Repository, then the system should display accurate population metrics and historical changes for that area.

Users receive contextual insights from the Historical Data Repository when a real-time environmental alert is triggered.

Given that a real-time environmental alert is issued, when the user accesses the Historical Data Repository, then they should see historical data related to the specific alert issue (e.g., pollution spikes) for the same area and time frame.

Users can download historical environmental data for offline analysis from the Historical Data Repository.

Given that the user is on the Historical Data Repository page, when they select the download option, then they should be able to download a CSV file of the historical environmental data they have filtered.

Multiple users access the Historical Data Repository simultaneously to examine habitat disturbances.

Given that the Historical Data Repository can be accessed by multiple users, when two or more users query the repository at the same time, then the system should maintain performance without lag or data inconsistency.

Users receive a summary report featuring insights derived from the Historical Data Repository.

Given that the user has completed their analysis in the Historical Data Repository, when they request a summary report, then the system should generate a report that includes key insights and trends based on their selected data range and parameters.

The Historical Data Repository integrates with the Real-Time Environmental Alerts feature without issues.

Given that the Historical Data Repository is integrated with the Real-Time Environmental Alerts feature, when an alert is triggered, then the repository should automatically pull relevant historical data to support the alert.

Community Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide feedback on environmental alerts so that I can contribute to improving the accuracy and relevance of the shared information.
Description: The Community Feedback Mechanism involves implementing a system where users can provide feedback on real-time environmental alerts, contributing to the overall effectiveness of the monitoring process. This feature should include options for users to report inaccuracies, submit additional observations, and provide suggestions for improving alert relevance. By fostering a two-way communication channel between the platform and its users, this requirement enhances user involvement and ensures that the Real-Time Environmental Alerts remain aligned with community needs and expectations.
Acceptance Criteria: Community members receive a real-time environmental alert about a pollution spike in their area and can provide feedback via the Community Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user receives a pollution spike alert, When they access the feedback mechanism, Then they should see options to report inaccuracies, submit observations, and provide suggestions.

A user reports an inaccuracy in the environmental alert they received through the Community Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user submits a report stating that the pollution spike alert was false, When the report is submitted, Then the system should log the feedback and notify the user of receipt.

Community stakeholders review feedback submitted by users on environmental alerts to identify common issues or suggestions.

Given stakeholders access the feedback reports, When they review the feedback data, Then they should see organized reports displaying the most frequent inaccuracies and suggestions for improvements.

Users receive a notification when their feedback on an environmental alert has been addressed or acted upon by the platform.

Given a user submits feedback on an alert, When the platform takes action on their feedback, Then the user should receive a notification indicating what steps were taken.

Users want to provide additional observations about an environmental alert they received.

Given a user accesses the Community Feedback Mechanism, When they select the option to submit additional observations, Then they should be able to enter text and submit their observations successfully.

The Community Feedback Mechanism allows users to suggest improvements for alert relevance after an alert is issued.

Given an environmental alert is issued, When a user opts to provide suggestions, Then they should be able to submit detailed suggestions that are recorded in the system.

The platform analyzes user feedback on environmental alerts to improve the relevancy of future alerts.

Given a collection of user feedback, When the system processes this data, Then it should provide updated algorithms for alert generation that reflect user input within one month of receipt.

Instant Feedback Session

Instant Feedback Session allows participants to share their thoughts and suggestions during the live forum in real-time through an integrated chat feature. This promotes dynamic discussions and ensures that every voice is heard, enhancing the overall engagement and effectiveness of the town hall meetings.

Requirements

Real-time Chat Integration

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide my thoughts during town hall meetings in real-time so that I can engage with others and contribute to discussions effectively.
Description: The requirement enables a real-time chat functionality within the Instant Feedback Session feature. This allows participants to submit feedback, ask questions, and engage in discussion during the live forum. The chat should support text, emojis, and the ability to upvote comments, ensuring that the most relevant points are highlighted. Integrating this feature enhances participant engagement, allows for dynamic discussions, and ensures that all voices are heard, fostering a collaborative environment during town hall meetings.
Acceptance Criteria: Participant submits a comment during a live town hall meeting.

Given that a participant is logged into the Instant Feedback Session, when they type and submit a comment in the chat, then the comment should appear in the chat window immediately for all other participants to see.

Participant uses emojis in their feedback during the live forum.

Given that a participant is logged into the Instant Feedback Session, when they select and send an emoji from the chat interface, then the emoji should be displayed in the chat alongside any text submitted, visible to all participants.

Participant upvotes a comment during a live discussion.

Given that a participant is viewing comments in the Instant Feedback Session, when they click the upvote button next to a specific comment, then the upvote count for that comment should increase by one and be instantly reflected in the chat.

Moderator reviews the chat during the town hall meeting.

Given that a town hall meeting is in progress, when the moderator accesses the chat log, then all submitted comments, emojis, and upvotes should be displayed in chronological order for review.

Chat functionality on multiple devices.

Given that a participant is using the Instant Feedback Session on a mobile device or tablet, when they send a comment in the chat, then the comment should also appear in real-time on other participants' devices without any delay.

Participants receive notifications of new comments in the chat.

Given that a participant is actively logged into the Instant Feedback Session, when a new comment is posted by another participant, then a visual and audible notification should alert them of the new activity in the chat.

Ensuring chat availability during high traffic use.

Given that multiple participants are engaged in a live forum, when the chat is used intensively, then the system should maintain a response time of less than two seconds for displaying messages regardless of the number of concurrent users.

Feedback Moderation Tool

User Story: As a moderator, I want to have control over the chat content during the town hall meeting so that I can maintain a respectful and constructive atmosphere.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing a moderation tool for the real-time chat during Instant Feedback Sessions. Moderators should have the ability to review comments before they are publicly visible, as well as the option to flag inappropriate content, ensuring a respectful and constructive environment for discussions. The moderation tool should include features to manage user permissions, such as muting participants if necessary, thus promoting a positive and productive engagement experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Moderators access the chat during the Instant Feedback Session to review incoming comments before they are visible to participants.

Given a moderator is logged into the platform, when they access the chat feature, then they should see all incoming comments and have the ability to approve or disapprove each comment before it is publicly displayed.

Moderators need the ability to flag comments that contain inappropriate content during the Instant Feedback Session.

Given a moderator encounters a comment they find inappropriate, when they select the flag option, then the comment should be marked as flagged and a notification should be sent to the admin for review.

Moderators ensure participants are constructive during the discussion by muting users who are disruptive during the feedback session.

Given a moderator identifies a disruptive participant, when they use the mute feature, then that participant's comments should no longer be visible to others in the session until unmuted.

Moderators want to maintain control of the chat during the Instant Feedback Session by reviewing user permissions.

Given a moderator is managing the feedback session, when they access the user management feature, then they should see a list of participants with their current permissions displayed for any necessary adjustments.

Participants should be fully aware of the chat moderation guidelines before engaging in the chat feature.

Given that the Instant Feedback Session is about to start, when the session begins, then participants should see a notification outlining the chat moderation rules including any behavior that may lead to muting or flagging.

Moderators want to analyze chat engagement by reviewing the number of comments made during the session.

Given a completed Instant Feedback Session, when moderators request a report, then they should receive a summary report showing total comments made, flagged comments, and user engagement metrics during the session.

Post-Session Feedback Summary

User Story: As a town hall organizer, I want to receive a summary report of participant feedback after the session so that I can analyze the input and improve future meetings.
Description: This requirement enables the generation of a summary report after each Instant Feedback Session. The report should compile key comments, suggestions, and areas of interest that were highlighted during the live chat. It should be accessible to all participants for review and should also include analytical insights into engagement patterns, helping organizers understand participant involvement and feedback trends. This feature will ensure that valuable input is captured and actionable insights are provided for future sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: Participants attend an Instant Feedback Session where discussions and suggestions are generated via the integrated chat feature during a town hall meeting.

Given that the Instant Feedback Session has concluded, When the session ends, Then a summary report of key comments, suggestions, and engagement patterns should be generated and made accessible to all participants.

After a session, organizers need to review engagement statistics to understand participant involvement.

Given that the summary report is generated, When the organizers access the report, Then they should see analytical insights, including engagement metrics such as number of comments, participant attendance, and response times.

A participant wants to access the feedback summary after the session has concluded to review the discussions.

Given that the feedback summary is generated, When a participant accesses the report, Then they should be able to view all key comments and suggestions made during the session, organized by topic.

Organizers plan the next town hall meeting and want to leverage insights from the previous session's feedback.

Given that the summary report contains actionable insights, When the organizers use the report to inform planning for the next session, Then they should be able to identify at least three areas for improvement based on participant feedback from the previous session.

The platform administrator wants to ensure all participants received notification about the availability of the feedback summary post-session.

Given that the summary report is ready, When the notification is sent, Then all participants should receive an email with a direct link to the summary report within 24 hours of the session conclusion.

Community members are interested in the trends of engagement over multiple sessions to assess improvement.

Given multiple feedback summaries from past sessions, When all reports are analyzed, Then there should be a visible trend of increasing participant engagement reflected in the metrics provided in the summaries.

Organizers want to ensure that sensitive comments are handled appropriately in the feedback summary.

Given that the summary report is generated, When the report is reviewed, Then all sensitive comments should be anonymized or excluded to protect participant privacy before distribution.

Anonymous Feedback Option

User Story: As a participant, I want to provide feedback anonymously during town hall meetings so that I can share my honest thoughts without fear of being judged.
Description: This requirement introduces an option for participants to submit feedback anonymously during the Instant Feedback Session. This feature is crucial for ensuring that all participants feel safe to express their opinions without fear of judgment. The anonymity feature should be clearly communicated, and the submitted feedback should still be incorporated into the discussion, thus promoting inclusivity and encouraging diverse opinions.
Acceptance Criteria: Participants can submit feedback anonymously during a live feedback session in the Instant Feedback feature without revealing their identity.

Given a participant is logged into the Instant Feedback Session, When they choose the anonymous feedback option, Then they should be able to submit their feedback without any personal information being recorded.

Anonymous feedback submissions are properly integrated into the discussion during town hall meetings without revealing any participant identity.

Given anonymous feedback has been submitted, When feedback is presented during the discussion, Then the feedback should not disclose any identities or personal information of the participants.

Clear communication of the anonymous feedback option is provided to all participants before the feedback session starts.

Given the feedback session is about to begin, When the session introduction message is displayed, Then it should clearly state that participants can submit their feedback anonymously.

Participants receive confirmation of their anonymously submitted feedback to ensure their input has been acknowledged.

Given a participant has submitted feedback anonymously, When the submission is successful, Then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been received and will be considered.

Anonymously submitted feedback can be analyzed for sentiment and trends without compromising individual identities.

Given a set of anonymously submitted feedback, When the feedback is analyzed, Then the resultant data should show aggregated sentiment and trends without revealing individuals' responses.

The platform maintains the security and privacy of anonymous submissions to prevent unauthorized access or exposure.

Given that a participant submits feedback anonymously, When the data is stored, Then the platform should ensure that no identification methods are applied, and that strict access controls are in place to protect the anonymity of submissions.

Feedback received via the anonymous option is diverse and representative of the audience's interests and concerns.

Given multiple anonymous feedback submissions, When the feedback is categorized, Then the categories should reflect a wide range of topics and concerns relevant to the discussion, indicating successful engagement from participants.

Integration with Polling Tools

User Story: As an organizer, I want to conduct live polls during the town hall meeting so that I can gauge participant opinions quickly and adapt discussions accordingly.
Description: This requirement ensures seamless integration of polling tools within the Instant Feedback Session feature. Organizers should be able to set up live polls during the forum, allowing participants to vote on specific questions in real-time. The results should be displayed instantly to promote engagement and discussion based on the feedback gathered. This will enhance interactivity and provide immediate insights on participant preferences or opinions.
Acceptance Criteria: During a town hall meeting, an urban planner uses the Instant Feedback Session feature to engage participants in real-time discussions. A live poll is initiated to gather opinions on a proposed urban project, allowing attendees to submit their votes through an integrated polling tool embedded within the chat feature. The urban planner expects to see the voting options displayed, responses collected in real-time, and results available immediately after the poll closes.

Given the polling tool is integrated into the Instant Feedback Session, when a poll is initiated, then all participants should be able to view the poll question and available voting options instantly, and able to submit their responses without delay.

As a town hall organizer, I want to ensure that after a live poll session, the results are aggregated and displayed visually in the chat for all participants. This will allow for immediate discussion based on the results shown after the poll concludes.

Given that the poll has closed, when the results are tallied, then the system should display the results in a clear and visually engaging format in the chat, including percentages for each option and total votes cast.

A community member participates in a town hall meeting via the Instant Feedback Session feature on a mobile device. They want to easily access and respond to polls without any technical difficulties. The requirement is to ensure mobile compatibility for seamless participation.

Given a participant is using a mobile device to join the Instant Feedback Session, when they access the polling feature, then they should be able to view, select, and submit their vote without any usability issues or lag.

In a town hall meeting environment, an organizer needs to conduct multiple polls but wishes to ensure that polls are not overlapping. Adequate time should be provided between each polling session for participants to discuss before moving on to the next question.

Given multiple polls are set to occur in a single session, when the first poll closes, then there should be at least a 2-minute discussion period before the next poll is initiated, allowing participants to engage in conversation regarding the results.

At the end of a town hall meeting, the organizer requires a detailed report of the poll results, including participant demographics and feedback for future reference and improvement on community engagement.

Given the Instant Feedback Session has concluded, when the organizer requests a report, then the system should generate a comprehensive report detailing the poll results, participant demographics, and any comments received during the session.

Interactive Q&A Panel

The Interactive Q&A Panel enables community members to submit questions directly to urban planners and officials during the forum. Users can vote on the questions they find most relevant, ensuring that critical issues are prioritized and addressed, fostering a transparent dialogue between stakeholders.

Requirements

Real-time Q&A Submission

User Story: As a community member, I want to submit my questions in real-time during the forum so that I can engage with urban planners and receive immediate responses to my concerns.
Description: The Real-time Q&A Submission feature allows community members to submit their questions directly through the Interactive Q&A Panel during forums. This feature enables immediate engagement, ensuring that stakeholders can address community concerns on the spot, enhancing the overall dialogue and interaction. By facilitating real-time submissions, this requirement fosters a responsive atmosphere and enhances community members’ sense of involvement, as they see their inquiries acknowledged and tackled promptly.
Acceptance Criteria: Community Member Submits a Question During a Live Forum Event

Given a community member is logged into CommuniPlan, when they enter a forum that has the Interactive Q&A Panel enabled and submit a question through the panel, then their question should be visible to all participants in real-time without page refresh.

Voting on Submitted Questions

Given multiple questions have been submitted during a live forum, when a community member views the Interactive Q&A Panel, then they should be able to vote on any question submitted and have the vote count update in real-time for all participants to see.

Notification System for Question Responses

Given a question has been answered by an urban planner or official, when the response is posted in the Interactive Q&A Panel, then all users who voted for or submitted that question should receive a notification alerting them to the new response.

Character Limitation for Question Submission

Given a community member is submitting a question through the Interactive Q&A Panel, then the submission field must limit the question to a maximum of 300 characters to ensure clarity and conciseness.

Duplicate Question Prevention

Given a community member submits a question that is similar to a previously asked question, when they attempt to submit it, then a message should appear notifying them of the duplicate question and suggesting them to vote instead.

User Interface Accessibility Features

Given community members with disabilities are accessing the Interactive Q&A Panel, then the panel must comply with WCAG 2.1 standards to ensure it is accessible, including screen reader support and keyboard navigation.

Analytics on Question Engagement

Given the Interactive Q&A Panel is active during a forum, then there should be analytics data available post-forum detailing the number of questions submitted, voting activity, and engagement levels of community members.

Question Voting System

User Story: As a community member, I want to vote on questions submitted by others so that the most important and relevant issues are prioritized during the forum.
Description: The Question Voting System will allow users to upvote or downvote questions submitted by fellow community members. This requirement enhances the Interactive Q&A Panel by prioritizing the most relevant queries, ensuring that critical issues are addressed in order of community interest. This democratic approach encourages active participation and transparency, allowing the community to have a direct influence on the discussion topics and outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Community members participating in an urban planning forum where the Interactive Q&A Panel is active can submit their questions to urban planners and local officials.

Given a user is logged into the platform, when they submit a question through the Interactive Q&A Panel, then the question should be successfully recorded in the system and displayed in the panel for others to see.

Users are engaging in the forum and see multiple questions from other community members in the Interactive Q&A Panel.

Given a user is viewing the questions in the Interactive Q&A Panel, when they see questions submitted by others, then they should be able to upvote or downvote each question.

The community forum is live, and multiple users are viewing and interacting with the questions in real-time.

Given a user has upvoted or downvoted a question, when they refresh the page, then the total vote count for that question should reflect their input immediately without any delay.

An urban planner or local official is reviewing the questions submitted by community members.

Given that the voting system is active, when the planner views the questions, then they should see the questions sorted by vote count, with the highest voted questions displayed at the top of the list.

A community member wants to understand which issues are of most concern to their neighbors.

Given that multiple community members have voted on questions, when the user accesses the question voting system, then they should be able to view a summary of the top 5 questions with the most votes.

During the forum, a slated question has received several votes while another question has none.

Given that a user has previously voted on questions, when they choose to change their vote on a question, then their previous vote should be replaced by their new vote, and the total vote count should be updated accordingly.

Moderator Tools Integration

User Story: As a moderator, I want tools to filter and manage questions during the forum so that I can ensure we address the most relevant and urgent issues effectively.
Description: Moderator Tools Integration involves equipping urban planners and officials with specialized tools to manage the Q&A session effectively. This includes the ability to filter questions by votes, highlight urgent issues, and provide real-time responses. These tools ensure that moderators can maintain a structured and efficient discussion, addressing the concerns most important to the community while fostering order within the forum.
Acceptance Criteria: Moderator filters questions by votes during a live Q&A session.

Given a live Q&A session, when the moderator applies the vote filter, then only questions with the highest votes should be displayed in real-time, ensuring priority is given to community concerns.

Moderator highlights urgent issues raised during the forum.

Given an ongoing forum, when a question is marked urgent by the moderator, then that question should be visually distinguished from others, facilitating immediate attention.

Moderator provides real-time responses to community questions.

Given a submitted question, when the moderator inputs a response, then the response should be visible to all participants in the session within 30 seconds of submission, ensuring timely communication.

Community members vote on the relevance of submitted questions.

Given a list of submitted questions, when community members cast their votes, then the total votes for each question should update in real time, reflecting the current opinion of the forum participants.

Moderator receives notifications for questions with a high number of votes.

Given a live Q&A session, when a question receives more than 50 votes, then the moderator should receive an automatic notification to address the question promptly.

Moderator can view analytics on question engagement during the session.

Given the Q&A session is live, when the moderator requests analytics, then they should receive a summary displaying total questions asked, votes received, and responses given, ensuring they can gauge engagement effectively.

Analytics Dashboard for Q&A Engagement

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access analytics on community engagement during Q&A sessions so that I can understand the concerns and interests of residents to inform future planning.
Description: The Analytics Dashboard for Q&A Engagement will provide insights and analytics on community interactions within the Q&A Panel. This feature will aggregate data on question submissions, voting trends, and popular topics, allowing urban planners and officials to assess community concerns over time. The dashboard empowers stakeholders with data-driven insights, facilitating better decision-making and prioritization of future community interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: Analytics Dashboard for Q&A Engagement visibility for urban planners and officials during community forums.

Given that the user accesses the Analytics Dashboard, when the user selects a specific date range, then the dashboard should display data metrics such as total questions submitted, total votes on questions, and trending topics within that period.

The tool's response speed and accuracy during peak community engagement periods.

Given that multiple users are submitting questions and voting simultaneously, when the Q&A Panel is under heavy load, then the response time for submissions and votes should not exceed 2 seconds, and no data should be lost or corrupted.

Data visualization effectiveness for urban planners to interpret community feedback easily.

Given the user is viewing the data on the Analytics Dashboard, when they hover over different graphs and charts, then the dashboard should provide tooltips displaying the underlying data points and contextual information, enhancing user understanding.

Trends analysis over time for effective community engagement strategy.

Given that the user selects a specific timeframe on the dashboard, when they observe the visualization of question submissions, then the data should reflect an organized view of trends including peaks and troughs in community engagement, clearly highlighting periods of higher activity.

User authentication and data security for sensitive user engagement data.

Given that the user attempts to access the Analytics Dashboard, when they input their credentials, then the system should authenticate the user within 5 seconds and grant access to authorized users only, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations.

User feedback mechanism for refining the Analytics Dashboard functionality.

Given that users are interacting with the dashboard, when they submit feedback through the provided interface, then the system should confirm the submission and store user feedback for future analysis and potential enhancements.

Real-time updates reflecting ongoing community engagement during forums.

Given that new questions are submitted or existing questions receive votes, when this occurs, then the Analytics Dashboard should update in real-time without needing a page refresh, providing the most current engagement statistics to the users.

Notifications for Question Updates

User Story: As a community member, I want to receive notifications when my question is answered or voted on so that I stay informed and engaged during the forum processes.
Description: The Notifications for Question Updates feature will alert community members when their submitted questions receive responses or when their questions are upvoted. This requirement ensures that users remain engaged and informed about the status of their inquiries, fostering continuous interaction and encouraging users to participate actively in future discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: Community member receives an alert when their submitted question is answered during a forum session, which promotes transparency and engagement.

Given a community member has submitted a question, when the question receives a response, then the member receives a notification via their registered email.

A user wants to be notified when their question is upvoted to gauge its relevance within the community.

Given a community member's question is upvoted, when the upvote occurs, then the member receives a real-time notification on the platform and via email.

A community member checks their notification settings to ensure they receive updates for responses to their questions during an ongoing community discussion.

Given a community member accesses their notification settings, when they enable notifications for question responses, then their preferences are saved and active notifications are turned on.

Urban planners and officials want to prioritize the questions submitted by community members based on user engagement.

Given a question submitted by a community member receives multiple upvotes, when the urban planner views the list of questions, then the upvoted questions appear at the top of the list for prioritization.

A user has questions from multiple forums and needs to see notifications for each question's activity in one consolidated view.

Given a community member has submitted questions across different forums, when they view their notification dashboard, then all notifications related to their questions are consolidated and displayed with timestamps and activity types.

A community member is made aware of the engagement levels across their submitted questions over time.

Given a community member has submitted multiple questions, when they access their activity report, then they can see the number of responses and upvotes for each question in a clear format.

Live Polling Feature

The Live Polling Feature provides a way to gauge community opinions during discussions. Conducting live polls allows for immediate insights into the preferences or concerns of attendees regarding proposals, leading to efficient feedback collection and informed decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time Poll Results Display

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to see real-time poll results during community discussions so that I can adjust my presentations and discussions based on the current sentiment of attendees.
Description: The Real-time Poll Results Display requirement ensures that users can see immediate results of live polls as they occur during community discussions. This functionality enhances transparency and encourages more participation since attendees can gauge the community sentiment in real-time. The display will include percentage distributions, charts, and summary data to give a comprehensive overview of poll outcomes. Integration with current user interfaces will be seamless, allowing easy access to results on all devices and screens used during sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: During a community meeting, participants engage in a live polling session where they submit their opinions on a proposed urban development project. As the poll is open, attendees expect to view live updates on the poll results displayed on screens throughout the venue.

Given the live poll is open, when a participant submits their response, then the real-time results should update automatically within 5 seconds, reflecting the latest votes with percentage distributions.

As part of a community engagement event, urban planners conduct a live poll utilizing the Real-time Poll Results Display feature. Event organizers need to ensure that all devices, including smartphones and tablets, can display poll results accurately.

Given the Real-time Poll Results Display is implemented, when accessing the poll results on different devices, then the layout should be responsive and correctly display results with no data loss or distortion.

During the live polling, a community leader wants to analyze the effectiveness of the polling mechanism. They aim to see not just the live results but also graphical representations of the data such as pie charts and bar graphs that represent community sentiment.

Given the live poll results are displayed, when the poll closes, then the final results summary should automatically generate and present visual representations including pie charts and bar graphs, showing a clear summary of community sentiment.

After a polling session, the urban planners want to review the data collected during the live poll for reporting and analysis. The Real-time Poll Results Display should allow users to download the results in a CSV format for further evaluation.

Given the live polling has concluded, when the user clicks on the download button, then the results should be exported successfully in CSV format without any errors or data loss.

Throughout a community discussion, some attendees are unable to see the displayed results in real-time. Ensuring accessibility and visibility for all participants is crucial to encourage engagement during the polling.

Given the Real-time Poll Results Display is active, when a user reports visibility issues, then the display should include options to resize or adjust the view for improved accessibility without loss of functionality.

Urban planners will use the Real-time Poll Results Display as a tool to foster transparency during discussions, thus they want to ensure that the polling results are stable and not prone to crashing during peak usage.

Given the live poll is in progress, when the number of participants exceeds 100, then the system should maintain stable performance and not crash or lag excessively when updating results.

Post-polling, it’s essential for facilitators to understand if the displayed results prompted further discussion or questions among the participants.

Given the polling session is complete, when participants review the results, then there should be a prompt feature allowing them to submit additional comments or questions based on the displayed results.

User-Friendly Poll Creation Interface

User Story: As a community organizer, I want an easy-to-use interface for creating live polls so that I can quickly gather community feedback without needing technical skills.
Description: The User-Friendly Poll Creation Interface provides urban planners and community organizers with an intuitive and streamlined way to create live polls. This requirement focuses on ensuring that users can easily input questions, set response options, and configure polling behaviors without requiring technical expertise. It will include drag-and-drop features, templates for common questions, and the ability to preview polls before they go live. This capability promotes higher engagement and quality feedback since users will spend less time navigating a complex setup process.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner, I need to create a live polling question during a community meeting so that I can receive immediate feedback from attendees on a proposed development plan.

Given I am on the poll creation interface, when I enter a question, set multiple choice options, and select the option to preview, then I should see a fully formatted preview of the poll as it would appear to the audience.

As a community organizer, I want to use templates for common questions when creating a poll to save time and improve engagement in the meeting.

Given I am on the poll creation interface, when I select a template from the provided list, then the corresponding questions and response options should automatically populate the input fields for me to edit as needed.

As an urban planner, I need to ensure that the polls I create can be launched immediately without any technical issues during a live session.

Given I have completed creating a poll, when I click the 'Launch Poll' button, then the poll should go live without any disruptions and attendees should be able to see and respond to the poll in real-time on their devices.

As a community organizer, I want to configure polling behaviors like allowing multiple responses or setting a time limit for participants to submit their answers.

Given I am in the poll creation interface, when I set the poll to allow multiple responses and define a time limit of five minutes, then attendees should be able to submit more than one response within the specified time frame once the poll is live.

As an urban planner, I need to ensure that I can edit my poll configuration after it has been created but before it goes live.

Given I have created a poll, when I return to the poll creation interface and edit the question or response options, then I should see those changes reflected in the preview before launching the poll.

As a community organizer, I want to receive notifications when the poll results are available for review after the polling session ends.

Given the polling session has concluded, when I check the poll management dashboard, then I should receive a notification indicating that the results are ready for review, including a summary of responses and engagement metrics.

Integration with Participant Profiles

User Story: As a planner, I want to link live poll responses to participant profiles so that I can better understand community needs based on demographic data.
Description: The Integration with Participant Profiles requirement will link poll responses to registered user profiles, allowing planners to analyze feedback based on demographics, community engagement levels, and past responses. This integration will enable tailored insights that can inform future urban planning initiatives. By capturing participant data (with their consent), the platform will provide a richer understanding of community opinions and trends, ultimately aligning developments more closely with the residents’ actual needs and preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of participant profiles during a live poll session to ensure that responders are correctly linked to their demographic data.

Given a registered user responds to a live poll, when their response is submitted, then the poll response should be recorded along with their participant profile, including demographics and previous engagement metrics.

Retrieval of historical poll data linked to user profiles to analyze trends in community feedback over time.

Given a planner requests historical data from a live poll, when the query is executed, then the system should return poll responses aggregated by participant demographics and engagement history.

Live updating of poll results visible to participants, ensuring they understand community sentiment in real-time.

Given a live poll is active, when participants submit their responses, then the poll results should update dynamically on all participant screens within 5 seconds.

Ensuring that user consent is obtained and recorded before capturing demographic data during live polling.

Given a user attempts to participate in a live poll, when they provide their consent, then the system should log their consent alongside their profile information for future reference or analysis.

Ability to filter live poll results based on specific demographic criteria such as age, location, and previous engagement.

Given a planner is viewing live poll results, when they apply demographic filters, then the displayed results should adjust to show only the responses that match the selected criteria.

Notifications to participants regarding the analysis of past poll responses linked to their profiles for greater transparency.

Given a user has participated in past polls, when a new poll is conducted, then they should receive a notification summarizing insights or trends based on their previous responses.

Integration with analytics tools for in-depth analysis of poll data linked to user profiles for actionable insights.

Given an analytics request by a planner, when they access the integrated report, then the system should generate a detailed report correlating poll responses with participant profiles to inform future urban planning decisions.

Multilingual Poll Support

User Story: As a community member who speaks a different language, I want to participate in live polls in my preferred language so that I can provide my opinion without language being a barrier.
Description: The Multilingual Poll Support requirement aims to facilitate the creation and participation of polls in multiple languages. This functionality is critical for diverse communities to ensure that all residents can contribute effectively without language barriers. The system will automatically detect user language preferences or allow manual selection, and poll questions will be easily translated. A robust backend will be necessary to manage language data and ensure proper display of content in real-time, fostering inclusivity in community discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: As a community member, I want to create a poll in my preferred language so that all local voters can understand and engage with the content.

Given that I am a registered user, when I select my preferred language for the poll, then the poll questions and options should be displayed correctly in that language.

As an urban planner, I want to view poll results in the language the poll was created in, so that I can accurately interpret community responses.

Given that a poll has been completed, when I access the results, then they should be displayed in the language corresponding to the original poll creation.

As a local government official, I want to ensure that polls created in multiple languages are accessible on all devices, so that no community member is excluded from participating.

Given that a poll has been published in multiple languages, when I access the poll on different devices (mobile, tablet, PC), then the language options should be available and function properly across all devices.

As a community member, I want to switch languages during the polling process, so I can understand the questions better if they are unclear in my first chosen language.

Given that I am participating in a poll, when I select the language switch option, then the poll questions should refresh and display in the newly selected language without losing my previous inputs.

As an admin, I need to manage and edit poll questions in multiple languages so that all users can have a relevant experience regardless of their language preference.

Given that I am in the admin interface, when I access a poll, then I should be able to view and edit the questions in the selected languages, ensuring consistency and clarity across translations.

As a user, I want the system to automatically detect my browser language settings so that I can engage with polls in my preferred language without additional steps.

Given that I access the polling feature, when my browser language setting is detected, then the poll should automatically display in that language if available.

Anonymous Polling Option

User Story: As a participant, I want to be able to respond to polls anonymously so that I can express my true opinions without worrying about judgment.
Description: The Anonymous Polling Option requirement allows participants to contribute to live polls without revealing their identities. This feature is essential for ensuring honest feedback, particularly in sensitive discussions where users may fear repercussions for their opinions. It will include a toggle that planners can activate or deactivate based on the nature of the poll. The backend will ensure that while results remain confidential, data integrity is maintained to provide valuable insights for decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Conducting a live poll in a community forum where participants should feel safe providing feedback without fear of repercussions.

Given the poll is initiated with the Anonymous Polling Option activated, When participants vote, Then their identities are not recorded or viewable to planners or any other participants.

A planner decides to gather community feedback on a controversial proposal in a planning session.

Given the sensitive nature of the proposal, When the Anonymous Polling Option is activated, Then participants are encouraged to share their opinions freely, leading to at least 75% participation in the poll.

Testing the integrity of poll results to ensure no personal data is being captured during a live poll with the anonymous feature enabled.

Given the poll is concluded, When results are analyzed, Then there should be no identifiable information of participants in the dataset while maintaining accurate results.

A user wants to submit feedback in a sensitive topic without their identity being known to the planners.

Given the Anonymous Polling Option is activated, When a user submits their feedback, Then it should confirm feedback submission without revealing any identifying information.

A planner toggles the Anonymous Polling Option off for a specific poll to gather identifiable feedback.

Given the Anonymous Polling Option is turned off, When participants vote, Then their identities should be recorded alongside their responses for further follow-up.

Aggregating results from multiple polls conducted with the Anonymous Polling Option to provide insights for decision-making.

Given multiple polls are conducted with the Anonymous Polling Option, When the results are aggregated, Then the data should reflect a clear understanding of community sentiments without compromising individual anonymity.

Shared Resource Hub

The Shared Resource Hub is a dedicated space within the Virtual Forum Hub that allows participants to access relevant documents, reports, and materials before and during discussions. This feature empowers community members with background information, enabling them to engage more effectively and facilitate informed dialogues.

Requirements

Document Upload and Management

User Story: As a community member, I want to upload and organize relevant documents in the Shared Resource Hub so that I can share important background materials with other participants and ensure everyone is informed before the discussions.
Description: This requirement involves creating a robust document upload and organization system within the Shared Resource Hub. Users must be able to easily upload a variety of document types (PDFs, Word documents, images, etc.) and categorize them for easy access. The system should support version control, ensuring that the most current documents are readily available while maintaining a history of past versions. By allowing users to access necessary materials in an organized manner before discussions, this feature enhances participant engagement and preparedness, leading to more informed discussions and productive outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a PDF document to the Shared Resource Hub during a community planning meeting.

Given the user is on the document upload page, when the user selects a PDF file to upload and clicks 'Submit', then the document should be successfully uploaded and categorized under 'Planning Documents'.

A user accesses the Shared Resource Hub to find and download a specific report uploaded previously.

Given the user is searching for a report in the Shared Resource Hub, when the user inputs the report title in the search bar and clicks 'Search', then the relevant document should appear in the search results with an option to download it.

A user requests to see the version history of a specific document within the Shared Resource Hub.

Given the user is viewing a document, when the user clicks on the 'View Version History' option, then the system should display a chronological list of all versions of the document including upload dates and version descriptions.

The system retrieves and displays all documents categorized under 'Community Feedback' during a discussion session.

Given the user is in the discussion module of the Shared Resource Hub, when the user selects the 'Community Feedback' category, then all related documents should be displayed for easy access.

A user attempts to upload an unsupported file type to the Shared Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the document upload page, when the user selects an unsupported file format (e.g. .exe) and clicks 'Submit', then an error message should inform the user that the file format is not supported and the upload should be rejected.

A user needs to update an existing document in the Shared Resource Hub.

Given the user has permissions to edit the document, when the user selects the document and clicks 'Upload New Version', then the new version should replace the old one while maintaining the history of previous versions.

A user is looking for guidance on how to upload documents to the Shared Resource Hub.

Given the user is on the help section of the Shared Resource Hub, when they navigate to the 'Document Upload Guidelines' page, then the user should find clear and concise instructions on how to upload various document types.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to have real-time collaboration tools within the Shared Resource Hub so that I can facilitate live discussions and enhance interaction among participants during the planning processes.
Description: The implementation of real-time collaboration tools is essential for allowing community members to engage with each other within the Shared Resource Hub. This includes features such as live chat, discussion threads, and commenting on shared documents. These tools would facilitate dynamic conversations and strengthen community engagement by allowing instantaneous communication among stakeholders. The integration of these features will ensure users can discuss documents and ideas in real time, fostering a collaborative environment that supports deeper analysis and connection among community members.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a discussion thread within the Shared Resource Hub after uploading a relevant document for community feedback.

Given a user is logged in and has navigated to the Shared Resource Hub, when they upload a document and choose to start a discussion thread, then the discussion thread should be created successfully, and all users with access should receive a notification about the new thread.

Participants engage in a live chat session during a scheduled forum discussion about a shared document in the Shared Resource Hub.

Given a user is viewing a shared document and a live chat widget is open, when the user sends a message in the chat, then the message should appear in real time to all other participants currently viewing the document.

A user comments on a shared document while other community members are also viewing it in the Shared Resource Hub.

Given a user is logged into the Shared Resource Hub and has the document open, when they leave a comment on the document, then the comment should be visible to all other users accessing that document within a five-second interval.

A community organizer wants to review all discussions related to a specific document in the Shared Resource Hub.

Given a user is logged in and has access to the Shared Resource Hub, when they navigate to a specific document, then they should have the ability to view all discussion threads and comments related to that document in chronological order.

A user is attending a discussion forum and wants to share a quick insight during the session using a discussion thread.

Given the discussion forum is live and the Shared Resource Hub is open, when a user types their insight and submits it, then the insight should appear in the relevant discussion thread immediately for all participants to see.

Participants receive updates on new comments or discussions related to documents they are following within the Shared Resource Hub.

Given a user has marked certain documents for updates, when there is a new comment or discussion related to those documents, then the user should receive a notification within five minutes of that comment or discussion being posted.

Community members want to filter discussions and comments by topic in the Shared Resource Hub for better navigation.

Given a user is on the discussion page of the Shared Resource Hub, when they apply a filter for a specific topic, then only discussions and comments relevant to that topic should be displayed.

Document Search and Filtering

User Story: As a participant, I want to quickly search and filter through the documents in the Shared Resource Hub so that I can easily find the information I need for upcoming discussions.
Description: The requirement for an advanced search and filtering system enhances user experience by allowing participants to quickly locate specific documents or resources within the Shared Resource Hub. This functionality should support keyword searches, tags, and multiple filtering options based on document type, date, or category. By providing a clear and efficient way to find relevant information, participants can engage more effectively and contribute meaningfully to discussions, ultimately benefiting collaboration and decision-making in the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: As a community member, I want to quickly find a document related to urban zoning before attending the virtual discussion, so that I can engage meaningfully with the content.

Given that I am searching for a document related to urban zoning in the Shared Resource Hub, when I enter the keyword 'zoning' in the search bar, then relevant documents related to zoning should be displayed within 3 seconds.

As a community planner, I want to filter documents by date to access the most recent reports before the meeting, enabling me to contribute effectively based on the latest information.

Given that I want to filter documents in the Shared Resource Hub, when I select the filter option for 'last 6 months', then only documents uploaded within the last 6 months should be displayed.

As a local government official, I need to locate a specific policy document among various types of documents available in the hub, ensuring that I refer to the correct materials during discussions.

Given that I want to find a policy document in the Shared Resource Hub, when I apply the filter for 'Document Type: Policy', then only policy documents should appear in the search results.

As a participant in the forum, I want to apply multiple filters simultaneously to narrow down my search results, allowing me to find exactly what I need more efficiently.

Given that I want to search using multiple criteria, when I select both 'Document Type: Report' and 'Category: Environmental Impact', then only reports categorized under Environmental Impact should be shown in the results.

As a user in the Shared Resource Hub, I want to ensure that the search results are accurate and relevant based on the tags assigned to documents, improving my efficiency in finding information.

Given that I am searching with the tag 'community engagement', when I view the search results, then the documents tagged with 'community engagement' should be prominently displayed at the top.

As a community member, I want the search function to be able to suggest documents as I type in the search bar, making it easier for me to find what I need without having to complete my query.

Given that I start typing 'urban' in the search bar, when I pause for 1 second, then a dropdown list of suggested documents related to 'urban' should appear beneath the search bar.

User Access Control

User Story: As a city planner, I want to have control over user access within the Shared Resource Hub so that I can ensure that only authorized members can edit documents and sensitive information is kept secure.
Description: This requirement involves establishing user access control settings within the Shared Resource Hub to manage who can view, upload, or edit documents. The implementation of role-based access ensures that sensitive documents are protected and that only authorized users can make changes. This feature enhances security and builds trust among community members who may be sharing confidential information, thereby fostering a safe and collaborative environment within the hub.
Acceptance Criteria: User Access Levels - Role Assignment and Verification

Given that an admin user has logged into the Shared Resource Hub, when they assign roles to users (Viewer, Contributor, Editor), then the user permissions should reflect those assigned roles accordingly and only authorized users should have access to sensitive documents.

Document Upload Permissions - Role Verification

Given a user with Contributor role, when they attempt to upload a document, then the system should allow the upload based on the user's role, and users with Viewer role should not have upload permissions.

Document Editing Access - Role Enforcement

Given a user with Editor role, when they access a document marked for editing, then the system should enable editing features, while users with Viewer or Contributor roles should receive a notification indicating they do not have edit permissions.

Secure Document Access - Role-Based Visibility

Given multiple users with different roles have accessed the Shared Resource Hub, when they view the shared documents, then each user should only see documents they are authorized to view based on their role.

Audit Trail for Access Changes - Logging and Monitoring

Given an admin user has made access level changes, when completing the change, then the system should log these changes in the audit trail, including the user IDs, roles assigned, and timestamps.

Unauthorized Access Attempt - Deny and Notify

Given a user attempts to access a restricted document without the proper permissions, when they try to view the document, then the system should deny access and provide a notification stating insufficient permissions.

User Role Management Interface - Admin Functionality

Given an admin user accesses the User Role Management interface, when they view user roles, then they should have the ability to successfully view, update, or remove user roles as per the current access control list.

Analytics and Usage Reporting

User Story: As a project manager, I want to access analytics and usage reports for the Shared Resource Hub so that I can identify popular resources and areas for improvement based on user engagement.
Description: Integrating an analytics and reporting feature will allow stakeholders to understand how the Shared Resource Hub is being utilized. This includes tracking document downloads, user engagement metrics, and overall activity within the hub. These insights can inform community leaders about which resources are most valuable and how to improve the platform further. By leveraging data-driven insights, urban planners can enhance the experience for community members and ensure resources are aligned with their needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholders access the Analytics and Usage Reporting feature to review document downloads and user engagement metrics for the Shared Resource Hub after a community meeting.

Given that I am a registered user of the Shared Resource Hub, when I navigate to the Analytics and Usage Reporting section, then I should see a dashboard displaying document download counts and user engagement metrics for the past month.

Community leaders use the Analytics and Usage Reporting to identify the top three most downloaded resources in the Shared Resource Hub for their report to local government.

Given that I am an admin user of the Shared Resource Hub, when I apply filters for time range and document type, then I should be able to generate a report that lists the top three most downloaded resources, including their download counts.

Urban planners review user engagement metrics in the Analytics and Usage Reporting to assess which resources need improvement based on low engagement rates.

Given that I prioritize user engagement, when I access the Analytics and Usage Reporting feature, then I should be able to view user engagement metrics for each resource, highlighting any that have below-target engagement rates.

During a scheduled community feedback session, community members express their opinions on the resources available in the Shared Resource Hub based on insights from the Analytics and Usage Reporting.

Given that feedback sessions are held monthly, when community members review the analytics data, then they should be able to discuss and provide feedback on at least five resources based on their analytics performance.

With the Analytics and Usage Reporting, stakeholders analyze trends in document downloads over the previous quarters to track improvements after implementing changes based on feedback.

Given that I access the Analytics and Usage Reporting feature, when I view historical download data, then I should see a clear trend line showing increases or decreases in downloads over the past four quarters, along with associated change implementations.

Community engagement during the Shared Resource Hub discussions is measured using the analytics feature to quantify participation and resource effectiveness.

Given that community discussions use the Shared Resource Hub, when I review analytics for the discussions, then I should see metrics indicating participation rates and resource usage that quantify the effectiveness of the available materials.

Post-Session Recap

Post-Session Recap automatically generates a summary report of key discussions, decisions made, and next steps after each forum. This feature enhances transparency by providing residents with a clear record of what transpired, facilitating ongoing discussions and accountability.

Requirements

Automated Recap Generation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want automated summaries of each community forum so that residents can easily understand what decisions were made and what the next steps are, ensuring transparency and accountability.
Description: The Automated Recap Generation requirement ensures that after each forum session, a summary report is automatically generated. This report will capture key discussions, decisions made, and outline the next steps agreed upon during the session. The functionality is critical for maintaining transparency between the planning body and community residents. The feature should integrate seamlessly with the existing forum tools within CommuniPlan and allow for customizability regarding the format and content of the reports. The expected outcome is to provide residents with an easy-to-digest record of each session, fostering accountability and encouraging ongoing community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Post-Session Recap Generation for a Community Forum

Given that a community forum has concluded, when the forum session ends, then an automated recap summary report must be generated within 5 minutes that includes key discussions, decisions made, and next steps.

Customizability of Recap Report Format

Given the requirement for report customizability, when a user accesses the automated recap generation settings, then they must have the option to choose from at least 3 different formats and include/exclude specific sections of the report.

Integration with Existing Forum Tools

Given that the recap generation feature is designed for integration, when a user initiates a forum session, then the recap generation must work seamlessly with the existing tools without requiring any additional steps from the user to activate it.

Real-time Notification of Recap Availability

Given that the recap report has been generated, when the report is ready, then a notification must be sent to all participants' email addresses stating that the recap report is available for review.

User Access and Permissions for Recap Reports

Given that community members have varying levels of access, when a user attempts to view the recap report, then they must only be able to view the report if they attended the forum session or have been granted permission.

Quality Check of Generated Recap Reports

Given that a recap report has been generated, when the report is reviewed by an admin, then the admin must confirm that the report accurately reflects the discussions and decisions made during the forum, ensuring no crucial points are omitted.

Customizable Report Format

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to customize the format of the summary reports from forum sessions so that I can present the information in a way that best engages my audience and meets their needs.
Description: The Customizable Report Format requirement allows users to tailor the appearance and structure of the post-session recap reports. Users can choose from various templates, adjust the sections included in the report, and add specific metrics or comments based on the feedback or accuracy desired. This capability enhances the flexibility of the tool as it accommodates different community needs and preferences. The integration of this feature will ensure that users feel empowered to share information in a manner that resonates best with their audience, thereby improving community engagement and user satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can select and apply different templates for the post-session recap report based on their preferences and organizational branding requirements.

Given the user is on the post-session recap report page, When they select a template from the available options, Then the report should update its format to match the selected template without any errors.

Users can customize the sections included in the post-session recap report to match their community’s specific needs and preferences.

Given the user is viewing the report customization settings, When they add or remove sections from the report layout, Then the report should reflect those changes immediately in the preview section.

Users can manually input additional metrics or comments into the report before finalizing it for distribution to stakeholders.

Given the user is editing the post-session recap report, When they enter metrics or comments into the designated fields, Then the report should save the user’s input successfully and display it correctly in the final output.

Users can save customized report formats for future use to streamline the report generation process.

Given the user has customized a report format, When they choose to save that format, Then the saved format should be retrievable from the templates list for subsequent report generations.

Users receive a confirmation message after successfully exporting the recap report in their desired format (e.g., PDF, Word, etc.).

Given the user has completed the recap report and initiates the export process, When the export is successful, Then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating the successful download of the report.

Users can access a help section that provides guidance on how to customize their reports effectively.

Given the user is on the customization settings page, When they click on the help section link, Then they should be directed to a detailed guide explaining how to utilize the customization features.

Real-Time Discussion Notes

User Story: As a participant in community forums, I want to take real-time notes that will be included in the session summary so that I can ensure my contributions and concerns are documented and addressed in future discussions.
Description: The Real-Time Discussion Notes requirement allows forum participants to take notes during the session which can be incorporated into the post-session recap report. This feature synchronizes user notes with the discussion flow, ensuring that critical points raised in real-time are captured accurately and attributed to participants. The integration of live notes will enhance the quality of the recap by ensuring that it reflects the most pertinent issues discussed and fosters a more inclusive environment where all voices are captured. The intended outcome is to increase accuracy and inclusivity in the recap reports.
Acceptance Criteria: Participants can take real-time notes during a forum session to capture discussions as they happen.

Given a participant is logged in to the forum, when they click on the note-taking feature, then they should be able to enter and save notes without disruption to the discussion flow.

Notes taken during the session are automatically synced with the session timeline to maintain context.

Given notes are being taken during the session, when the note is saved, then it should be timestamped and linked to the corresponding discussion point in the recap report.

Participants can tag their notes to categorize key points related to specific topics discussed in the forum.

Given a user is taking notes, when they select a category tag and save their note, then the note should be categorized accordingly in the post-session recap report.

Participants can view and edit their notes during the session, ensuring accuracy before the recap is generated.

Given notes were previously taken, when a participant accesses the note section, then they should be able to view and edit their existing notes in real time.

The post-session recap report reflects the notes taken by multiple participants during the session for accountability and transparency.

Given multiple participants have taken notes, when the post-session recap is generated, then it should include all participants' notes attributed to each individual for clarity and accountability.

Participants receive notifications summarizing key points from their notes after the session concludes.

Given the session is over, when the recap report is sent to participants, then it should include a summary of each participant's notes along with the collective decisions made during the forum.

Feedback Incorporation Tool

User Story: As a resident, I want to provide feedback on the recap reports so that I can help ensure that my perspective and concerns are accurately represented in the community planning process.
Description: The Feedback Incorporation Tool requirement allows residents and participants to provide feedback on the post-session recap reports. This feature empowers users to comment on the accuracy of the recaps and suggest changes or additional information that could be included. This will create a feedback loop that strengthens community engagement and trust in the urban planning process, as stakeholders feel their input is valued and can lead to adjustments in future summaries, thus promoting collaborative governance.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Post-Session Recap page after a community forum has concluded.

Given a user is on the Post-Session Recap page, when they view the feedback section, then they should see an option to leave comments on the summary report without any errors or missing elements.

A resident submits feedback on the accuracy of the Post-Session Recap reports.

Given a resident has written feedback, when they click the 'Submit Feedback' button, then their feedback should be saved, a confirmation message should appear, and the feedback should be viewable publicly on the recap page.

The Feedback Incorporation Tool processes the resident's feedback and updates the post-session report accordingly.

Given feedback has been submitted and approved for inclusion, when the admin reviews the feedback, then the relevant parts of the Post-Session Recap should reflect these changes before the next review period.

A community member reviews previous post-session recaps and feedback provided by other residents.

Given a user is viewing past Post-Session Recaps, when they check those recaps, then they should be able to see all previous feedback and comments alongside the original summaries without any discrepancies.

The system notifies users of changes made to the Post-Session Recap reports based on community feedback.

Given feedback has been incorporated into a recap report, when users log into their accounts, then they should receive a notification indicating which recaps have been updated and the nature of these updates.

A user seeks clarification on a comment left by another resident.

Given a user sees a comment on the recap report, when they click on the 'Reply' option, then they should be able to post a reply that will be visible to all users without issue.

The platform allows users to rate the usefulness of the feedback incorporation tool.

Given a user has interacted with the feedback tool, when they submit a rating (1-5 stars), then the rating should be successfully recorded, and an aggregated score should be visible to all users on the tool's dashboard.

Shareable Recap Reports

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to share summary reports from community forums via email and social media so that I can engage a wider audience and keep the community informed.
Description: The Shareable Recap Reports requirement enables users to easily share prepared summary reports via various communication channels including email, social media, or direct links. Users will have the option to select privacy settings for each report to ensure that sensitive information is protected while still promoting transparency and openness in community discussions. This capability will enhance the impact of community forums by allowing for broader dissemination of the information, thus reaching a wider audience than just forum participants.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can share a recap report via email to stakeholders after a forum session ends.

Given the user is on the recap report page, when they select the email option and enter a valid email address, then the report should be successfully sent to the provided email with a confirmation message displayed to the user.

Users can share a recap report on social media platforms immediately after generation.

Given the user has generated a recap report, when they select a social media platform and click 'Share', then the report should be posted to the chosen platform with a default message including the report title and link.

Users have the ability to set privacy settings for each recap report before sharing it.

Given the user is on the recap report page, when they select the privacy settings option and choose from Available settings (Public, Private, or Unlisted), then the selected privacy setting should be saved and reflected in shared links.

Residents can access shared recap reports via direct links.

Given a valid sharable link is generated for the recap report, when a resident clicks on the link, then they should be directed to a page displaying the recap report with all associated information visible based on the set privacy settings.

Users can preview the recap report before sharing it through any channel.

Given the user is on the recap report page, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then a modal should open displaying the full content of the recap report with options to go back, edit, or share.

Users receive a notification confirming the outcome of their sharing action.

Given the user has shared a recap report via any available channel, when the action completes, then the user should receive a notification stating 'Report shared successfully' or an error message if sharing failed.

Administrators can view analytics on recap report sharing frequency and engagement.

Given an administrator is logged into the system, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics showing the number of reports shared, engagement stats, and feedback from recipients.

Integration with Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to see the analytics related to recap reports so that I can assess the effectiveness of past forums and improve future community engagement efforts.
Description: The Integration with Analytics Dashboard requirement provides a direct link between the post-session recap reports and the existing analytics dashboard within CommuniPlan. This feature allows urban planners and community organizations to track engagement metrics related to forum discussions, participant feedback, and overall sentiment derived from the recaps. This integration enhances the value of the recap reports by allowing stakeholders to measure the effectiveness of their engagement efforts and make data-driven decisions for future forums, thus promoting a continuous improvement cycle.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of post-session recap reports with the analytics dashboard for urban planners after a community forum has concluded.

Given a completed community forum, When the post-session recap report is generated, Then the report should automatically link to the corresponding analytics dashboard displaying engagement metrics.

Urban planners examining participant feedback from the analytics dashboard to derive insights after a forum.

Given the analytics dashboard is accessed, When the user navigates to the recap section, Then relevant metrics such as participant sentiment and engagement scores should be displayed alongside the recap report summary.

Community organizations utilizing the analytics dashboard to track changes in resident engagement over multiple sessions.

Given multiple post-session recap reports have been generated, When the community organization views the analytics trends, Then they should see a chronological representation of engagement changes with corresponding metrics from each recap.

Local government officials reviewing the effectiveness of forums by analyzing metrics derived from recap reports.

Given a forum has been held, When government officials access the analytics dashboard, Then they should be able to filter and view metrics related to the specific forum along with the associated recap.

Community stakeholders wanting to share insights from recap reports during planning meetings.

Given a post-session recap report is linked with the analytics dashboard, When stakeholders generate a report for a meeting, Then they should be able to export the summary and metrics as a single document for presentation.

User Feedback Dashboard

The User Feedback Dashboard aggregates feedback collected during virtual forums, highlighting participants' insights and suggestions. This feature enables urban planners and officials to review community sentiments and preferences quickly, guiding future project developments and prioritization.

Requirements

Feedback Collection Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to have all feedback from different tools collected in one place so that I can analyze and respond to community insights more effectively and efficiently.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating various feedback collection tools, such as surveys, polls, and comment sections, into the User Feedback Dashboard. The goal is to centralize all community feedback in one location, enabling urban planners and local officials to quickly access diverse insights collected from different forums. This integration will enhance the responsiveness of urban project planning by offering a holistic view of community sentiments, facilitating better decision-making and prioritization based on real-time data.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of feedback from multiple sources into the User Feedback Dashboard should allow urban planners to view all community feedback in a single interface after various community forums have concluded.

Given that feedback has been collected from surveys, polls, and comment sections, when the urban planner accesses the User Feedback Dashboard, then all aggregated feedback should be displayed without any missing data.

Urban planners need to filter feedback by demographics to understand different community perspectives on urban development.

Given that the User Feedback Dashboard has demographic filtering options, when an urban planner applies specific demographic filters, then the feedback displayed should accurately reflect only the selected demographic group's insights.

Stakeholders utilize the feedback dashboard during a city council meeting to prioritize urban planning projects based on community feedback.

Given that the feedback has been integrated into the dashboard, when the city council members review the feedback during the meeting, then they should be able to see visual representations (charts, graphs) of community sentiments by project area.

After a community forum has ended, urban planners should be able to export the collected feedback for further analysis.

Given that the community forum has ended, when the urban planner selects the export feedback option in the User Feedback Dashboard, then the system should generate a downloadable report containing all collected feedback in a structured format (e.g., CSV or PDF).

Urban planners require real-time updates on feedback submissions during community engagement sessions.

Given that community engagement sessions are ongoing, when a feedback submission is made via surveys or polls, then the User Feedback Dashboard should update automatically to reflect the new feedback in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Community members should receive confirmation that their feedback was successfully submitted and integrated into the dashboard.

Given that a community member submits feedback through the User Feedback Dashboard, when the submission is processed, then the member should receive a confirmation message indicating successful submission and integration of their feedback.

Sentiment Analysis Feature

User Story: As a community engagement officer, I want to quickly analyze the sentiment of community feedback so that I can identify areas of concern and prioritize responses accordingly.
Description: The sentiment analysis feature will leverage AI algorithms to automatically assess the sentiment expressed in community feedback. By categorizing comments into positive, negative, or neutral sentiments, this functionality will help planners quickly understand overall community feelings about specific projects or initiatives. This requirement is key for ensuring that planners can prioritize projects based on community reception and concerns, aligning project development with resident sentiments.
Acceptance Criteria: Sentiment Analysis of Community Feedback during Project Proposal Review.

Given community feedback collected from a virtual forum, when the sentiment analysis feature is activated, then it should accurately categorize the feedback into positive, negative, and neutral sentiments with at least 90% accuracy according to predefined algorithms.

Comparison of Sentiment Trends Over Multiple Projects.

Given multiple projects have received community feedback over time, when the sentiment analysis feature is used to generate trend reports, then the generated report should display sentiment trends clearly, allowing planners to visualize sentiment changes over at least three different project cycles.

Integration of Sentiment Analysis Insights into the User Feedback Dashboard.

Given that sentiment analysis has been performed, when the results are integrated into the User Feedback Dashboard, then the dashboard should display sentiment metrics alongside qualitative feedback, and should update in real-time without requiring page refresh.

Real-time Alerts for Negative Feedback Detection.

Given that community feedback is being continuously collected, when the sentiment analysis detects a specified percentage of negative feedback, then an alert should be triggered and sent to urban planners to prompt immediate attention to the concerns raised.

User-Friendly Report Generation for Stakeholders.

Given successful sentiment analysis results, when a report is generated for stakeholders, then the report should be easy to read and interpret, include visual elements like charts and graphs, and clearly summarize sentiments around specific projects or initiatives.

Filter and Sort Comments Based on Sentiment Categories.

Given a dataset of community feedback, when the sentiment analysis feature is executed, then users should be able to filter and sort the comments based on positive, negative, and neutral categories to analyze specific sentiments easily.

Feedback Loop for Continuous Improvement of Sentiment Analysis.

Given the initial deployment of the sentiment analysis feature, when users provide feedback about the accuracy of the sentiment categorization, then the system should allow for ongoing adjustments and improvements in the sentiment algorithms based on user input over a defined period.

Visual Data Representations

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to visualize community feedback data through charts and graphs so that I can communicate insights more effectively to stakeholders.
Description: This requirement involves creating visual data representations such as charts and graphs in the User Feedback Dashboard. By visualizing community input and sentiment analytics, urban planners can better understand trends and patterns in feedback over time. This feature is crucial for enhancing data interpretation and making informed decisions based on community input. It will foster clearer communication of findings with stakeholders and non-technical audiences.
Acceptance Criteria: User interacts with the User Feedback Dashboard and selects specific feedback categories to visualize trends over time.

Given a user is viewing the User Feedback Dashboard, when they select the feedback category, then the dashboard should display corresponding charts and graphs representing the community sentiments for that category.

An urban planner reviews the visual data representations of community input to prepare a report for a local government meeting.

Given the urban planner has access to the User Feedback Dashboard, when they generate a report, then the report should include at least three visual data representations of community feedback, clearly labeled and easy to understand.

The User Feedback Dashboard updates in real-time to reflect new feedback collected during a virtual forum.

Given that new feedback has been submitted, when the user refreshes the User Feedback Dashboard, then the visual data representations should automatically update to include the latest feedback without requiring additional user input.

A community organization uses the dashboard to present feedback results during a town hall meeting.

Given the community organization accesses the User Feedback Dashboard, when they project the dashboard during the meeting, then the visual data representations should be clear, legible, and effectively communicate community sentiments to the audience.

An urban planner customizes the view of visual data representations based on demographics such as age and location.

Given the urban planner is on the User Feedback Dashboard, when they apply demographic filters, then the dashboard should only display visual data representations relevant to the selected demographic groups.

Users of varying technical expertise access the User Feedback Dashboard and understand the visual data representations without needing further assistance.

Given that users with different technical skills are using the User Feedback Dashboard, when they view the visual data representations, then at least 90% of users should report they find the visuals intuitive and understandable through a user feedback survey.

Real-Time Updates

User Story: As a city official, I want to receive real-time updates on community feedback so that I can react promptly to concerns raised by residents.
Description: Implementing real-time updates for the User Feedback Dashboard will allow urban planners and officials to receive live notifications as new feedback comes in. This functionality ensures that decision-makers remain informed about emerging community sentiments and can act swiftly to address urgent issues or insights. By facilitating timely responses to community feedback, this feature strengthens the collaborative aspect of urban planning and enhances transparency.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification of new feedback during an online community forum

Given urban planners are logged into the User Feedback Dashboard, when new feedback is submitted by a community member during the virtual forum, then they should receive an immediate notification alerting them of the new feedback.

Display of real-time feedback updates

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is active, when feedback is received from any source, then the dashboard should automatically refresh to display the new feedback within 5 seconds.

Priority alerts for critical feedback

Given urban planners have set thresholds for feedback importance, when feedback is received that meets or exceeds these thresholds, then priority notifications should be generated to alert planners immediately.

Tracking historical feedback for context

Given feedback is aggregated in the User Feedback Dashboard, when a new piece of feedback is displayed, then the dashboard should show a context panel with historical feedback trends related to the new feedback topic.

Integration with communication tools

Given that decision-makers use various communication tools, when new feedback is received in the User Feedback Dashboard, then an option to share this feedback via email or chat should be available instantly to relevant stakeholders.

Customizable Feedback Filters

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to customize filters in the feedback dashboard so that I can drill down into specific types of feedback relevant to my projects.
Description: This requirement introduces customizable filters for the User Feedback Dashboard, allowing users to segment feedback by factors such as project type, community demographics, or feedback source. By enabling tailored views of feedback data, urban planners can focus on the most relevant insights for their specific projects. This capability enhances the usability of the dashboard and empowers planners to refine their analyses based on varying criteria.
Acceptance Criteria: Filtering feedback for a specific urban development project to assess community preferences and suggestions during a planning meeting.

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is open, when the user applies filters for project type and demographic, then only feedback matching those criteria should be displayed, ensuring relevance and accuracy.

Analyzing feedback from multiple sources such as surveys and polls to identify common concerns and themes from the community.

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is open, when the user selects filters for feedback source, then the displayed feedback should only include entries from the specified sources, making it easy to identify source-specific sentiments.

Adjusting filters to explore different demographic segments to understand diverse community perspectives on urban planning initiatives.

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is open, when the user applies demographic filters for age, income level, or location, then the feedback results should dynamically update to reflect only the input from that demographic segment, providing targeted insights.

Combining multiple filters together to achieve a comprehensive view of community feedback on a new park development.

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is open, when the user applies multiple filters simultaneously (e.g., project type: park, demographic: families with children), then the dashboard should only show feedback that meets all selected criteria, allowing for detailed analysis.

Reviewing feedback trends over time to evaluate community preferences regarding specific urban planning initiatives.

Given the User Feedback Dashboard is open, when the user selects a date range in addition to other filters, then the feedback displayed should only include entries within that date range, helping planners understand shifts in community sentiment.

Generating reports based on filtered feedback for presentation to city council members during a planning session.

Given the filtered feedback on the User Feedback Dashboard, when the user requests to generate a report, then the report should accurately reflect the currently displayed feedback along with corresponding analytics, facilitating informed decision-making.

Export Feedback Reports

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to export community feedback reports in different formats so that I can share insights with stakeholders and present findings at public meetings.
Description: The export feedback report feature will allow users to generate and download reports summarizing community feedback and sentiment analytics in a variety of formats (e.g., PDF, CSV). This requirement is essential for stakeholders who need to present community engagement results to other departments or during public presentations. This capability will improve transparency and accountability in urban planning by providing accessible reports to a wider audience.
Acceptance Criteria: Exporting feedback reports in multiple formats for stakeholder presentations.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to the User Feedback Dashboard and select the 'Export Feedback Report' option, then they should be able to choose from at least three formats (PDF, CSV, Excel), and upon clicking 'Download', a file in the selected format is successfully downloaded to their device.

Utilizing analytics to generate sentiment reports from community feedback.

Given a user selects feedback from the last virtual forum, when they choose to export the feedback report, then the generated report should include at least two visual data representations (e.g., pie chart, bar graph) and a summary of sentiments aggregated from the feedback.

Ensuring exported reports are accessible across different user environments.

Given a user exports a feedback report, when they open the report on various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the formatting and visual elements of the report should remain intact and readable on all devices.

Exporting reports to include filters for specific demographic responses.

Given a user is on the User Feedback Dashboard, when they apply demographic filters (e.g., age, location) and export the feedback report, then the exported report should only contain data and sentiments from the filtered demographics.

Verifying that exports adhere to data privacy regulations.

Given a user requests to export community feedback, when they generate the report, then the document must exclude any personally identifiable information (PII) while summarizing community sentiments accurately.

Checking for system notifications upon successful export completion.

Given a user initiates the export of a feedback report, when the export is complete, then they should receive a system notification confirming the successful download with options to view, save, or share the report.

Ensuring exported reports maintain data accuracy.

Given a user exports a feedback report, when they compare the data in the report to the original feedback data in the dashboard, then the exported report should reflect 100% accuracy without any discrepancies in numbers or sentiments.

Gamified Engagement Tools

Gamified Engagement Tools introduce fun elements into forums, such as points and badges for active participation. This feature encourages community member involvement by rewarding contributions and fostering a sense of community ownership, ultimately enhancing the experience of all participants.

Requirements

Points and Badges System

User Story: As an active community member, I want to earn points and badges for my contributions so that I feel recognized and encouraged to participate more in discussions.
Description: The Points and Badges System will gamify the engagement experience by awarding points for various activities such as posting, commenting, and participating in surveys. Users will accumulate points that can lead to different tiers of accomplishments represented by badges. This feature helps in motivating users to join discussions and contribute their opinions, promoting a sense of achievement while fostering stronger community ties and enhancing user retention.
Acceptance Criteria: User earns points for various interactions within the platform after posting a comment in a community forum.

Given a user posts a comment, When the comment is successfully submitted, Then the user should receive an immediate award of 10 points.

User receives a badge after reaching a specific points threshold to encourage continued engagement.

Given a user accumulates 100 points, When the points are verified, Then the user should automatically receive the 'Community Contributor' badge.

User checks their profile to view accumulated points and earned badges.

Given a user is logged into their profile, When they navigate to the 'Achievements' section, Then they should see their total points and all badges earned displayed clearly.

User participates in a survey and accumulates points for completing the survey.

Given a user completes a survey, When the survey submission is confirmed, Then the user should receive 20 points added to their total score.

User can view a leaderboard showcasing the top contributors within the community.

Given that users have engaged with the platform, When the leaderboard is accessed, Then it should display the top 10 users ranked by their total points.

System sends a congratulatory email when a user earns a new badge.

Given a user has earned a new badge, When the badge is awarded, Then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of earning the badge.

User can purchase rewards using points through the platform.

Given a user has accumulated sufficient points, When they choose to redeem points for a reward, Then the transaction must be processed successfully, deducting the appropriate number of points from their total.

Real-time Leaderboard

User Story: As a community member, I want to see a leaderboard of participants so that I can track my standing compared to others and feel motivated to increase my participation.
Description: The Real-time Leaderboard will showcase top contributors in the community based on their accumulated points. This feature will update dynamically as users engage, encouraging healthy competition and motivating members to participate more actively. The leaderboard will serve as a visual representation of engagement levels and foster community involvement by highlighting contributions made by individuals and groups.
Acceptance Criteria: Display real-time leaderboard for community engagement

Given a user accesses the community engagement forum, when they navigate to the leaderboard section, then they should see the top contributors updated in real time based on their participation points.

Dynamic updating of leaderboard points

Given a user earns points through interactions such as completing surveys or polls, when these actions are completed, then the leaderboard should reflect the new total points for that user within 5 seconds.

Leaderboard accessibility and visibility

Given a community member, when they log into the platform, then they should be able to access the leaderboard feature from the main dashboard without any additional navigation or clicks, ensuring it is prominently displayed.

Encouraging participation through visibility of contributions

Given a user views the leaderboard, when they see their rank or position, then they should be motivated to participate further by having the option to view detailed statistics on points earned through various activities.

Leaderboard reset functionality at defined intervals

Given a new engagement period (e.g., monthly), when the leaderboard is reset, then all users should receive a notification of the reset and the new opportunity to earn points.

Track engagement metrics beyond the leaderboard

Given a user views the leaderboard, when they click on their profile, then they should see a detailed record of their engagement activities along with the points earned, fostering transparency and encouraging continued participation.

Differentiate between individual and group contributions

Given a community member views the leaderboard, when they click on the option to view group contributions, then they should see a separate leaderboard listing top contributions from groups alongside individual contributions.

User Customization Options

User Story: As a user, I want to customize how my achievements are displayed so that I can show my participation in a way that feels authentic to me.
Description: The User Customization Options will allow users to personalize their engagement profiles by choosing how they display their badges and achievements. Users can select privacy settings regarding their profile visibility and achievements, done to boost users' interest in engaging while ensuring that they have control over their information. By creating more personal connections within the community, this feature could lead to higher engagement rates.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses their profile settings to customize their engagement profile, including badge display and privacy preferences.

Given the user is logged in, when they navigate to the profile customization section, then they should see options to customize badge display and set privacy preferences for their achievements.

User selects different privacy settings for their achievement visibility and saves the changes.

Given the user is in the privacy settings section, when they select a privacy option (Public, Friends Only, or Private) and click save, then the selected option should be saved and reflected in the user's profile view.

User changes the display settings of their badges and achievements, checking the effectiveness of these changes in their profile view.

Given the user has customized their badge display settings, when they navigate back to their profile, then the badges should be displayed according to the selected settings (such as size, color, or arrangement).

User interacts with other community members to see if their privacy preferences are respected during discussions.

Given that a user has set their achievements to 'Friends Only', when another user who is not in their friends list views their profile, then the achievements should not be visible to that user.

User receives feedback from peers regarding the customization options provided for badges and privacy settings.

Given the user has customized their settings, when they gather feedback from at least three peers, then at least 75% of the feedback should indicate satisfaction with the customization options available.

User logs out and logs back in to ensure their customization settings are retained across sessions.

Given the user has customized their profile settings, when they log out and log back in, then the profile should reflect the previously saved customization settings without requiring additional changes.

User decides to reset their customization options to default settings.

Given the user is in the profile customization section, when they click the 'Reset to Default' option, then all customization settings should revert to the original default settings without error.

Incentive-Based Challenges

User Story: As a community member, I want to participate in challenges to earn additional rewards so that I can have fun while contributing more to the community.
Description: The Incentive-Based Challenges will provide time-bound activities where users can earn bonus rewards for completing specific tasks or goals related to community engagement. These challenges can serve as periodic events aimed at boosting activity within the platform, facilitating participation in a fun and exciting way while motivating users to contribute to communal discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: New users complete their profile and participate in an Incentive-Based Challenge within the first week of signing up, thereby earning their first bonus reward.

Given a new user has successfully created their profile, when they participate in an Incentive-Based Challenge within one week, then they should receive their corresponding bonus rewards immediately.

Regular users engage with a limited-time challenge and provide feedback after completion about their experience and the incentive offered.

Given a regular user participates in an Incentive-Based Challenge, when they complete the challenge, then they should be prompted to provide feedback regarding the challenge and its incentives in a survey.

Community managers initiate a monthly challenge aimed at increasing forum discussions, with measurable participation criteria defining success.

Given a community manager launches a monthly Incentive-Based Challenge, when the challenge ends, then there must be a 20% increase in discussions compared to the previous month as measured by forum analytics.

Users receive notifications for new challenges to ensure participation and are able to track their progress toward completion of these challenges.

Given a user is registered on the platform, when a new Incentive-Based Challenge is launched, then the user should receive a notification and be able to view their progress on a dedicated challenges dashboard.

Users can easily share their challenge achievements on social media platforms to promote community engagement and the platform itself.

Given a user completes an Incentive-Based Challenge, when they access their achievement page, then they should have sharing options for at least three social media platforms available to them.

Incentive-Based Challenges are tracked in real-time, providing users with instant updates on their progress and standing in comparison to others.

Given a user is participating in an Incentive-Based Challenge, when they refresh their dashboard, then they should see real-time updates reflecting their progress and leaderboard status.

The platform analyzes participant data from past challenges to improve future challenges based on the community's preferences.

Given a data analysis of prior Incentive-Based Challenges is conducted, when the results are presented, then the insights should reflect changes made to future challenges based on user preferences and feedback.

Feedback and Suggestions Module

User Story: As a community member, I want to submit feedback about gamification features so that I can help improve the tools and processes that enhance my experience.
Description: The Feedback and Suggestions Module will allow users to provide feedback directly on the gamification strategies implemented, including points, badges, and challenges. Users can submit suggestions for new features or changes, ensuring they have a voice in the development process. The module will enhance community engagement by making users feel valued and involved in evolving the engagement tools.
Acceptance Criteria: Community members enter the Feedback and Suggestions Module after participating in a gamified event, looking to provide feedback on their experiences and suggestions for improvement.

Given a user is logged into their account, When they access the Feedback and Suggestions Module, Then they should be able to submit feedback or suggestions through a user-friendly form that validates input for required fields.

A community moderator wants to review the submitted feedback and suggestions to identify common trends for modifications in gamified engagement tools.

Given a moderator is logged in, When they access the feedback dashboard, Then they should see all submitted suggestions categorized by status, with an option to filter based on unique tags or keywords.

A user receives confirmation after successfully submitting their feedback or suggestions to ensure they know their input has been recorded.

Given a user submits their feedback through the module, When they click submit, Then they should receive a confirmation message on the screen and a confirmation email stating that their submission was successful.

Users should be able to edit their feedback or suggestions within a specific time frame after submission to ensure their input can be refined if needed.

Given a user has submitted feedback, When the user navigates to their feedback history within the module within 24 hours, Then they should have the option to edit their previous submission and update it with new information.

Community members wish to see how their feedback is being integrated into the ongoing development of the platform over time.

Given a user accesses the Feedback and Suggestions Module, When they view their submission history, Then they should be able to see the status of each suggestion including whether it is 'In Review', 'Accepted', or 'Implemented'.

The Feedback and Suggestions Module should analyze submitted feedback to provide analytics on common themes and suggestions for improvement to decision-makers.

Given the module has collected user suggestions, When an admin views the summary report, Then it should include visual representations such as charts or graphs highlighting the top three user suggestions by frequency and any additional insights gathered from feedback.

Dynamic Demographics Overview

This feature provides a detailed summary of key demographic indicators such as age, income, ethnicity, and education level for any given area. By utilizing engaging visualizations and easy-to-understand summaries, urban planners can quickly assess population characteristics and identify trends. This enhances informed decision-making and ensures that planning is aligned with community demographics.

Requirements

Visual Data Representation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to see demographic data presented visually so that I can easily identify trends and make informed decisions based on community needs.
Description: The Visual Data Representation requirement mandates the creation of interactive and engaging visualizations to display demographic indicators. These visualizations should include charts, graphs, and maps to facilitate quick understanding and analysis by urban planners. The implementation of this requirement will enhance user experience by making complex data more accessible and interpretable. It is essential for promoting informed decision-making based on clear demographic insights, ensuring that urban planning considerations align with community demographics effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners are using CommuniPlan to visualize demographic data for an upcoming community project, analyzing data on income levels across different neighborhoods to prioritize resource allocation.

Given that the demographic data is loaded, when the urban planner selects the income indicator, then a clear and interactive graph should display income distribution across the selected area with data points labeled appropriately.

A local government official accesses the Dynamic Demographics Overview feature to prepare a presentation on community demographics for a town hall meeting, focusing on age and education level indicators.

Given the visual data representation is active, when the official selects charts for age and education level, then two distinct, easy-to-read visualizations should appear side by side, highlighting trends and insights clearly.

Community organization representatives are using CommuniPlan to assess the ethnic diversity within their district in preparation for a new cultural festival, aiming to tailor the event to local demographics.

Given the demographic data is sufficient, when ethnic diversity data is requested, then an interactive map should visually represent the percentage of various ethnic groups in the chosen district with color coding and legends for clarity.

An urban planner is conducting a workshop with residents to discuss urban development projects, needing to present demographic insights for informed discussions based on real-time data.

Given the requirement is live, when the planner opens the demographics feature, then the visualizations must auto-refresh to reflect the most recent data available without needing a manual reload.

During the evaluation of a new housing policy, key stakeholders need to analyze multiple demographic indicators including age, income, and education to make data-driven decisions.

Given the selection of multiple indicators, when visualizing demographic data, then the interface should allow for simultaneous display of various indicators in an aggregated format that facilitates easy comparison.

Finalizing a grant application, an urban planner must provide convincing demographic insights to justify project support by visualizing data accurately.

Given the plan is under review, when the planner exports the visualization report, then it should generate a downloadable PDF with high-resolution visual representations of all selected demographic indicators clearly labeled and accurate.

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As a local government official, I want real-time updates on demographic information so that I can adapt our urban projects to changing community needs immediately.
Description: This requirement is focused on enabling real-time integration of demographic data from various external sources, including census data, community databases, and social media analytics. By implementing automated data feeds and updates, the feature will ensure that urban planners have access to the most current information available. This real-time capability is vital for identifying emerging trends and making timely decisions regarding urban development projects, thereby enhancing the responsiveness of planning efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time demographic data is seamlessly integrated into the CommuniPlan platform, allowing urban planners to access updated demographic insights during project planning sessions.

Given that the demographic data sources are connected, when the data is updated externally, then the demographic overview in CommuniPlan should reflect the latest data within 5 minutes of the update time.

Urban planners are using the demographic overview feature during a community meeting to present the latest demographic trends and insights derived from real-time data.

Given that planners are presenting the demographic overview, when they select a specific geographic area, then the system should display visualizations for age, income, ethnicity, and education level relevant to that area.

A planner needs to assess ongoing projects in light of new data trends to ensure alignment with community demographics before finalizing a proposal.

Given that new demographic data is available, when the planner queries the demographic overview, then the system must highlight any significant changes (≥10%) in key demographic indicators since the last update.

Real-time data integration must be verified by testing the response time for data updates and integration within the application.

Given a set of sample data updates, when these updates are fed into the system, then the integration should be completed and reflected in the demographic overview within 5 minutes 90% of the time during testing.

Stakeholders want assurance that the demographic data being used for decision-making is consistent and reliable throughout the project lifecycle.

Given that a source of demographic data is integrated, when the data is refreshed, then there should be an integrity check ensuring that the data remains consistent across all visualizations and reports on the platform.

Customizable Demographic Filters

User Story: As a community organization leader, I want to customize the demographic data I view so that I can focus on specific groups relevant to our initiatives and outreach efforts.
Description: The Customizable Demographic Filters requirement allows users to tailor the demographic data displays based on specific criteria such as age range, income level, or education background. Users should be able to apply multiple filters simultaneously to refine the population characteristic data displayed. This feature enhances the ability of urban planners to focus on specific segments of the community, ensuring targeted engagement and strategies that align with diverse demographic groups.
Acceptance Criteria: Scenario for applying customizable filters to demographic data.

Given a user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they select the 'Customizable Demographic Filters' option, then they should be able to see available demographic categories such as age, income, and education level.

Scenario for applying multiple filters simultaneously.

Given a user has accessed the demographic data page, when they apply multiple filters (e.g., age range 18-34 and income level 'middle'), then the display should only show data relevant to that filtered demographic.

Scenario for resetting filters after customization.

Given a user has applied multiple demographic filters, when they press the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should revert to their default state with no restrictions applied.

Scenario for visualizing filtered demographic data.

Given a user has applied customized filters, when they view the demographic summary visualization, then the visualization should update in real-time to reflect the selected filters without refreshing the page.

Scenario for saving user filter preferences.

Given a user has customized their demographic filters, when they select the 'Save Filters' option, then those filters should be saved to their profile for future sessions and accessible upon their next login.

Scenario for error handling when no data matches filters.

Given a user has applied demographic filters, when those filters result in no data being found, then the system should display a message indicating 'No data available for the selected criteria.'

Historical Data Comparison Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to compare current demographic data with historical data so that I can identify long-term trends and assess the impact of previous planning decisions.
Description: This requirement entails the development of a tool to compare current demographic data with historical data to highlight shifts and trends over time. The tool should provide insights into how demographic characteristics are changing within a community, allowing urban planners to understand long-term patterns and inform strategic planning. The ability to visualize these trends will contribute to more robust, data-driven urban planning efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Historical Data Comparison Tool Utilization by Urban Planners

Given a user accessing the Historical Data Comparison Tool, when they input current demographic data and select historical data for comparison, then the tool should display a side-by-side comparison visualization that highlights shifts in demographic attributes such as age, income, ethnicity, and education level along with clear labeling of timeframes.

Accuracy of Historical Data Integration

Given that the Historical Data Comparison Tool is functioning, when a user selects historical demographics from different time periods, then the system should accurately retrieve and display the corresponding historical data without discrepancies or data loss.

User Engagement with Data Visualizations

Given an urban planner using the Historical Data Comparison Tool, when they interact with the data visualizations (e.g., hover over data points, expand graphs), then the tool should provide detailed tooltips and explanations that enhance understanding without errors or delays.

Trend Analysis Generation

Given the Historical Data Comparison Tool, when the user generates a comparison report over specified timeframes, then the system should compile and present a comprehensive trend analysis report that summarizes key findings such as increasing or decreasing demographics, with visual aids included.

Input and Output Validation

Given a user interacting with the Historical Data Comparison Tool, when they input demographic data for comparison, then the system should validate the inputs and provide immediate feedback on discrepancies or errors to ensure data quality before processing.

Loading Speed for Historical Data Sets

Given that a user opens the Historical Data Comparison Tool, when they select multiple historical data sets for comparison, then the tool should load the data and visualizations within 3 seconds to ensure a responsive user experience.

Export Functionality for Data Analysis Reports

Given an urban planner who has generated a comparison report, when they select the option to export the report, then the system should successfully download the report in multiple formats (PDF, CSV) within 5 seconds, with all visualizations retained.

User-friendly Dashboard Interface

User Story: As a user of CommuniPlan, I want an intuitive dashboard that consolidates all the demographic insights so that I can efficiently navigate and extract information important to my projects.
Description: The User-friendly Dashboard Interface requirement outlines the need for a sleek and intuitive dashboard that aggregates demographic data and visualizations in one place. This dashboard should be customizable, allowing users to configure the layout based on their preferences and frequently accessed data. A well-designed dashboard enhances user engagement and simplifies the navigation of demographic information, making it easier for stakeholders to interpret complex data and engage with the platform more actively.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the dashboard upon logging into the CommuniPlan platform and see a well-organized layout that displays key demographic insights tailored to their role as urban planners.

Given a user logs into the CommuniPlan platform, when they access the dashboard, then they should see demographic data visualizations organized by categories such as age, income, ethnicity, and education level, with clear labels and legends.

Planners want to customize the dashboard layout to prioritize the demographic data specific to their current projects and community needs for quick access.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they utilize the customization feature, then they can rearrange, add, or remove dashboard widgets and save their preferred layout successfully without affecting the default settings for other users.

A user interacts with the dashboard and wants to analyze demographic trends over specific time frames to inform their planning strategies.

Given a user is viewing the demographic data on the dashboard, when they select different time frames (e.g., last year, last five years) from the filter options, then the visualizations should update automatically to reflect the selected time frame with accurate data.

Urban planners need to share insights and data trends from the dashboard with community stakeholders during presentations or planning meetings.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they choose to export data, then they should be able to successfully download the visualized data in a variety of formats (e.g., PDF, CSV, Excel) suitable for sharing and presentation.

Users expect the dashboard to load quickly and efficiently, even when displaying complex visualizations of vast demographic data sets.

Given a user accesses the dashboard, when the user navigates to it, then the dashboard should load completely within 3 seconds regardless of the complexity of the visualizations being presented.

A user wants to receive real-time notifications for significant demographic changes in the community that may affect their planning decisions.

Given the user has subscribed to notifications, when a significant demographic change occurs in the area, then the user should receive a real-time notification through the platform's alert system within 10 minutes of the update.

Users should have access to help or tutorial resources within the dashboard to assist them in understanding how to use all available features effectively.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the help icon, then they should be directed to a comprehensive tutorial section that explains all features and functionalities of the dashboard efficiently.

Interactive Overlay Tool

The Interactive Overlay Tool allows users to visualize multiple demographic layers on a single map. Planners can overlay data such as median income, age distribution, and housing density to identify correlations and areas needing focused attention. This functionality fosters a deeper understanding of complex relationships within the data, making it easier for planners to tailor initiatives to specific community needs.

Requirements

Layered Data Visualization

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to overlay various demographic data onto a single map so that I can identify correlations and prioritize areas that need focused attention for urban development projects.
Description: The Layered Data Visualization requirement facilitates the overlaying of multiple demographic data layers on an interactive map within CommuniPlan. This functionality enables urban planners to visualize complex relationships among diverse data sets such as median income, age distribution, and housing density in a single interface. By allowing users to manipulate and interact with these layers, planners gain the ability to identify critical areas that require targeted initiatives and optimize community resources. This requirement integrates seamlessly with existing mapping tools, enhancing user engagement and decision-making through real-time data insights. Ultimately, this feature will foster better understanding and collaboration among stakeholders, leading to well-informed urban planning decisions that reflect community needs and demographics.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies multiple demographic layers to the map to analyze correlations between housing density and income distribution.

Given that the user has uploaded demographic data layers, When they select multiple layers to overlay on the map, Then the map displays all selected layers simultaneously without performance issues.

Urban planners manipulate the opacity of different layers to prioritize visibility of certain data sets during analysis.

Given that the user is viewing the overlaid layers, When they adjust the opacity of a specific layer, Then the visibility of that layer should change dynamically while maintaining the integrity of other layers.

A user saves a configured map with specific demographic layers for future reference or sharing with stakeholders.

Given that the user has configured the map with specific layers, When they save the configuration, Then the map layout and selected layers should be stored accurately and retrievable at a later time.

Users receive visual feedback when hovering over different demographic layers to understand what data is being represented.

Given that multiple layers are displayed on the map, When the user hovers over a specific layer, Then a tooltip should appear showing the data details relevant to that layer.

User generates a report based on the overlaid data layers to present findings to community stakeholders.

Given that the user has selected specific demographic layers on the map, When they choose to generate a report, Then the report should include data visualizations and insights related to the selected layers in a downloadable format.

Users compare the impacts of different demographic data on urban planning initiatives in real-time.

Given that users have multiple demographic layers overlaying the map, When they select one layer to compare against another, Then the system should visually highlight differences and correlations between those layers.

The user can filter data layers based on specific criteria relevant to the community’s needs or project goals.

Given that the user is interacting with the mapping interface, When they apply a filter to demographic layers, Then the displayed layers should update to reflect only the data that meets the selected criteria.

Dynamic Data Filtering

User Story: As a community organization representative, I want to filter demographic layers based on specific criteria so that I can gather insights relevant to certain community groups and advocate more effectively for their needs.
Description: The Dynamic Data Filtering requirement provides users with the ability to filter demographic layers by various parameters such as geographic boundaries, age groups, and income levels. This feature enhances the user experience by allowing planners to focus on specific segments of the population, enabling them to tailor initiatives that resonate with community needs. Integration with real-time data sources ensures that the filters reflect the most current information available, supporting data-driven decision making. This capability not only improves the accuracy of assessments but also promotes transparency in planning processes by clarifying how decisions are influenced by different demographic factors.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies filters to view demographic data for specific geographic boundaries.

Given a user has selected a geographic boundary, When they apply the filter, Then the displayed demographic data updates to reflect only the selected area.

User filters demographic layers by age group to analyze community needs.

Given a user has selected specific age groups in the filtering options, When they apply the filter, Then the map displays only the demographic data relevant to the selected age groups.

User filters demographic data by income levels to identify low-income neighborhoods.

Given a user selects income levels from the filter options, When they apply the filter, Then the system updates the map to show only data relevant to the selected income levels, highlighting the low-income neighborhoods.

User integrates real-time data sources and verifies data accuracy with filters applied.

Given real-time data is integrated, When a user applies demographic filters, Then the map updates to reflect the most current data available, demonstrating accurate filtering based on live data.

User combines multiple filters (age, income, geographic boundaries) to assess community demographics.

Given a user has selected multiple filters, When they apply those filters, Then the map intelligently combines data layers and accurately displays the relevant information for the selected demographics.

User accesses guidance on how to use the Dynamic Data Filtering feature.

Given a user needs help with filtering options, When they access the help section, Then the system provides clear, detailed instructions on how to utilize the Dynamic Data Filtering feature.

User checks for visual accuracy and clarity of demographic layers after applying filters.

Given a user applies various filters to the map, When the filters are activated, Then the demographic layers must be visually distinct and clearly legible, ensuring intuitive understanding of displayed data.

Real-time Collaboration Features

User Story: As a local government official, I want to collaborate with community members in real time on the overlay tool so that everyone can contribute their insights and ideas during planning discussions.
Description: The Real-time Collaboration Features requirement allows multiple users to work simultaneously on the Interactive Overlay Tool, facilitating discussions and input from various stakeholders. This capability ensures that urban planners, local government representatives, and community members can engage dynamically and collaboratively during planning sessions. Through in-platform messaging, comments, and shared notes, the tool fosters an inclusive environment where resident input shapes planning outcomes. Seamless integration with the interactive map ensures that all changes made by users are reflected instantaneously, enhancing transparency and fostering a spirit of co-creation among stakeholders. This feature is pivotal for ensuring community engagement and trust in planning processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Multi-user collaboration in real-time interaction during urban planning sessions.

Given multiple users are logged into the Interactive Overlay Tool, when one user makes a change (such as adjusting a demographic layer), then all other users should see the change reflected within 2 seconds.

Facilitating discussions via in-platform messaging during live mapping sessions.

Given a mapping session is active, when a user sends a message through the in-platform messaging system, then all users in the session should receive the message notification within 3 seconds.

Adding comments to specific data layers by any participant during collaborative planning.

Given a user navigates to a demographic layer on the map, when that user adds a comment related to the specific layer, then the comment should be visible to all users in the session and should include a timestamp for reference.

Viewing a log of user edits to ensure transparency in information sharing.

Given multiple users have edited the overlay map, when a user accesses the edit history, then the system should display a chronological log of all changes made, including the user's name and timestamp.

Ensuring changes made in the map are saved automatically of all users.

Given a user adjusts a demographic layer on the map, when the user leaves the session, then all changes made should be automatically saved and accessible for other users upon their next login.

Enabling notifications for users when a new comment is added during a mapping session.

Given a user is actively working on the Interactive Overlay Tool, when another user adds a comment, then the first user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment immediately.

Providing a user-friendly interface for adding and viewing collaborative notes.

Given that users are actively collaborating on the Interactive Overlay Tool, when a user adds a note, then the note should be clearly visible to all users and should be easy to access from the main interface.

Custom Report Generation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to generate custom reports based on demographic overlays so that I can share detailed analyses and visualizations with stakeholders effectively.
Description: The Custom Report Generation requirement allows users to create tailored reports based on the demographic layers they have analyzed within the Interactive Overlay Tool. This functionality enables urban planners to compile essential insights and visualizations into comprehensive reports that can be shared with stakeholders, promoting transparency and accountability. Users can select specific data points, visualizations, and annotations to include in their reports, ensuring that the generated output meets diverse stakeholder needs. This feature not only streamlines documentation processes but also supports informed decision making by presenting data in an easy-to-understand format, contributing to the overall effectiveness of urban planning initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a specific demographic layer (e.g., median income) in the Interactive Overlay Tool and chooses the option to generate a custom report.

Given the user has selected a demographic layer, when they click on 'Generate Report', then a report is generated that includes the selected layer with accurate data displayed.

User customizes their report by selecting multiple demographic layers and visualizations to include.

Given the user has chosen multiple layers and visualizations to include in the custom report, when they finalize their selections and click 'Generate', then the report reflects all chosen layers and visualizations accurately and cohesively.

User is generating a report and wants to add annotations for clarity on specific data points.

Given the user is in the report generation interface, when they add annotations to specific data points in the report, then those annotations should appear correctly alongside the corresponding data in the final report output.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via email after creation.

Given the user has generated a report, when they opt to share it via email, then the report should be sent successfully to the specified recipients with all content correctly displayed in the email.

User wants to save their custom report for later access and editing.

Given the user has completed their report generation, when they choose the option to 'Save Report', then the report should be saved with all selections and customizations intact for future access.

User attempts to generate a report with no demographic layers selected and checks for error handling.

Given the user has not selected any layers, when they attempt to generate a report, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating that at least one layer must be selected.

User wants to preview the report before finalizing the generation.

Given the user has made their selections for the report, when they click 'Preview Report', then a preview should be displayed accurately representing all selected data points and visualizations before final generation.

Predictive Insights Engine

The Predictive Insights Engine analyzes historical demographic trends and enables planners to forecast future community changes. By providing actionable projections, urban planners can prepare for shifts in population, enabling proactive rather than reactive planning. This feature empowers users to develop strategies that meet future demands, ensuring sustainable urban development.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want real-time data integration so that I can continuously assess community trends and make timely decisions based on the latest information available.
Description: The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves seamless integration of the Predictive Insights Engine with various data sources such as surveys, polls, and demographic databases. It ensures that the engine updates its analytics with new information, providing urban planners with the most current data for accurate forecasting. This requirement is crucial as it enhances the reliability of insights generated, allowing users to make informed decisions based on up-to-date community dynamics and trends. By facilitating real-time updates, planners can respond effectively to emerging community needs and changes.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of multiple data sources into the Predictive Insights Engine for improved forecasting accuracy.

Given that the Predictive Insights Engine is operational, when new data from at least three different sources (surveys, polls, and demographic databases) is available, then the engine should automatically integrate the new data within 5 minutes, updating its analytics to reflect the latest information.

Validation of data accuracy and completeness upon integration into the Predictive Insights Engine.

Given that new data has been integrated, when the data is processed by the Predictive Insights Engine, then all integrated data must meet a minimum accuracy threshold of 95% and completeness level of 100% before being utilized for forecasting.

User interface notifications for successful and failed data integration events within the Predictive Insights Engine.

Given that a data integration attempt occurs, when the integration is successful, then the user should receive a notification indicating a successful integration. Conversely, if the integration fails, a detailed error message should appear explaining the reason for the failure.

Real-time analytics updates post data integration for accurate community forecasting.

Given that new data has been successfully integrated, when urban planners access the Predictive Insights Engine dashboard, then they should see updated analytics reflecting the new data within 2 minutes of integration.

Flexibility of data source configurations within the Predictive Insights Engine.

Given the need for adaptability, when administrators modify the list of data sources for the Predictive Insights Engine, then they should be able to add or remove data sources within the interface without requiring system downtime.

User feedback mechanisms on data quality and usability in the Predictive Insights Engine.

Given that users are interacting with the analytics provided, when they provide feedback on the quality or usability of the data, then the system should log this feedback and request follow-up action within 24 hours for any reported issues.

Historical data analysis functionality within the Predictive Insights Engine.

Given that historical data is accessible, when urban planners query specific demographic trends, then the Predictive Insights Engine should return insights from the past 5 years, enabling better forecasting for future community changes.

User-friendly Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want a user-friendly dashboard so that I can quickly access and interpret the predictive insights without technical difficulties.
Description: The User-friendly Dashboard requirement focuses on developing an intuitive interface where urban planners can easily navigate the Predictive Insights Engine's features. The dashboard will display key metrics, trends, and forecasts in a visually appealing manner, enabling planners to access insights at a glance. This requirement enhances user experience by simplifying data interaction and analysis, allowing planners to focus on strategy development rather than grappling with complex interfaces. A well-designed dashboard fosters better engagement with the tool and ensures users can maximize the benefits of the predictive features.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the dashboard for the first time to view predictive insights.

Given that the user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Predictive Insights Engine dashboard, then they should see a welcoming tutorial overlay that guides them through the main features of the dashboard.

User analyzes demographic forecasts within the dashboard.

Given that the user is on the dashboard, when they select a specific forecast metric, then the dashboard should display a detailed breakdown of the selected metric, including visual graphs and historical data comparisons.

User customizes the dashboard view based on their specific data needs.

Given that the user is on the main dashboard page, when they select the 'Customize' option, then they should be able to choose which metrics are displayed, save the configuration, and see the changes reflected in real-time.

User collaborates with team members using the dashboard insights.

Given that a user accesses the dashboard, when they utilize the 'Share' function, then they should be able to generate a report of insights that can be sent via email or downloaded as a PDF, ensuring the report includes all selected metrics and visuals.

User receives alerts for significant demographic changes.

Given that the user has set threshold alerts in their dashboard settings, when the predicted demographic changes exceed these thresholds, then the user should receive an instant notification through the platform alert system.

User interacts with interactive elements on the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they hover over or click on charts or graphs, then informational tooltips or pop-ups should appear, providing additional context or data details for that specific element.

User navigates between different sections of the dashboard seamlessly.

Given that the user is on the Predictive Insights Engine dashboard, when they click on any section tab (e.g., 'Trends', 'Forecasts', 'Metrics'), then the dashboard should load the relevant content within 2 seconds without losing previously selected options.

Scenario Simulation Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want a scenario simulation tool so that I can evaluate the potential outcomes of different planning strategies and make better decisions for the community's future.
Description: The Scenario Simulation Tool requirement provides urban planners with the ability to create 'what-if' scenarios based on different projections made by the Predictive Insights Engine. This functionality allows users to simulate various outcomes and assess the impact of potential urban planning decisions. The tool is essential for risk assessment and strategic planning, as it empowers planners to evaluate the implications of their choices before implementation, leading to better-informed strategies that align with community needs and priorities.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planner simulates the impact of a 10% population increase in a specific neighborhood over the next 5 years using the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given the current population data and demographic trends, when the urban planner inputs a 10% increase in population for the specified neighborhood, then the tool must generate detailed projections of infrastructure needs, resource allocation, and potential impact on community services.

A community representative uses the Scenario Simulation Tool to assess the potential effects of a new public park on local traffic patterns.

Given a new public park proposal, when the community representative selects various traffic flow scenarios within the tool, then the tool should display clear metrics indicating projected traffic changes, including peak times and overall congestion scores.

An urban planner evaluates the outcomes of a proposed zoning change using the Scenario Simulation Tool to review community feedback.

Given the zoning change proposal and corresponding feedback collected from the community, when the planner analyzes the simulated outcomes, then the tool must provide a comprehensive report comparing community preferences versus projected outcomes and highlighting areas of concern.

A city council member reviews simulations of multiple housing developments to decide on foundational recommendations.

Given multiple housing development scenarios created within the tool, when the city council member reviews each simulation, then the tool must display side-by-side comparisons of projected demographic impacts, economic benefits, and potential community challenges associated with each development.

An urban planner prepares for a public meeting to discuss potential scenarios within the community, utilizing the predictions generated by the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given the need for community engagement, when the urban planner generates visual representations of various 'what-if' scenarios for the meeting, then the tool must output clear and engaging visuals that effectively communicate the predicted impacts and allow for community input.

A local government official uses the Scenario Simulation Tool to forecast the economic impact of introducing new public transit routes.

Given data on current transit usage and projected growth, when the official selects variable transit routes within the tool, then the tool must provide a detailed economic analysis including projected ridership increase, costs, and potential revenue generation.

An urban planner conducts a risk assessment of a simulated emergency evacuation scenario for a high-density area using the Scenario Simulation Tool.

Given the necessity for disaster preparedness, when the urban planner initiates the evacuation scenario simulation, then the tool must output actionable insights including estimated evacuation times, affected populations, and logistical challenges presented by current infrastructure.

Automated Reporting

User Story: As an urban planner, I want automated reporting so that I can save time and provide stakeholders with accurate and timely insights without manual reporting processes.
Description: The Automated Reporting requirement ensures that users can generate reports on demographic changes, forecasts, and insights effortlessly. The system will allow planners to customize reporting parameters and automatically produce detailed reports at specified intervals or upon request. This feature is beneficial as it saves time, reduces manual effort, and ensures consistency in reporting, which aids planners in communicating findings effectively with stakeholders, facilitating informed discussions and strategic alignment across the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Generating a customized report for demographic shifts over the past year based on specific parameters set by the user.

Given the user has selected specific parameters for the report, When they click on the 'Generate Report' button, Then the system should produce a report that includes detailed demographic shifts and forecasts relevant to those parameters within 5 minutes.

Enabling scheduled reporting to automatically generate demographic forecasts every month without user intervention.

Given the user has set the frequency for monthly reporting, When the designated time arrives, Then the system should automatically generate and send the report to the specified user email addresses without any manual input.

Providing insights into user demographics as part of the generated report to assist urban planners in understanding community composition.

Given the report has been generated, When the user views the report, Then it must include a section that outlines key demographic insights such as age distribution, income levels, and education attainment, clearly formatted and accessible.

Allowing users to preview reports before final generation to catch any parameter errors early.

Given the user has set parameters for the report generation, When they select the 'Preview' option, Then the system should display a draft version of the report with the selected parameters shown prominently for review and confirmation.

Ensuring the generated reports can be exported in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, CSV) for user accessibility.

Given the report has been successfully generated, When the user selects the export option, Then the system should provide options to download the report in PDF, Excel, and CSV formats without any formatting loss.

Creating an alert system to notify users if the report generation fails due to data unavailability or parameter issues.

Given the parameters set by the user, If the report generation fails, Then the system should send an immediate notification to the user via email with a description of the failure reason and suggested corrective actions.

Predictive Analytics Training Module

User Story: As an urban planner, I want access to a training module on predictive analytics so that I can understand how to utilize the engine effectively in my planning processes.
Description: The Predictive Analytics Training Module requirement focuses on providing educational resources and training to users on how to effectively leverage the Predictive Insights Engine. This module will include tutorials, best practices, and use cases demonstrating how to interpret predictions and apply them in urban development strategies. The training is vital for ensuring users derive maximum value from the tool by understanding its functionalities and potential applications, fostering user confidence and promoting adoption.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the Predictive Analytics Training Module and accesses the Predictive Insights Engine for the first time.

Given the user has completed the training module, when they log into the platform and access the Predictive Insights Engine, then they should see a prompt that confirms their training completion and provides a summary of key features.

User engages with the tutorial content within the Predictive Analytics Training Module.

Given the user is on the tutorial page, when they click on a tutorial, then they should be redirected to a video or interactive resource that explains how to use the Predictive Insights Engine, with a clear progress tracker shown.

User applies best practices learned in the training to a real-world scenario.

Given the user has gone through the training materials, when they use the forecasts provided by the Predictive Insights Engine for planning, then they should have access to a checklist that confirms their adherence to best practices and strategies taught in the module.

User completes an assessment at the end of the training module.

Given the user has accessed the assessment, when they complete it, then their score should reflect at least 80% correct answers to pass, and they should receive immediate feedback on their answers with instructions to revisit any topics they struggled with.

User participates in a feedback survey after completing the training module.

Given the user has finished the training, when they are prompted to complete the feedback survey, then their responses should be recorded in the system for analysis of training effectiveness and areas for improvement.

Customizable Report Generator

The Customizable Report Generator enables users to create tailored reports that combine various demographic data points, visualizations, and key insights specific to their projects. This feature streamlines the reporting process, allowing urban planners to present data in a way that resonates with stakeholders, enhancing communication and engagement during planning discussions.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Filtering

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to filter demographic data dynamically so that I can generate targeted reports that resonate more with stakeholders and address their specific interests.
Description: The Dynamic Data Filtering requirement allows users to apply various filters to the demographic data during the report generation process. This feature enhances the usability of the Customizable Report Generator by enabling users to focus on specific data subsets based on criteria such as age, location, income level, and project relevance. By offering this capability, users can create more personalized reports that directly address stakeholder concerns and provide targeted insights, increasing the effectiveness of communicated data. This ensures that the reports generated reflect the unique needs of each project, fostering better decision-making and community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies age and income level filters to demographic data while generating a report for a community housing project.

Given a user is in the Customizable Report Generator, When they apply age and income level filters, Then the generated report should only display data for the selected age range and income level, reflecting all changes made by the user.

User applies location filters in the Customizable Report Generator for a neighborhood revitalization project.

Given a user has selected a location filter in the report generator, When they initiate the report generation, Then the report should only include demographic data from the specified location and accurately reflect that subset.

User combines multiple filters (age, location, income) in the Customizable Report Generator to generate a targeted report.

Given a user combines age, location, and income filters, When they generate the report, Then the report should reflect an intersection of all specified criteria without any irrelevant data being included.

User clears all selected filters in the Customizable Report Generator and generates a report.

Given a user has previously selected filters, When they choose to clear all filters and generate a report, Then the report should display all available demographic data without any restrictions from the previous filters.

User exports a filtered report into different formats (PDF, CSV) using the Customizable Report Generator.

Given that the filter is applied on the demographic data, When the user chooses to export the report, Then the exported file should accurately reflect the applied filters based on the selected format (PDF or CSV).

Integrated Visualization Tools

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to include visualizations in my reports so that I can present data in an engaging format that stakeholders can easily understand and interpret.
Description: The Integrated Visualization Tools requirement entails the inclusion of various graphical representations such as charts, graphs, and maps within the Customizable Report Generator. This functionality enables users to seamlessly integrate visual elements alongside textual data, making reports more engaging and easier to understand for stakeholders. By allowing different visualization types to be employed, the requirement enhances data interpretation, enabling users to present complex information more clearly. This tool is vital for effective communication, allowing planners to highlight key insights and trends that may influence planning discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban Planner Creates a Custom Report with Visuals for Community Meeting

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan, when they access the Customizable Report Generator, then they should be able to select from at least three different types of visualizations (charts, graphs, or maps) to include in their report.

Urban Planner Edits a Report to Include Updated Visualization Data

Given a user has previously created a report, when they add new demographic data to the report, then they should be able to update the existing visualizations to reflect the new data without losing other report content.

Stakeholder Reviews the Generated Report with Visuals

Given a stakeholder receives a generated report, when they view the report, then they should be able to understand key insights within 5 minutes without requiring additional explanations.

Urban Planner Prepares a Report for a Public Hearing Using Visualizations

Given an urban planner is preparing a report for a public hearing, when they select visualizations, then the tool must provide a preview option to ensure that all visuals are presented correctly and can be resized within the report layout.

User Downloads a Custom Report with Integrated Visualizations

Given a user completes a report with visual data, when they choose to download the report, then the downloaded file must retain all visual elements and format as displayed in the user interface.

Urban Planner Shares Reports with Team Members via Email

Given a user generates a report with visual components, when they share the report via email directly from the platform, then all recipients should receive the report with all visualizations intact and viewable in their email client.

User Adds Annotations to Visual Items in the Report

Given an urban planner creates a report, when they insert visualizations, then they should have the capability to add annotations or comments directly on the visuals to enhance clarity for stakeholders.

Collaborative Report Sharing

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to share and collaborate on generated reports with other community members so that we can gather diverse input and enhance our project outcomes together.
Description: The Collaborative Report Sharing requirement defines the ability for users to share reports with team members, stakeholders, and community members directly through the platform. This feature facilitates real-time collaboration, allowing multiple users to view, comment, and make suggestions on the reports being generated. By enabling this collaborative feature, it increases stakeholder engagement and ensures transparency in the urban planning process, fostering a sense of community ownership over the development projects. Additionally, this will enhance the feedback loop during the planning process, allowing for more informed decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaborative report sharing for a community development project during a planning meeting.

Given a user has created a report, when they share the report with team members, then the team members should receive a notification and be able to access the report in real-time.

Users reviewing a shared report on environmental impacts of urban development.

Given a shared report on environmental impacts is open, when any user adds comments or suggestions, then those comments should be visible to all users with access to the report.

Stakeholders revising a shared report on transportation planning during a collaborative workshop.

Given a stakeholder is reviewing a shared report, when they make edits to the report content, then the edits should save automatically and be visible to all collaborators.

Multiple community members providing feedback on a draft report on housing development through the platform.

Given a draft report is shared with community members, when they submit feedback, then the feedback should be collected and displayed in a feedback summary section in the report.

Urban planners collaborating on a shared report for a city park project via the CommuniPlan platform.

Given a shared report is opened by multiple users, when any user leaves the report for more than 10 minutes, then they should receive a reminder email prompting them to return.

Reviewing a shared report on transportation data with team members through the platform's dashboard.

Given a report is shared with the team, when they access the report, then they should be able to filter the data based on specific demographics and visualize the insights accordingly.

Presenting a collaboratively edited report during a public meeting for a planned neighborhood.

Given a report has been collaboratively edited, when it is presented during a public meeting, then all changes made by users should be reflected in the presentation version of the report.

Export Options for Reports

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to export my customized reports in multiple formats so that I can easily share my findings with stakeholders using the format they prefer.
Description: The Export Options for Reports requirement allows users to export their customized reports in various formats such as PDF, Excel, and Word. This functionality enhances the usability of the Customizable Report Generator by providing users with the flexibility to present their reports in formats that are most suitable for their audiences. By having multiple export options, users can effectively share their findings with stakeholders in a professional manner, accommodating different preferences and organizational standards. This ensures that reports can be easily disseminated and utilized in further planning discussions or presentations.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to export a customized report as a PDF to share with community stakeholders during a planning meeting.

Given that the user has a customized report open, when they select the export option and choose PDF format, then the report should generate and download successfully as a PDF file.

User needs to share a customized report in Excel format with team members for data analysis.

Given that the user has a customized report ready, when they select the export option and choose Excel format, then the report should generate and download successfully as an Excel file with all data intact.

User intends to present a customized report in a formal setting using Word format for document editing.

Given that the user has their customized report prepared, when they select the export option and choose Word format, then the report should generate and download successfully as a Word document that allows for further editing or formatting.

User wants to confirm that exported reports maintain the required formatting and visualizations from the original report.

Given that the user exports a report in any format (PDF, Excel, Word), when they open the exported file, then all original formatting and visualizations should be accurately represented in the exported document.

User is exporting a report multiple times in different formats for comparison.

Given that the user has a customized report, when they sequentially export it in PDF, Excel, and Word formats, then each file should download without errors, and the content should remain consistent across formats.

User wants to ensure that the exported files are accessible and meet standard accessibility guidelines.

Given that the user exports a report in any format, when they check the exported file, then the document should comply with accessibility standards such as readable text and alternative text for images (if applicable).

User is testing the export functionality to ensure it works across different operating systems and browsers.

Given that the user is using different browsers and operating systems, when they export the report in any format, then the report should successfully generate and download across all tested platforms without issues.

Automated Insight Generation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to receive automated insights based on the demographic data in my reports so that I can make more informed decisions and highlight key trends to my stakeholders.
Description: The Automated Insight Generation requirement introduces an AI-driven feature that analyzes the demographic data and provides actionable insights during the report creation process. This functionality helps urban planners to identify key trends, patterns, and opportunities that may not be immediately obvious. By utilizing machine learning algorithms to interpret the data, users can benefit from enhanced decision-making capabilities and a deeper understanding of community needs. This feature adds significant value to the reporting process, allowing planners to present not just raw data but also interpretations and recommendations that can guide future urban development efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a report using the Customized Report Generator, incorporating demographic data and insights provided by the Automated Insight Generation feature during a community planning meeting.

Given a user has selected demographic data and visualization options, when the report is generated, then the report should include automated insights that identify at least three key trends or patterns relevant to the selected data.

Urban planners review the generated report to prepare for stakeholder presentation, focusing on the clarity and relevance of the insights provided by the Automated Insight Generation feature.

Given the report has been generated, when the planner reviews it, then the insights should be clearly articulated and directly aligned with the demographic data included, with no more than two areas of ambiguity.

A user revisits a previously generated report to assess how effective the Automated Insight Generation feature was in presenting actionable recommendations for ongoing urban development projects.

Given a user selects a previously generated report, when the report is accessed, then the insights should be organized by relevance to the initial user objectives, allowing for quick navigation and understanding of actionable next steps.

An urban planner shares the generated report with community stakeholders during a public meeting, observing their reactions and interactions with the report's content provided by the Automated Insight Generation feature.

Given the report is shared during a public meeting, when stakeholders interact with the insights, then at least 75% of attendees should express that the insights are helpful in understanding the data and support informed decision-making.

The AI-driven feature processes a new dataset that incorporates feedback from community surveys and generates insights reflective of these responses.

Given a new dataset has been uploaded, when the Automated Insight Generation feature analyzes it, then the generated insights must accurately reflect the themes and trends observed in the community feedback, with an accuracy rate of at least 85% as verified by the planning team.

User documentation and tutorial resources demonstrate the use of the Automated Insight Generation feature effectively, guiding users in maximizing its potential.

Given user documentation is available, when users reference the documentation or tutorials, then they should be able to generate a report with insights in under 10 minutes, according to a user satisfaction survey.

The system captures user feedback regarding the effectiveness of insights provided by the Automated Insight Generation feature after each report generation.

Given that reports are generated, when users submit feedback, then at least 80% of feedback responses should indicate that the insights significantly contributed to their understanding and decision-making process.

Community Sentiment Dashboard

The Community Sentiment Dashboard integrates demographic data with real-time community feedback to present a holistic view of resident opinions and needs. By visualizing sentiment trends within specific demographic groups, planners can identify disparities and address the unique concerns of various segments within the community, fostering greater inclusivity in urban decision-making.

Requirements

Demographic Data Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to integrate demographic data into the Community Sentiment Dashboard so that I can understand and address the unique concerns of different community segments more effectively.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating various demographic datasets into the Community Sentiment Dashboard, enabling urban planners to analyze community sentiment through the lens of demographic characteristics. The integration will ensure that different groups are represented accurately, allowing for more tailored insights and addressing the unique needs of various segments. This functionality will enhance the ability to visualize trends and patterns that may exist based on age, income, education, and other demographic factors. Furthermore, it supports enhanced data-driven decision-making, fostering equitable urban development.
Acceptance Criteria: Demographic data integration into the Community Sentiment Dashboard for analyzing resident opinions.

Given that demographic datasets are uploaded into the system, when the Community Sentiment Dashboard is accessed, then the dashboard must accurately display resident feedback segregated by demographic categories such as age, income, and education level.

Visualization of sentiment trends for specific demographic groups over time.

Given that real-time community feedback is collected, when a demographic segment is selected in the dashboard, then the system must show a clear trend of sentiment (positive, neutral, negative) over the past 12 months for that demographic group.

Analysing disparities in sentiment across different demographics.

Given that demographic data is integrated, when a planner analyzes sentiment data, then the dashboard must provide a summary of at least three significant disparities in resident sentiment across different demographic segments with visual representation.

User access control for demographic data insights within the dashboard.

Given that multiple users can access the dashboard, when a user attempts to view demographic insights, then the system must enforce access controls based on user roles (e.g., Admin, Planner, Viewer) to ensure proper data handling.

Exporting demographic sentiment data for external analysis.

Given that a planner wants to share insights, when the export functionality is used, then the system must allow downloading of demographic sentiment data in common formats (CSV, PDF) with clear labeling of the data fields.

Feedback collection regarding the accuracy of demographic data integration.

Given that the community can provide feedback, when users interact with the demographic segments regarding the dashboard, then the system must capture and log user feedback on perceived accuracy and relevance of the data provided.

Real-time Feedback Visualization

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to visualize real-time feedback on the dashboard so that I can quickly understand current community sentiments and engage stakeholders in timely discussions.
Description: This requirement involves developing real-time visualization tools within the Community Sentiment Dashboard that will allow urban planners and stakeholders to see community feedback dynamically as it is collected. The incorporation of graphs, charts, and other visual analytics will facilitate immediate understanding of public sentiment trends and facilitate faster reactions to emerging community concerns. This feature will promote better engagement and responsiveness from urban planners, enhancing overall community trust and involvement in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Community feedback is collected through surveys and polls on the CommuniPlan platform during a city council meeting where residents share their opinions on urban development plans.

Given that community feedback is being collected in real-time, when a resident submits their feedback, then the dashboard should immediately update to reflect the latest sentiment responses without any noticeable delay.

Urban planners are reviewing the Community Sentiment Dashboard to understand the demographic trends of resident feedback before making decisions on proposed projects.

Given that the dashboard displays demographic sentiment data, when planners filter feedback by age group, then the graphs should distinctly show sentiment trends corresponding to the selected demographic accurately.

Stakeholders review the Community Sentiment Dashboard for insights during a city planning workshop and need to present findings to the community.

Given that the sentiment data is visualized in charts, when stakeholders access the dashboard, then they should be able to generate a report that includes relevant visual analytics and demographic insights that can be exported for presentation.

A sudden issue arises in the community regarding a proposed development, and urban planners need to gauge immediate public sentiment to assess the reaction.

Given that real-time feedback is being visualized, when there is a spike in feedback submissions related to a specific issue, then the dashboard should highlight this trend in real-time, enabling planners to react promptly.

Urban planners need to identify areas of significant concern within specific demographics to address underlying issues effectively.

Given that different demographic segments can be analyzed, when planners view the sentiment data, then they should be able to identify and isolate negative sentiment areas and trigger an alert for follow-up actions.

Residents post feedback through the platform during a public consultation event, and planners want to visualize how feedback changes throughout the event.

Given that feedback is expected to change in real-time during events, when the feedback is submitted by residents, then the trends on the Community Sentiment Dashboard should show real-time updates correlating with the event timeline.

Sentiment Trend Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to analyze sentiment trends over time so that I can understand how community opinions evolve and adapt my planning strategies accordingly.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of analytical tools within the Community Sentiment Dashboard to identify and analyze trends in community sentiment over time. By employing natural language processing and sentiment analysis algorithms, planners can pinpoint changes in resident opinions and sentiments related to urban issues. This capability will allow planners to address concerns proactively and modify strategies based on emerging feedback patterns, fostering ongoing community engagement and responsiveness to changing needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Sentiment trend visualization for community planners

Given that the Community Sentiment Dashboard is accessed by a planner, when the planner selects a specific demographic group and time period, then the dashboard should display visual representation of sentiment trends for that demographic group over the selected time period.

Real-time updates of community sentiment data

Given that community feedback is collected through various mediums, when new sentiment data is received, then the Community Sentiment Dashboard should update the visualizations and analytics in real-time to reflect the most current community sentiments.

Demographic comparisons for sentiment analysis

Given that the Community Sentiment Dashboard is being used, when a planner selects two or more demographic groups, then the dashboard should display a comparative analysis of sentiment trends across the selected groups for the same time frame.

Natural language processing for sentiment categorization

Given a set of community feedback comments, when the system processes these comments, then it should accurately categorize sentiments into positive, negative, or neutral with a minimum accuracy rate of 85%.

Exporting sentiment trend reports

Given a planner is reviewing sentiment trends in the Community Sentiment Dashboard, when they choose to export the data, then the system should provide an option to download a detailed report in CSV format that includes sentiment trends for selected demographics and timeframes.

Notification system for significant sentiment shifts

Given that the sentiment analysis algorithms are running, when a significant shift in community sentiment is detected (defined as a change of over 20% in sentiment scores), then the system should send an automated alert to relevant planners and stakeholders.

User access and role management for the Community Sentiment Dashboard

Given that the Community Sentiment Dashboard has multiple user roles, when an administrator assigns roles to different users, then the system should restrict access to sensitive data based on the defined roles, ensuring only authorized users can view or edit specific sentiment analysis features.

Disparity Identification Features

User Story: As an urban planner, I want features that help identify disparities in community sentiment so that I can ensure every demographic group's needs are considered in the planning process.
Description: This requirement is designed to provide tools that allow urban planners to identify and analyze disparities in sentiment across different demographic groups. By incorporating features that highlight variations in opinions, concerns, and needs among community segments, planners can gain insights into potential inequalities that need addressing. This functionality will support more inclusive decision-making, ultimately leading to policies that benefit a wider range of residents and contribute to equitable urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: Disparity Analysis for Community Stakeholders

Given that a planner accesses the Community Sentiment Dashboard, when they select a specific demographic group, then the dashboard displays sentiment trends and disparities relevant to that group with visual representation (graphs, heat maps) and key statistics (mean, median) that are accurate and up-to-date.

Real-time Feedback Collection

Given that community members submit their feedback through the platform, when the feedback is successfully recorded, then it should immediately reflect in the dashboard's real-time analytics with no more than a 5-minute delay in processing.

Comparison of Multiple Demographic Groups

Given the dashboard is currently displaying data for one demographic group, when a planner chooses to compare it with another demographic group, then the system should generate a comparative analysis showing side-by-side sentiment metrics and highlight key differences in opinions and needs.

Reporting Disparities to Decision Makers

Given that the Community Sentiment Dashboard has been used for a specified period, when an urban planner generates a report based on the identified disparities, then the report must include visual representations of data (charts, graphs) and summarized insights for each demographic segment identified.

User-friendly Interface for Data Interpretation

Given that a planner is using the Community Sentiment Dashboard, when they navigate through the dashboard, then the interface should allow easy access to data filtering, visualization options, and interpretation guidance, ensuring clarity for all users regardless of their data literacy level.

Feedback Loop for Continuous Improvement

Given that user feedback has been collected on the Community Sentiment Dashboard, when the feedback is analyzed, then actionable insights must be documented and a follow-up development task should be created to address the identified areas for improvement within 30 days.

Data Accessibility Portal

The Data Accessibility Portal provides easy access to demographic data for community members, stakeholders, and officials. This feature encourages transparency and engagement by allowing users to interact with the data themselves, fostering collaboration and dialogue about community needs and priorities. Enhancing user access to key data promotes a greater understanding of urban planning decisions.

Requirements

Interactive Data Visualization

User Story: As a community member, I want to visualize demographic data interactively so that I can better understand community needs and contribute to urban planning discussions.
Description: The Interactive Data Visualization requirement encompasses the development of user-friendly graphical interfaces that allow users to manipulate and visualize demographic data in real-time. It promotes deeper understanding by enabling users to filter, sort, and present the data in various formats such as charts, maps, and graphs. This requirement enhances user engagement and helps stakeholders better grasp community demographics and trends, promoting informed decision-making. By integrating with the existing data backend, it ensures real-time updates and accuracy, thereby fostering trust and transparency in urban planning processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User Interaction with the Interactive Data Visualization Interface

Given a user has accessed the Data Accessibility Portal, when they select the Interactive Data Visualization feature, then they should see an interface that allows them to filter data by demographics such as age, gender, and income level.

Real-Time Data Updates in the Visualization

Given the user has applied filters to the demographic data, when new data is added to the backend, then the visualization must update in real-time to reflect the most current data without requiring a page refresh.

Exporting Visualization Data

Given a user has customized a visualization, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download the data in various formats, including CSV, PDF, and image files, with all filters applied.

User-Friendly Formatting of Visualizations

Given the visualization is displayed, when the user selects different chart types (bar, line, map), then all visualizations should change appropriately and maintain clear labeling and legends for enhanced understanding.

Responsive Design for Various Devices

Given the Data Accessibility Portal is accessed on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when a user interacts with the Interactive Data Visualization feature, then all elements must resize and rearrange appropriately for optimal viewing on each device.

User Feedback Mechanism for Improvements

Given a user has interacted with the Interactive Data Visualization, when they provide feedback through the feedback form, then the system should record their feedback and present a thank you confirmation after submission.

Training and Help Resources Availability

Given a user is accessing the Interactive Data Visualization feature, when they look for assistance, then there should be easily accessible help resources, including tutorials, FAQs, and contact support options, available on the page.

User-Friendly Data Search

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to search for specific demographic data quickly so that I can efficiently access the information needed for my reports and meetings.
Description: The User-Friendly Data Search requirement aims to implement a robust search functionality that allows users to easily locate specific demographic datasets within the portal. This feature will support various filters such as location, age range, and income level, making data navigation intuitive and efficient. By enhancing the accessibility and usability of demographic data, it encourages users to explore the information they need, fostering a more informed community engagement process and improving user satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for demographic data using age range filter.

Given the user is on the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user inputs an age range in the search filter and clicks 'Search', then the system displays a list of demographic datasets that match the specified age range.

User attempts to search without applying any filters.

Given the user is on the Data Accessibility Portal without any filters applied, when the user clicks 'Search', then the system defaults to displaying all available demographic datasets.

User wants to refine their search with multiple filters applied.

Given the user has selected filters for location, age range, and income level, when the user clicks 'Search', then the system returns datasets that match all the selected filters appropriately.

User receives no results for a specific filter input.

Given the user has applied a filter that has no resulting datasets, when the user clicks 'Search', then the system displays a message indicating 'No data found for your criteria.'

User checks the responsiveness of the search feature on mobile.

Given the user is accessing the Data Accessibility Portal on a mobile device, when the user applies the demographic data search, then the system should return results within 3 seconds and maintain usability across screen sizes.

User accesses help feature to understand filtering options.

Given the user is on the search interface, when the user clicks on the 'Help' icon next to the filter options, then the system displays a tooltip or popup that explains how to use each filter effectively.

Data Download Capability

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to download demographic data so that I can conduct further analysis and share insights with my team.
Description: The Data Download Capability requirement involves creating a feature that allows users to download selected demographic datasets in various formats (e.g., CSV, PDF) for offline use. This functionality promotes data literacy and ensures that users can analyze and manipulate data according to their needs. It encourages users to engage with the data outside the portal, supporting community initiatives and enhancing collaborative efforts towards urban development.
Acceptance Criteria: User downloads a demographic dataset in CSV format through the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user is logged into the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user selects a demographic dataset and chooses the CSV format, then the dataset should download successfully to the user's device without errors.

User downloads a demographic dataset in PDF format through the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user is logged into the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user selects a demographic dataset and chooses the PDF format, then the dataset should download successfully to the user's device without errors.

User selects multiple datasets to download simultaneously from the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user is logged into the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user selects multiple demographic datasets and initiates the download, then the system should compile the datasets and provide a combined download link in the selected format.

User attempts to download a dataset without being logged into the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user is not logged into the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user attempts to download a demographic dataset, then the system should prompt the user to log in before allowing any downloads.

User receives a confirmation message after successfully downloading a dataset from the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user has successfully downloaded a dataset, when the download completes, then the user should receive a confirmation notification indicating the download was successful and the file is ready for use.

User encounters an error during the dataset download process from the Data Accessibility Portal.

Given the user is logged into the Data Accessibility Portal, when the user attempts to download a dataset but the download fails, then the system should display an error message explaining the issue and suggest possible solutions.

Real-Time Data Updates

User Story: As a city official, I want to access real-time demographic data so that I can make informed decisions and respond promptly to community needs.
Description: The Real-Time Data Updates requirement ensures that demographic data presented in the portal is continuously updated to reflect the latest information. This will involve integrating with external data sources and APIs to ensure that the data displayed is as current as possible, minimizing discrepancies. By providing users with up-to-date information, it enhances the credibility of the portal and supports timely decision-making for urban planners and community stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Data Accessibility Portal to check the demographic data on housing trends in their neighborhood.

Given the user is on the Data Accessibility Portal, when they request demographic data, then the system must display data that is less than 24 hours old and sourced from verified external APIs.

Community planners use the portal to evaluate the impact of new policies based on the latest demographic data.

Given the planners have accessed the portal, when they review the demographic data, then the data must reflect real-time updates that align with user queries, ensuring no discrepancies beyond 1 hour.

A local government official needs to present the most recent demographic data during a community meeting.

Given that the official is logged into the portal, when they retrieve the data, then the displayed information must include an update timestamp and represent the most current data available, reflecting updates made no more than 30 minutes prior.

Citizens utilize the portal to participate in surveys based on the latest demographic shifts in their community.

Given the citizen is using the platform, when they complete a survey, then the demographic data shown must have been updated in real-time, with no more than 30 minutes lag from the external data sources.

Stakeholders engage with the portal to discuss recent demographic trends affecting urban planning initiatives.

Given stakeholders are accessing the demographic visualizations, when they view reports, then the reports must be generated with data updated in the last 12 hours and reflect any relevant contextual changes noted in the external APIs.

Feedback Mechanism for Data Insights

User Story: As a community member, I want to give feedback on the demographic data I see so that my suggestions can help improve future data presentations.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism for Data Insights requirement allows users to provide feedback on the demographic data displayed, including insights, comments, and suggestions for improvement. This feature will create a two-way dialogue between users and urban planners, enhancing community input and involvement. It will help data curators understand user perceptions and areas of interest, driving improvements in data presentation and relevance over time.
Acceptance Criteria: User Submission of Feedback on Demographic Data Insights

Given a community member views the demographic data insights, when they click on the 'Provide Feedback' button and submit comments, then their feedback should be recorded and acknowledged with a confirmation message.

Feedback Visibility to Urban Planners

Given that feedback has been submitted, when urban planners access the Data Accessibility Portal, then they should be able to view all user feedback in a dedicated feedback section, categorized by demographic data insights.

User Interface for Feedback Submission

Given a user opens the feedback form, when they interact with the form's fields (comments, suggestions, ratings), then the form should be user-friendly, with required fields clearly marked and submission functionality working as intended.

Email Notifications for Urban Planners

Given that feedback has been submitted, when a user submits feedback through the Data Accessibility Portal, then urban planners should receive an automatic email notification containing the feedback details.

Analytics Dashboard for Feedback Trends

Given urban planners have access to compiled user feedback, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should see trends and analytics regarding the types of feedback received, displayed visually and sorted by date.

Feedback Acknowledgment and Follow-Up

Given a user submits feedback, when their feedback is recorded, then they should receive an acknowledgment email providing information on how their feedback will be used and an invitation to participate in future discussions.

Reporting Feedback Effectiveness

Given the feedback mechanism has been in use for three months, when a report is generated, then it should reflect quantifiable improvements in data presentation and user engagement metrics based on submitted feedback.

Accessible Mobile Version

User Story: As a community member, I want to access the data portal on my mobile device so that I can engage with local data anytime and anywhere.
Description: The Accessible Mobile Version requirement focuses on optimizing the Data Accessibility Portal for mobile devices, ensuring that users can access and interact with demographic data on smartphones and tablets. This requirement is crucial for reaching a broader audience, including those who primarily use mobile devices for internet access. By enhancing mobile usability and ensuring responsive design, the portal will better serve community members and stakeholders regardless of their device, fostering inclusivity in urban planning discussions.
Acceptance Criteria: As a community member using a smartphone, I want to navigate the Data Accessibility Portal so that I can easily access demographic data while on the go.

Given that I am accessing the platform from a smartphone, when I visit the Data Accessibility Portal, then the interface should be fully responsive and display without horizontal scrolling or overlapping elements.

As a stakeholder, I want to filter demographic data quickly on my tablet to analyze specific community insights relevant to my project.

Given that I am using the mobile version of the Data Accessibility Portal, when I select a demographic filter, then the data should update within three seconds and reflect the selected criteria accurately.

As a local government official, I want to view reports on mobile devices during a community meeting so that I can present data to community members directly.

Given that I am accessing the Data Accessibility Portal on a mobile device, when I open a data report, then the report should load with all visual elements intact and be interactive, allowing for zoom and pan functionalities.

As a community organizer, I want to share demographic data from the mobile version with fellow team members via social media or email.

Given that I am viewing demographic data on a mobile device, when I click the 'share' option, then I should have the ability to share the data via at least three social media platforms or email without loss of data integrity or visual representation.

As a resident, I want to easily understand the demographic data presented on my phone, ensuring that it is visually appealing and user-friendly.

Given that I am viewing demographic data on the Data Accessibility Portal, when I access the mobile version, then the data should be presented using clear graphs and charts with descriptive labels, ensuring a minimum contrast ratio for readability.

As a mobile user, I want to access the Data Accessibility Portal without requiring extensive loading times, enhancing my user experience.

Given that I am using a mobile device to access the portal, when I load the home page, then the average loading time should be less than 2 seconds across various mobile network conditions.

As a community member, I want to provide feedback on the demographic data display through the mobile interface to improve future iterations.

Given that I am viewing demographic data on the mobile version, when I access the feedback option, then I should be able to submit feedback easily without encountering errors, and receive a confirmation of submission within 5 seconds.

Comparative Analysis Tool

The Comparative Analysis Tool allows planners to compare demographic data across different neighborhoods or time frames using side-by-side heat maps and graphs. This feature helps urban planners identify areas of concern or opportunities for improvement, fostering targeted initiatives that address existing disparities and promote more equitable urban development.

Requirements

Interactive Heat Map Visualization

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to be able to visualize demographic data in interactive heat maps so that I can easily identify trends and make data-driven decisions about community needs.
Description: The Interactive Heat Map Visualization requirement ensures that users can view demographic data through interactive heat maps that allow for comprehensive analysis of different neighborhoods. By incorporating points of interest and overlays for different data categories, planners can intuitively navigate and interpret the data. This feature should support zooming, filtering, and real-time data updates, enhancing the user’s ability to make informed decisions based on the latest available data. The visualization plays a critical role in making demographic data accessible and understandable for urban planners, enabling them to identify key trends and patterns.
Acceptance Criteria: User is an urban planner who accesses the Interactive Heat Map Visualization tool to evaluate demographic trends in various neighborhoods during a city planning meeting.

Given the user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they access the Interactive Heat Map Visualization, then they should be able to view heat maps displaying real-time demographic data with options to zoom in on specific neighborhoods and filter by data categories such as age, income, and education level.

An urban planner needs to compare demographic data trends between two neighborhoods using the Interactive Heat Map Visualization during a presentation to local government stakeholders.

Given the planner selects two neighborhoods to compare, when the comparison is initiated, then the tool should display side-by-side heat maps with demographic overlays and trends from the past five years, allowing intuitive visualization of disparities and opportunities.

A city official wants to analyze the impact of a recent urban initiative by viewing updated demographic data in the Interactive Heat Map Visualization tool.

Given the city official requests updated data on the tool, when the request is made, then the tool should refresh the demographic heat maps with the latest available data reflecting any changes due to the initiative, within a maximum response time of 5 seconds.

During a community engagement event, planners utilize the Interactive Heat Map Visualization to gather feedback on proposed urban development projects based on demographic insights.

Given the planners are using the heat map during the event, when they overlay points of interest and invite community feedback, then the tool should allow users to click on neighborhoods to leave comments or suggestions that are recorded in real time.

An urban planner wants to save a customized view of the Interactive Heat Map for future reference.

Given the user has applied specific filters and zoom levels in the heat map, when they choose to save their view, then the system should prompt for a name and successfully store the view for easy retrieval later within the user’s dashboard.

A new user is learning how to navigate the Interactive Heat Map Visualization and needs guidance on using its features effectively.

Given the user accesses the tool for the first time, when they open the help section, then the system should provide a comprehensive tutorial including how to filter data, zoom, and interpret heat map overlays, which the user can access at any time.

Side-by-Side Comparison Feature

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to compare demographic data side-by-side so that I can easily identify and analyze disparities or changes between different neighborhoods over time.
Description: The Side-by-Side Comparison Feature allows users to juxtapose two or more datasets seamlessly, which is vital for identifying changes and disparities over time or between regions. This requirement includes the capacity to select different neighborhoods or time frames and display relevant metrics alongside each other for direct comparison. The feature is essential for urban planners to assess the effectiveness of initiatives, understand demographic shifts, and identify areas needing intervention. By quantifying differences, planners can form targeted strategies to address specific community needs efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner, I want to select two different neighborhoods to analyze demographic data side-by-side so that I can understand the differences in population characteristics and trends.

Given I have selected two neighborhoods, When I initiate the comparison, Then the system should display a side-by-side heat map and graphs of the demographic data for both neighborhoods without any errors.

As an urban planner, I want to compare datasets from different time frames so that I can identify trends in population changes over time.

Given I have selected two different time frames, When I initiate the comparison, Then the system should generate a comparative analysis with clearly marked metrics indicating changes over the selected time frames.

As an urban planner, I want to view specific metrics related to income, education, and employment across different neighborhoods to target interventions more effectively.

Given I select the metrics for income, education, and employment, When I perform the side-by-side analysis, Then the results should include relevant metrics displayed alongside each other for clear comparison.

As an urban planner, I want to easily switch between datasets for different neighborhoods and time frames to refine my analysis without losing data integrity.

Given I have multiple datasets loaded, When I toggle between various neighborhoods or time frames, Then the application should maintain data integrity and accurately refresh the displayed data without lag or errors.

As an urban planner, I need the ability to export the comparative analysis results in different formats, like PDF and Excel, for external reporting purposes.

Given I have completed the comparison, When I select the export option, Then the system should successfully convert the comparative analysis into both PDF and Excel formats without data loss.

As an urban planner, I want to receive visual alerts for significant disparities in the comparison results to prioritize areas needing immediate attention.

Given I have performed a comparison, When disparities beyond an acceptable threshold are detected, Then the system should highlight these areas with visual alerts or color-coding for quick identification.

Customizable Data Metrics

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to customize the demographic metrics displayed in the analysis so that I can focus on the data most relevant to my projects and initiatives.
Description: The Customizable Data Metrics requirement allows users to choose specific demographic variables to display when using the Comparative Analysis Tool. Planners should be able to select or deselect metrics such as income levels, age distribution, or educational attainment to tailor the analysis according to their objectives. This customization will enable a focused analysis that aligns with planners' needs, enhancing the relevance and utility of the insights derived from the data. Providing flexibility in data selection ensures that users can conduct meaningful analyses that inform urban development strategies effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners are conducting a comparative analysis of income levels across different neighborhoods to identify economic disparities for an upcoming development project.

Given that the user is on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they select income level as a variable and apply the filter, then the heat map should display income levels accurately for each neighborhood in side-by-side comparison.

A planner wants to analyze age distribution trends over the past five years to inform youth services in the community.

Given that the user is on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they choose age distribution for two different time frames, then the graphs should accurately reflect and compare the age distribution data for those time intervals.

A community organization needs to present an analysis of educational attainment levels to justify funding proposals for adult education programs.

Given that the user is on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they select educational attainment as a demographic metric, then the tool should generate a report with side-by-side graphs and heat maps that effectively communicate the education levels in selected neighborhoods.

An urban planner is tasked with assessing the impact of new housing projects on demographics, particularly focusing on racial and ethnic diversity.

Given that the user is on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they choose to add racial and ethnic demographics to their analysis, then the tool should allow users to select or deselect these metrics without any errors and show updated visualizations immediately.

A local government wants to evaluate an urban revitalization program's effectiveness based on income level changes over the last decade.

Given that the user is on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when they select income levels as a metric for analysis from year to year, then the tool should provide a clear comparative visual showing income level changes over the specified period without lag or data errors.

A facilitator at a community meeting is demonstrating how data can inform public policy decisions about transportation based on demographic changes in different regions.

Given that the facilitator is using the Comparative Analysis Tool during a live demonstration, when they select transportation metrics along with age demographics, then the tool should accurately showcase transportation accessibility issues in relation to age distribution in the selected areas during the presentation.

Exportable Reports

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to generate exportable reports from my analysis so that I can effectively share insights with stakeholders and facilitate collaborative decision-making.
Description: The Exportable Reports requirement will enable users to generate comprehensive reports based on the comparative analysis conducted using the tool. Users should be able to export data visualizations and metrics in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, CSV) for presentation and record-keeping purposes. This feature is crucial for urban planners to share insights with stakeholders, including local governments and community organizations, facilitating discussions and collaborative planning efforts. The ability to share findings efficiently increases transparency and encourages stakeholder engagement in the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a report for comparative analysis of two neighborhoods showing demographic changes over a five-year period.

Given the user has conducted a comparative analysis, when they select 'Generate Report', then the system exports the report in PDF format with all relevant visualizations and metrics included.

Urban planner needs to present findings on neighborhood disparities to local government stakeholders.

Given the user has completed the analysis, when they choose to export the report to CSV, then the system provides a downloadable CSV file containing structured data of the analysis results.

Community organization wants to share findings with residents via email.

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects 'Share via Email', then the report can be sent as an email attachment to multiple recipients without errors.

User wants to ensure that all report elements conform to specific branding guidelines.

Given the user has generated a report, when they review the PDF, then all headers, footers, and logos must match the established branding guidelines.

Urban planner needs to save a report but not send it immediately.

Given the user has finished generating a report, when they click 'Save for Later', then the system stores the report in the user's account for future access without loss of data.

Stakeholders wish to view the generated report collaboratively during a meeting.

Given the report is generated, when the user selects 'Generate Link', then the system provides a shareable link that allows read-only access to the report for designated stakeholders.

Real-Time Data Updates

User Story: As an urban planner, I want the comparative analysis tool to update data in real-time so that my analysis reflects the most current demographic information available.
Description: The Real-Time Data Updates feature ensures that the Comparative Analysis Tool reflects the most current demographic data available. This capability is essential for urban planners who need to respond to changing community dynamics promptly. The requirement includes integrating with external data sources to pull in updates automatically, ensuring that planners are working with the latest insights without manual intervention. This feature enhances the accuracy and relevance of analyses conducted by urban planners, empowering them to make informed decisions based on real-world data.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-Time Data Integration from External Sources

Given that the Comparative Analysis Tool is connected to the external demographic data source, when a new dataset is made available, then the tool should automatically update the displayed data within 5 minutes without manual intervention.

Verification of Data Accuracy

Given that the Comparative Analysis Tool displays updated demographic data, when an urban planner cross-references the data with the original source, then 95% or more of the data points must match to be considered accurate.

User Notification of Data Updates

Given that the demographic data has been updated in the Comparative Analysis Tool, when the update occurs, then all users currently accessing the tool should receive a notification of the data refresh within 30 seconds.

Historical Data Comparison Feature

Given that historical demographic data is available in the Comparative Analysis Tool, when a user selects a previous time frame, then the tool should accurately reflect the demographic changes with clear visualizations comparative to the current data.

User Feedback Collection for Data Updates

Given that real-time updates happen on the Comparative Analysis Tool, when data is updated, then a feedback form should be presented to users to evaluate the usability and relevance of the new data, with responses collected and analyzed weekly.

Performance Metrics for Data Loading

Given that the Comparative Analysis Tool is fetching real-time data, when a user accesses the tool, then the data should load and be displayed within 10 seconds to ensure a seamless user experience.

Data Visualization Customization Options

Given that the Comparative Analysis Tool shows demographic data on heat maps and graphs, when a user accesses the customization features, then they should be able to modify the colors, scales, and formats of the visualizations to suit their analytical needs.

User Access and Permissions Management

User Story: As a system administrator, I want to manage user access and permissions for the comparative analysis tool so that sensitive data is only available to authorized users while encouraging teamwork among planners and stakeholders.
Description: This requirement involves implementing user access and permissions management for the Comparative Analysis Tool to ensure that sensitive demographic data is only accessible to authorized personnel. By defining roles and permissions, the system will allow urban planners, local government officials, or community advocates to access information pertinent to their duties while safeguarding private information. This enhances both security and compliance with privacy regulations, enabling responsible use of demographic data while fostering collaboration among stakeholders in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: User Role Creation and Management

Given an admin user, When accessing the User Management section, Then I can create, edit, and delete user roles with specific permissions for accessing demographic data.

User Access Control Validation

Given a user with specific permissions, When attempting to access the Comparative Analysis Tool, Then I can only view the data that my permissions allow based on my assigned role.

Sensitive Data Protection

Given a user accessing sensitive demographic data, When the user does not possess the required permissions, Then the system should display an error message stating 'Access Denied' and prevent access to the data.

Audit Trail for User Actions

Given any user accessing the system, When a user performs any action related to data access or modification, Then the system logs all user actions with timestamps and user identifiers in an audit trail.

Role-Based Access Functionality

Given different user roles assigned, When a user with the 'planner' role accesses the Comparative Analysis Tool, Then I should see the data visualization tools available, whereas a 'guest' role will not have access to these tools.

Notification System for Permission Changes

Given changes made to user permissions, When these changes are saved, Then the system should notify affected users via email of their new access permissions and any changes to their roles.

Compliance with Privacy Regulations

Given sensitive demographic data being accessed, When data is being shared or modified, Then the system must ensure compliance with relevant privacy regulations and generate alerts for potential breaches.

Feedback Scheduler

Feedback Scheduler allows urban planners to set specific timelines for gathering community feedback on various project stages. By automating reminders and notifications, stakeholders will receive timely requests for input, ensuring that voices are heard consistently throughout the project lifecycle. This feature promotes accountability and enhances engagement by making it easy for residents to participate.

Requirements

Automated Reminder System

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to receive automated reminders for community feedback sessions so that I can ensure timely participation and avoid missing input from residents throughout the project phases.
Description: The Automated Reminder System is a key feature that enables the Feedback Scheduler to send automated reminders and notifications to community stakeholders at predetermined intervals. This requirement includes the capacity to customize reminder frequency according to project needs and stakeholder preferences. By implementing this feature, urban planners can ensure timely participation, significantly reducing the risk of missing vital community input throughout the project lifecycle. The system will support various communication channels, such as email and push notifications, making it accessible to all community members, thereby enhancing engagement and accountability.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated reminders are scheduled based on community feedback sessions planned by urban planners, ensuring stakeholders receive timely notifications before each session.

Given the Feedback Scheduler is set up with predefined feedback sessions, when the reminder time is reached, then an automated email notification should be sent to all stakeholders registered for the session.

Community stakeholders have different preferences for notification delivery (email vs. push notifications), and the system must accommodate these choices.

Given a stakeholder has selected their preferred notification method in their profile settings, when the reminder is triggered, then the system should send the reminder using the selected method of communication.

Urban planners need to customize the frequency and timing of reminders for different stages of a project to optimize stakeholder engagement.

Given an urban planner accesses the feedback session settings, when they customize the reminder frequency to daily, weekly, or bi-weekly, then the system should correctly store and apply these settings for subsequent reminders sent to stakeholders.

Stakeholders must receive reminders at the same time each day to enhance consistency and engagement across the community.

Given a reminder is scheduled for a particular time, when the time arrives, then the reminder notification must be sent to all stakeholders affected without delay.

Urban planners track the performance of automated reminders to determine their effectiveness in driving community participation.

Given that automated reminders have been sent, when planners review the response statistics, then they should be able to see how many stakeholders responded to the reminders and their participation rate.

The reminder system must support multiple languages to cater to diverse community demographics.

Given a stakeholder has selected their preferred language in their profile settings, when the reminder notification is sent, then the notification must be delivered in the selected language.

Community members should have the option to opt-out of receiving reminders if they choose to do so, in order to maintain user satisfaction and control.

Given a stakeholder wishes to opt-out of reminder notifications, when they update their notification preferences, then the system should ensure that no further reminders are sent to them.

Feedback Collection Interface

User Story: As a community member, I want an easy-to-use feedback interface so that I can share my opinions on urban projects effortlessly and ensure my voice is heard.
Description: The Feedback Collection Interface is designed to provide an intuitive and user-friendly platform for community members to submit their feedback on urban planning projects. This interface will allow users to input their opinions through various formats, including text, multiple-choice questions, and rating scales. It will also support accessibility features to ensure all community members can contribute, including those with disabilities. By streamlining the feedback collection process, this requirement aims to improve the quality and quantity of resident input, helping planners make better-informed decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback using text input on the Feedback Collection Interface.

Given a user accesses the feedback collection interface, when they fill in the text input field and submit, then their feedback should be recorded in the system without errors and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User responds to a multiple-choice question in the Feedback Collection Interface.

Given a user selects one of the options from a multiple-choice question and submits their response, then the selected option should be stored accurately in the database and reflect in the feedback summary dashboard.

User rates a project feature using a rating scale on the Feedback Collection Interface.

Given a user accesses the feedback collection interface, when they select a rating from the rating scale and submit it, then the rating should be recorded correctly and be available for review by urban planners.

User with disabilities accesses the Feedback Collection Interface using accessibility features.

Given a user with disabilities accesses the feedback collection interface using assistive technology, when they navigate the interface, then all elements should be reachable and usable, and the feedback submission process should be completed successfully without barriers.

System sends automated reminders for feedback submission deadlines.

Given a feedback submission deadline is approaching, when the system triggers automated reminders, then all registered stakeholders should receive a notification via email and/or in-app message prompting them to submit their feedback before the deadline.

User receives confirmation after submitting feedback.

Given a user submits feedback through the Feedback Collection Interface, then a confirmation message should display on the screen indicating that their feedback has been successfully submitted and is under review.

Feedback Analysis Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want an analysis dashboard that visualizes community feedback so that I can understand the main concerns and priorities of residents, leading to better decision-making in urban development.
Description: The Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide urban planners with a comprehensive overview of the feedback collected through the Feedback Scheduler. This requirement involves creating visualizations and analytics tools to help planners identify trends, summarize key opinions, and prioritize concerns raised by the residents. The dashboard will integrate with real-time data processing, offering insights that enable planners to make informed decisions and improve project outcomes. This tool will ensure that community voices are not only heard but actively shape project development and implementation.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners need to visualize feedback trends over different project stages to make informed decisions during planning meetings.

Given the feedback data collected, when the planner accesses the Feedback Analysis Dashboard, then the dashboard displays visualizations of trends and key opinions segmented by project stages.

Stakeholders require real-time data on community feedback to ensure timely responses and adjustments in project development.

Given the integration of real-time data processing, when the planner updates a project stage, then the dashboard refreshes within 5 seconds to reflect the latest feedback insights.

Urban planners want to summarize feedback to prioritize resident concerns efficiently.

Given a set of feedback data, when the planner selects the summary option, then the dashboard generates a concise report highlighting the top 5 concerns raised by residents along with corresponding data visualizations.

Community organizations need to access demographic data to understand who contributed to the feedback.

Given the feedback collected, when the planner views the demographic analytics tool, then it displays demographic breakdowns (age, location, interest) of the feedback providers in a visual format.

Urban planners are looking for an accessible format to share findings with team members.

Given the completed analysis, when the planner selects the export option, then the dashboard allows exporting the findings to a PDF or Excel file while preserving data visualizations and summaries.

Stakeholders must track engagement levels over time to gauge community involvement.

Given the feedback data, when viewing the engagement metrics section, then the dashboard shows historical trends of resident participation rates across various feedback channels (surveys, polls).

Urban planners need to ensure the dashboard meets usability standards for all stakeholders.

Given the usability testing phase, when stakeholders review the dashboard's interface, then they report a satisfaction rate of at least 85% for ease of use and clarity of information presented.

Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar

User Story: As a community member, I want access to a calendar of feedback events so that I can plan my participation and ensure I do not miss any opportunities to give my input.
Description: The Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar is essential for allowing stakeholders and community members to view and keep track of upcoming feedback collection events. This requirement will involve developing a calendar interface that lists all scheduled feedback sessions, deadlines for input, and other critical dates related to community engagement. By providing a centralized calendar, urban planners can enhance transparency and encourage community participation by making it easy for residents to access information about when and how to provide their input.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing the Upcoming Feedback Events

Given the user is an urban planner, when they access the Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar, then they should see a list of all upcoming feedback collection events, including dates, times, and locations.

Setting Up a New Feedback Event

Given the user has the required permissions, when they enter the details for a new feedback event in the calendar, then it should be saved correctly and displayed in the calendar interface immediately upon creation.

Receiving Notifications for Upcoming Events

Given a user has registered for notifications, when an upcoming feedback event is scheduled, then the user should receive an email reminder 48 hours prior to the event.

Accessing Event Details from Calendar

Given the user views a feedback event on the Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar, when they click on the event, then they should see detailed information including the purpose of the feedback event and how to participate.

Updating an Existing Feedback Event

Given the user is authorized to edit events, when they change the details of an existing feedback event, then the calendar should reflect these changes immediately and notify all registered participants of the updates.

Filtering Events by Type

Given the user is viewing the Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar, when they apply a filter for event types (e.g., public meeting, survey deadline), then only the events matching the selected criteria should be displayed.

Synchronizing the Calendar with Personal Calendars

Given a user wants to integrate the Scheduled Feedback Events Calendar with their personal calendar, when they select the synchronization option, then the calendar events should appear in their personal calendar application.

Integration with Social Media Platforms

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to post feedback reminders on social media so that I can reach a broader audience and increase community participation in urban planning activities.
Description: The Integration with Social Media Platforms requirement allows the Feedback Scheduler to post reminders and feedback requests on social media platforms, increasing outreach and community engagement. This feature will include the ability to share feedback deadlines and links to the feedback interface, ensuring that wider audiences are reached. By leveraging existing social media channels, urban planners can significantly enhance their communication efforts, thus attracting a more diverse range of input from community members.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Scheduler posts a reminder on social media two days before a feedback deadline for an urban planning project.

Given the project is scheduled, When the Feedback Scheduler triggers a reminder, Then a post is created on the connected social media platforms with the feedback deadline and a link to the feedback interface.

Community members receive notifications about new feedback requests via their preferred social media platforms.

Given a community member follows the project's social media page, When a new feedback request is made, Then they should receive a notification on their social media account.

Urban planners can customize the message content for social media posts prior to sending feedback requests.

Given the feedback request is ready, When the urban planner configures the message, Then the configured message should be displayed in the preview before posting to social media.

Feedback requests are posted on multiple social media platforms to maximize outreach to various community demographics.

Given the Feedback Scheduler is connected to multiple platforms, When a feedback request is scheduled, Then it should automatically post on all selected social media platforms.

Social media posts should provide analytics on engagement metrics like likes, shares, and comments after the feedback request goes live.

Given the feedback request post is published, When the time period for engagement metrics concludes, Then the platform should display the total likes, shares, and comments received on the feedback post.

Feedback Scheduler allows urban planners to schedule multiple feedback posts with varying content and deadlines.

Given multiple feedback sessions are planned, When the urban planner schedules these sessions, Then all scheduled posts should appear in the planning interface with their respective content and timings.

Feedback Status Tracking

User Story: As a community member, I want to track the status of my feedback submission so that I can understand how my input contributes to the urban planning process and feel engaged in the project's development.
Description: The Feedback Status Tracking feature will allow both urban planners and community members to track the status of their submitted feedback. This requirement involves creating a system that acknowledges receipt of feedback and provides updates on how that input is being considered in the planning process. By fostering transparency, this feature aims to build trust within the community and encourage ongoing participation, as residents can see the impact of their contributions to urban development decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: User feedback submission acknowledgment and status update retrieval.

Given a community member submits feedback, when the feedback is submitted successfully, then an acknowledgment message is displayed, and the feedback status can be checked within the 'My Feedback' section, showing the current tracking status.

Planners reviewing feedback and sending updates to the community.

Given urban planners access the feedback submission dashboard, when they review community feedback, then they can update the feedback status to 'Under Review', 'In Progress', or 'Resolved', which should reflect in real-time for the community and notify users accordingly.

Community members receive notifications on feedback status changes.

Given a community member has submitted feedback, when an update on the feedback status occurs, then the member receives an email notification detailing the changes and any actions taken based on their input.

Tracking feedback impact on ongoing projects.

Given community members are tracking their feedback statuses, when they view the project updates, then they should see how their feedback has influenced decision-making or project adjustments.

Feedback status is easily accessible and user-friendly.

Given a user accesses the Feedback Status Tracking feature, when navigating through the interface, then the user should find the feedback status section clearly labeled and easy to use, ensuring a seamless experience.

Feedback submission requires authentication for accountability.

Given a user attempts to submit feedback, when they are not logged in, then they receive a prompt to log in or create an account before being able to submit their feedback to ensure accountability.

Adaptive Survey Builder

Adaptive Survey Builder offers users a dynamic tool to create customized surveys that evolve based on prior feedback. This feature allows planners to address emerging community concerns and ensure that surveys remain relevant and impactful. By capturing nuanced sentiments, urban planners can make informed decisions that reflect the current needs of the community.

Requirements

Dynamic Question Logic

User Story: As a urban planner, I want to create surveys that adapt based on user responses so that I can gather more relevant data that reflects current community concerns.
Description: The Dynamic Question Logic requirement enables users to create surveys that adapt in real time based on previous responses. By integrating conditional logic, the survey flow can change depending on how respondents answer earlier questions. This flexibility allows urban planners to ask the most pertinent questions related to the context of the user’s previous inputs, thereby capturing deeper insights and more relevant data regarding community sentiments. This feature significantly enhances the survey's relevance and effectiveness, leading to richer data collection and improved decision-making aligned with community needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Survey with Conditional Logic for Specific Demographic Questions

Given a survey with demographic questions, when a respondent selects their age group, then only age-relevant follow-up questions should appear based on their answer.

Real-Time Adaptation Based on Prior Responses

Given a respondent answers a question about community issues, when they select an option indicating a high concern, then the next question should delve deeper into that specific issue.

Complete Flow of Dynamic Questions Based on Feedback

Given a survey is taken by a respondent, when they provide feedback that indicates satisfaction, then the subsequent questions should focus on what aspects they were satisfied with, ensuring relevance and depth.

Erasing Unnecessary Questions Dynamically

Given a user is taking the survey, when they answer a question indicating they have no experience with a particular service, then questions related to that service should be removed from the flow.

Testing User Experience with Adaptive Logic

Given a complete survey process is executed with at least five respondents, when the surveys are analyzed, then the data should show that the adaptive logic improved response completion rates compared to static surveys.

Feedback Loop for Continual Improvement of Questions

Given the survey results are analyzed, when feedback suggests lack of clarity or relevance for certain questions, then those questions must be updated or replaced in the next survey iteration.

Integration of AI for Adaptive Question Selection

Given the integration of AI within the survey builder, when a respondent's previous data triggers a logic path, then questions should adapt based on not just their answers but also analyzed trends from similar demographics.

Real-Time Data Processing

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to see survey results in real time so that I can quickly respond to emerging community issues and adjust my plans accordingly.
Description: The Real-Time Data Processing requirement ensures that responses to surveys are analyzed and visualized immediately as they are collected. This feature integrates advanced analytics to provide instant feedback, including trends and patterns emerging from responses, allowing urban planners to adjust their strategies dynamically according to current data. With instant reporting, planners can identify urgent community concerns promptly and engage with residents more effectively, improving overall project responsiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-Time Survey Response Analysis during Community Town Hall Meeting

Given a live Town Hall meeting is ongoing, when community members submit survey responses, then the system should display real-time analytics in a visual format that updates within 30 seconds of new responses being received.

Monitoring Emerging Trends from Survey Responses

Given that survey responses have begun to accumulate over a specified time frame, when the planner requests an analysis report, then the system should generate a report identifying at least three key trends or patterns observed in the responses within one minute.

Immediate Feedback Mechanism for Urban Planners

Given that survey responses are being collected, when 100 responses have been received, then the urban planner should have access to an interactive dashboard showing live data visualizations of response statistics (e.g., ratings, sentiment) without any delay.

Dynamic Adjustments to Survey Questions Based on Responses

Given the initial survey questions are deployed, when community members respond to the survey, then the system should automatically adapt subsequent questions within 60 seconds based on the feedback received, ensuring relevance to the current sentiment.

Identifying Urgent Community Concerns in Real-Time

Given ongoing survey responses, when a significant spike in negative feedback is observed, then the system should alert urban planners within 5 minutes, enabling immediate engagement with the community.

Multi-Channel Distribution

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to share surveys on multiple platforms so that I can reach a wider audience and gather diverse feedback from the community.
Description: The Multi-Channel Distribution requirement facilitates the sharing of surveys across various platforms including social media, email, and community websites. By enabling planners to distribute surveys through multiple channels, the feature enhances outreach and participation rates, ensuring diverse community voices are heard. This connectivity broadens the reach of each survey, allowing for comprehensive data collection that represents varied demographics and opinions, significantly impacting urban planning decisions.
Acceptance Criteria: Sharing surveys via email to engage local community members.

Given the user has created a survey, when the user selects the email distribution channel, then the survey should be sent to all specified email addresses and track delivery status.

Distributing surveys through social media platforms to increase visibility.

Given the user selects the social media channel for distribution, when the user shares the survey, then it should be successfully posted on the chosen platforms, and any engagement metrics should be recorded.

Collecting surveys through community websites for broader accessibility.

Given the user has set up a survey for the community website, when the survey link is posted on the website, then it should be accessible to all visitors, and responses should be collected accurately without errors.

Tracking the demographic data of respondents across channels to ensure diverse representation.

Given the user has responded to a survey sent via a chosen channel, when the user submits their survey, then the system must accurately capture and store demographic information for analysis.

Generating reports on survey distribution effectiveness across different channels.

Given multiple surveys have been distributed through various channels, when the user requests a report, then the system should provide detailed insights on response rates, engagement levels, and demographic reach for each channel.

Ensuring surveys are mobile-friendly for users accessing via mobile devices.

Given the user accesses a survey link from a mobile device, when the user opens the survey, then it should display correctly on mobile devices with functional response options.

Allowing users to provide feedback on the survey distribution methods used.

Given a survey is completed, when the user submits the survey, then they should have the option to provide feedback on their experience with the distribution method, which should be effectively recorded for future analysis.

Custom Reporting Templates

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to create custom reports from survey data so that I can present findings to stakeholders in a clear and impactful way.
Description: The Custom Reporting Templates requirement provides users with the ability to design and generate tailored reports based on survey responses. This feature allows urban planners to create visually appealing and comprehensive reports that present findings in a clear manner, highlighting key insights, trends, and issues identified from the data. Customizable templates can align reports with the project needs, ensuring effective communication with stakeholders and facilitating better decision-making processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a custom report template to visualize data from a recent community survey.

Given a user has access to the Custom Reporting Templates feature, when they select 'Create New Template', then they should be able to choose from pre-defined layout options, add text fields, and insert visual data representations (charts, graphs) based on survey data.

User generates a report using a custom template they've designed earlier.

Given a user has designed a custom report template, when they select the template and input the desired survey responses, then the report should generate in PDF format, accurately reflecting the specified layout and including all requested data visualizations.

User modifies an existing custom reporting template to better suit a new project’s branding guidelines.

Given a user has an existing custom report template, when they access the 'Edit Template' function, then they should be able to change color schemes, add project logos, and alter textual elements seamlessly.

User shares a custom report with stakeholders through the platform.

Given a user has successfully generated a report in the Custom Reporting Templates feature, when they select 'Share', then the report should be sent via email to specified recipients, with an option to include additional notes and project context.

User reviews the analytics of custom reports after distribution.

Given a user has sent out a custom report, when they access the reporting feature, then they should see a dashboard displaying metrics such as open rates, downloads, and feedback received on the report.

User attempts to create a custom report template without sufficient survey data available.

Given a user attempts to create a custom report template, when there are no survey responses to draw from, then the system should display an error message indicating that survey data is required to generate the report.

User utilizes the templates for generating multiple reports from different surveys.

Given the user has multiple surveys processed, when they select various templates and generate reports, then each report should reflect the unique data from each survey and adhere to the selected customized template for that specific survey.

Demographic Segmentation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to segment survey responses by demographic data so that I can better understand and address the specific needs of different community groups.
Description: The Demographic Segmentation requirement allows users to segment survey data based on demographic attributes such as age, gender, income level, and location. This feature enables urban planners to analyze how different groups respond to community questions, ensuring that planning efforts are equitable and inclusive. By understanding the diverse needs of various demographic segments, planners can tailor initiatives that directly address the unique concerns of different community groups.
Acceptance Criteria: User segments based on demographic attributes

Given a user accesses the Adaptive Survey Builder, when they set demographic segmentation options (age, gender, income, location), then the survey data should reflect the selected segments accurately.

Review of demographic responses

Given demographic segments are created, when a user analyzes survey results, then the displayed results should differentiate responses by the selected demographic attributes.

Generate reports for each demographic segment

Given the demographic segmentation is applied, when the user requests a report, then the report should include insights and analytics for each demographic group within the segment.

Modify survey based on demographic feedback

Given initial survey responses, when the user modifies the survey to target specific demographics, then the updated survey should only reach the selected demographic groups.

Real-time updates of demographic data

Given that demographic data changes, when a user views their survey data, then the displayed demographics should reflect those changes in real-time.

Validation of demographic attribute selection

Given a user attempts to create or modify a demographic segment, when they select attributes, then they should only be allowed to select valid existing attributes without errors.

User feedback on demographic relevance

Given a completed survey, when a user provides feedback on the relevance of demographic segments, then the system should capture the feedback and present it in the analytics dashboard.

Engagement Analytics Dashboard

Engagement Analytics Dashboard provides planners with comprehensive insights into community participation metrics, feedback trends, and response rates. This feature delivers visual analytics that help stakeholders understand how effectively they’re engaging with their community. By identifying strengths and areas for improvement, planners can refine their engagement strategies and enhance project alignment with community expectations.

Requirements

Real-Time Data Visualization

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to view real-time visual analytics of community engagement data so that I can quickly assess participation trends and make data-driven decisions to improve our outreach efforts.
Description: The Real-Time Data Visualization requirement involves creating interactive charts and graphs within the Engagement Analytics Dashboard. These visual representations will showcase community participation metrics, feedback trends, and response rates in real-time, allowing planners to quickly comprehend engagement levels. This feature integrates seamlessly with existing data collection tools, aggregating information and presenting it in an easily interpretable format. By offering instant insights, planners can make informed decisions on-the-fly, adjust engagement strategies promptly, and increase overall project effectiveness addressing community expectations and fostering collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: The planner accesses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard after a community event to evaluate participation and feedback levels.

Given that the planner has access to the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, When they view the dashboard after a community event, Then they should see real-time visualizations of community participation metrics such as the number of attendees and feedback scores displayed in interactive charts and graphs.

The planner adjusts engagement strategies based on feedback trends observed in the Engagement Analytics Dashboard.

Given that the planner has identified feedback trends in the dashboard, When they make adjustments to their engagement strategy, Then the changes should be reflected in the dashboard's metrics in real-time to facilitate ongoing analysis.

The planner reviews response rates from different demographic segments on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to ensure inclusivity.

Given that the planner is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, When they filter the response rates by demographic segments, Then they should see distinct metrics for each demographic category visualized clearly, allowing for effective comparison.

The planner exports real-time data visualizations from the Engagement Analytics Dashboard for presentation to stakeholders.

Given that the planner has accessed the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, When they select the export option, Then they should be able to download the current visualizations as a PDF or image format without data loss or distortion.

The planner wants to identify areas for improvement based on the analytics provided in the dashboard.

Given that the planner views the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, When they analyze the visual reports, Then they should be able to identify at least three specific metrics that indicate strengths and weaknesses in community engagement.

The planner assesses the improvements in community engagement after implementing changes based on previous analytics.

Given that the planner has adjusted their engagement strategy based on prior analytics, When they view the updated metrics in the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, Then they should observe an increase in participation rates compared to previous analytics periods.

Feedback Trend Analysis

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to analyze feedback trends collected over time so that I can understand community sentiments and adjust our engagement strategies accordingly.
Description: The Feedback Trend Analysis requirement focuses on developing algorithms that identify and analyze trends in the feedback collected from community engagement initiatives. By applying natural language processing (NLP) and sentiment analysis techniques, this feature will categorize feedback over time, revealing shifts in community sentiment and priorities. The insights garnered from this requirement will assist planners in recognizing patterns in community concerns and successes, facilitating adjustments to strategies and project goals. It empowers stakeholders by providing clarity on community voices, ensuring that concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to view feedback trends from a recent community poll.

Given that the user is logged into the dashboard, when they select the 'Feedback Trend Analysis' module, then they should see visual representations of feedback trends over the last 30 days, including positive, neutral, and negative sentiments.

Planners need to evaluate the effectiveness of engagement strategies based on historical feedback data.

Given that the feedback data is collected and processed, when a planner initiates a trend analysis report, then the system generates a report that highlights at least three key trends in community feedback along with corresponding sentiment scores.

A user wants to identify shifts in community sentiment regarding a specific urban development project over the past quarter.

Given the user has selected a specific project, when they apply filters for the last three months in the analysis tool, then the system should present clear insights showing any significant sentiment shifts along with relevant feedback samples.

Stakeholders are conducting a meeting to discuss community engagement and feedback improvements.

Given that feedback trends have been analyzed, when stakeholders present the findings, then there should be visuals that pinpoint strengths and weaknesses in community engagement strategies over the past 3 months.

A planner wants to receive immediate insights on critical community concerns raised in the latest feedback.

Given that feedback is collected in real time, when the planner retrieves the latest analysis, then the system should flag any urgent concerns along with a sentiment rating to facilitate immediate action.

Customizable Reporting Tools

User Story: As a community organization leader, I want to create customizable reports on community engagement metrics so that I can present tailored insights to our stakeholders during planning meetings.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Tools requirement aims to provide users with flexibility in generating reports from the Engagement Analytics Dashboard. Users will be able to select key metrics, visual layouts, and time frames, allowing for tailored insights that meet specific stakeholder needs. This capability enhances the user experience by enabling planners to create high-impact presentations for meetings and funding proposals, effectively communicating engagement results. The integration of these reporting tools with existing platforms ensures that data is consistently aligned and easily exported for external use.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to customize the report layout to present engagement analytics in a client meeting.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select 'Customize Report' and choose the preferred layout options, then the report should reflect the selected layout.

User needs to filter engagement metrics by date ranges for a quarterly review.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they set a date range filter and generate a report, then the report should only include data within the specified date range.

User wants to export the customized engagement report for an external presentation.

Given the user has customized the report, when they click on the 'Export' button, then the report should be downloadable in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel).

User seeks to analyze community participation metrics for specific demographics.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select specific demographic filters, then the analytics displayed should update to reflect only the participation metrics of the selected demographics.

User aims to save their customized reporting settings for future use.

Given the user has customized their report, when they click on 'Save Settings', then the customized settings should be stored and available for future reports.

User wants to visualize feedback trends over multiple time frames.

Given the user selects multiple time frame options for feedback metrics, when they generate the report, then the visual representation should accurately reflect feedback trends across the selected time frames.

User requires insights into the response rates of different engagement methods.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select response rate metrics, then the report should display a breakdown of response rates by engagement method (surveys, polls, etc.).

Automated Alerts System

User Story: As a planner, I want to receive automated alerts when significant changes in community engagement metrics occur so that I can respond quickly and adapt our strategies as needed.
Description: The Automated Alerts System requirement involves setting up notifications for planners based on specific engagement criteria, such as drops in response rates or emerging feedback trends that require immediate attention. This proactive feature aims to heighten awareness and enable timely adjustments to engagement strategies, ensuring planners remain responsive to community needs. By automating the monitoring process, planners can focus on higher-level analysis and action, maximizing the platform's potential to drive community-centric decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Alert on Drop in Engagement Response Rates

Given that the engagement analytics dashboard tracks response rates, When there is a drop in response rates below a predefined threshold, Then an automated alert should be sent to the planners notifying them of the decrease.

Automated Notification for Emerging Feedback Trends

Given that the system analyzes feedback submissions, When a new feedback trend is identified that indicates a significant shift in community sentiment, Then an automated notification must be generated and sent to relevant planners for further action.

Alert Customization for Engagement Thresholds

Given that planners have specific engagement thresholds they wish to monitor, When they set custom thresholds in the system, Then the system should allow planners to receive tailored automated alerts based on these customized thresholds.

Frequency of Automated Alerts

Given that frequent alerts can lead to notification fatigue, When planners configure the alert frequency settings, Then the system should respect these settings and notify planners at the chosen intervals (e.g., daily, weekly).

Response Validation for Alerts

Given that alerts may generate actions from planners, When an alert is triggered, Then the system should allow planners to mark the alert as acknowledged and provide feedback on whether the alert was useful.

Integration of Alerts into Planner Workspaces

Given that planners may use various tools for project management, When alerts are triggered, Then the system should ensure that alerts can be integrated into planner's existing workspaces or tools (e.g., email, project management software).

Historical Alert Metrics Review

Given that planners may want to assess the effectiveness of the alert system over time, When they request a review of historical alert metrics, Then the dashboard should provide metrics on alert frequency, response rates, and actions taken post-alert.

Mobile Accessibility for Dashboard

User Story: As a planner on the go, I want to access the Engagement Analytics Dashboard on my mobile device so that I can stay informed about community engagement metrics wherever I am.
Description: The Mobile Accessibility for Dashboard requirement entails optimizing the Engagement Analytics Dashboard for mobile devices, ensuring all functionalities are available and intuitive on smartphones and tablets. This feature aims to enhance accessibility for users who are frequently in the field or away from their desks, allowing them to access critical engagement data anytime, anywhere. By facilitating mobile access, the dashboard will promote a higher frequency of interaction with community metrics, ultimately improving responsiveness and decision-making efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User is a city planner using the Engagement Analytics Dashboard on their smartphone while attending a community meeting to review engagement metrics.

Given the user has internet access, when they open the Engagement Analytics Dashboard on their smartphone, then all metrics and visuals should display correctly without any distortion or loss of functionality.

A planner is on-site at a community event and needs to analyze real-time feedback via the Engagement Analytics Dashboard on a tablet.

Given the user is working on a tablet, when they navigate to the feedback section of the dashboard, then the feedback trends and metrics must load within 3 seconds with full interactivity enabled.

A mobile user accesses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to export community engagement reports while traveling.

Given the mobile user is logged in, when they select the export function for community engagement reports, then a downloadable report in PDF format should be generated without errors or data omissions.

The planner uses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to view response rates during a transportation planning session on a smartphone.

Given the user is reviewing response rates on their smartphone, when they swipe through different visualizations, then all transitions should be smooth with no lag or freezing.

A local government officer accesses the dashboard from a smartphone to check engagement metrics while commuting.

Given the officer is on their way to a meeting, when the dashboard is accessed, then all key metrics should be clearly visible and legible without the need to zoom in or out significantly.

During a mobile demonstration, a community organization representative uses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to showcase community participation metrics.

Given the representative is using a smartphone, when they present the dashboard metrics, then the presentation mode should be available and should highlight key metrics effectively without any overlays or visual interruptions.

Continuous Improvement Plans

Continuous Improvement Plans empower urban planners to develop action items based on feedback received throughout the project lifecycle. This feature ensures that community input is not just collected but actively integrated into decision-making processes. By creating a transparent feedback loop, residents can see how their voices shape the project's direction, fostering trust and collaboration.

Requirements

Feedback Collection Interface

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to create customizable surveys to collect community feedback so that I can make informed decisions that reflect the residents' needs and preferences.
Description: The Feedback Collection Interface enables urban planners to create customizable surveys and polls that facilitate community engagement throughout the project lifecycle. This requirement is essential for allowing community members to provide input on various aspects of urban planning decisions. The interface will support multiple question formats, including multiple choice, ranking, and open-ended responses, ensuring flexibility in how feedback is gathered. Additionally, it will integrate with real-time analytics tools to track responses and gauge community sentiment, helping planners identify trends and make data-driven decisions. The outcome is a user-friendly platform that maximizes community participation and enhances the quality of feedback received.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Collection Interface for Creating Surveys

Given an urban planner accesses the Feedback Collection Interface, when they create a survey with at least three different question types, then the survey must be saved successfully and available for distribution.

Real-Time Analytics Integration

Given a community member submits feedback through a poll, when the feedback is stored, then the real-time analytics dashboard must reflect the new responses within 5 minutes and display updated sentiment analysis.

Customizable Survey Template

Given an urban planner opens the Feedback Collection Interface, when they choose a customizable survey template, then the template should provide at least five pre-designed question formats and allow for modifications of question text.

Multiple Question Formats Support

Given an urban planner is creating a poll, when they select question types, then they must be able to choose from multiple choice, ranking, and open-ended formats, ensuring at least one of each type can be included in a single survey.

User-Friendly Interface for Feedback Submission

Given a community member accesses the Feedback Collection Interface, when they are presented with a survey, then they should be able to submit their feedback within 3 minutes, showing clear navigation and progress indicators throughout the process.

Feedback Confirmation and Transparency

Given a community member submits their feedback, when the process is complete, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their input has been received and information on how their feedback will influence the project.

Feedback Collection User Access Management

Given the Feedback Collection Interface is in use, when an urban planner sets permissions, then they should be able to restrict or grant access to edit surveys for specific stakeholders or community members, with changes logged for transparency.

Real-time Feedback Analytics

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access real-time analytics of community feedback so that I can quickly adjust project plans based on the latest insights.
Description: Real-time Feedback Analytics provides immediate insights into the data collected through community feedback mechanisms. This requirement is vital for urban planners to quickly analyze and interpret the responses gathered from surveys and polls. By utilizing advanced data visualization tools, planners can easily identify patterns, trends, and areas of concern within community feedback. The analytics dashboard will feature customizable reports and graphics that present data in a digestible format, enabling planners to share insights with stakeholders and incorporate this information into ongoing project adjustments swiftly. This feature ensures that community input is not just collected but also acted upon, fostering a responsive planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners want to quickly assess community feedback received from a recent survey regarding a new park development initiative. They need to access the Real-time Feedback Analytics dashboard to identify prevailing sentiments and areas of concern based on the survey results.

Given a completed survey has been collected, when the urban planner accesses the Real-time Feedback Analytics dashboard, then they should see visual representations (charts/graphs) of community feedback, showing at least three key metrics: overall satisfaction, major concerns, and suggestions.

A series of community polls has been conducted regarding transportation improvements in the area. Urban planners need to generate a report summarizing the key findings. They will use the customizable reports feature in the Real-time Feedback Analytics tool to create this report efficiently.

Given that multiple polls have been conducted, when the urban planner selects the 'Generate Report' option, then they should receive a comprehensive PDF report that includes key findings, trends over time, and demographic breakdowns of the responses.

Residents are participating in feedback sessions about a housing development project. Urban planners want to track and display feedback trends in real-time during the session to foster transparency.

Given that feedback sessions are ongoing, when a resident submits feedback via the platform, then the feedback should be displayed live on the Real-time Feedback Analytics dashboard, updating within 5 seconds to reflect the most recent input.

After receiving feedback through various channels, urban planners want to categorize and prioritize community input to guide their action items effectively using the Real-time Feedback Analytics tool.

Given that feedback inputs are aggregated, when the urban planner accesses the categorization feature, then they should be able to see feedback sorted into at least four categories: High Priority, Medium Priority, Low Priority, and Suggestions, and be able to filter these results.

Community organizations want to share insights gathered from feedback analytics with their members in a community meeting. They need to ensure that the data is presented in an easily digestible format to facilitate discussion.

Given that the Real-time Feedback Analytics has been accessed, when the community organization selects the 'Export to Presentation' feature, then they should be able to create a presentation that includes key insights in bullet points and visual aids suitable for community meetings.

Various community stakeholders are interested in evaluating the effectiveness of the feedback mechanisms used in a recent urban planning survey. They want to assess if the analytics provided actionable insights leading to decisions.

Given that feedback mechanisms have been implemented, when stakeholders access the 'Effectiveness Review' section of the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics that demonstrate at least a 30% improvement in project adjustments based on community feedback within the last quarter.

Action Item Generation Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to have an automated system that generates action items from community feedback so that I can efficiently implement changes based on resident input.
Description: The Action Item Generation Tool will automatically turn community feedback into actionable items for urban planners. This requirement is crucial for ensuring that all received input is utilized effectively. By analyzing the feedback data, the tool will categorize responses into specific themes or topics and recommend clear action items. Planners can then review, modify, and prioritize these action items before implementation. This streamlining of the feedback-to-action process enhances time efficiency and promotes a structured approach to addressing community concerns and suggestions. The expected outcome is a systematic method for integrating community voices into actionable planning steps.
Acceptance Criteria: Action Item Generation based on Community Feedback Submission

Given that a user has submitted community feedback, when the Action Item Generation Tool processes the feedback, then it must categorize responses into at least three distinct themes.

Reviewing Action Items Generated from Feedback

Given that the Action Item Generation Tool has categorized feedback, when an urban planner accesses the generated action items, then they should be able to see a list of actionable items prioritized by relevance and urgency.

Modification and Approval of Action Items by Urban Planners

Given that action items have been generated, when an urban planner modifies any action item, then the tool must allow saving of changes and reflect the updated action item in real-time.

Feedback Loop Transparency for Residents

Given that action items have been approved by urban planners, when a community member accesses the feedback platform, then they should be able to see the status of their suggestions and any corresponding action items generated from their input.

Performance Metrics of Action Item Generation Tool

Given that multiple feedback submissions have been processed, when the Action Item Generation Tool generates action items, then it must report metrics showing the number of feedback submissions processed and the percentage converted into actionable items.

Integration with Real-time Analytics Dashboard

Given that action items are generated from community feedback, when an urban planner views the real-time analytics dashboard, then they should see updated analytics reflecting the impact and status of the generated action items.

Categorization Accuracy of Feedback

Given that community feedback is entered into the system, when the Action Item Generation Tool categorizes this feedback, then it must achieve at least 85% accuracy in categorizing feedback into predefined themes.

Transparent Feedback Loop

User Story: As a community member, I want to see how my feedback has influenced project decisions so that I feel valued and encouraged to contribute further.
Description: The Transparent Feedback Loop feature will provide a platform for communicating to residents how their feedback has shaped project decisions. This requirement is pivotal in building trust and fostering engagement between urban planners and the community. It will include updates, reports, and visualizations showcasing changes made in response to community input. This transparency will encourage ongoing participation and demonstrate the importance of resident voices in the planning process. By keeping the community informed and involved, this feature strengthens the collaborative nature of urban planning and enhances public satisfaction with the processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Residents access the Transparent Feedback Loop tool via the CommuniPlan platform after a community survey is conducted, allowing them to view how their feedback has influenced project decisions in real-time.

Given the resident has accessed the Transparent Feedback Loop tool, when they enter their unique identifier, then they should see a summary of their submitted feedback, along with an explanation of how it was addressed in the project.

Urban planners review the analytics dashboard that aggregates feedback trends from the community after several weeks of engagement and surveys, allowing them to see the most impactful feedback items.

Given the urban planner logs into the analytics dashboard, when they filter by feedback category, then the planner should see a visualization showing the number of feedback items received and their corresponding actions taken.

At a community meeting, urban planners present how the feedback loop has worked over the project lifecycle, sharing documented changes made based on community input to encourage further participation.

Given the urban planners are at the community meeting, when they display the feedback loop report, then the attendees should see clear documentation of changes made and the dates of community feedback submission associated with each change.

A community member receives a notification via email about the updates to the project based on their feedback, ensuring they feel valued and informed throughout the process.

Given the community member has opted in for notifications, when project updates that include their feedback are published, then they should receive an email summarizing the updates and the feedback incorporated.

Urban planners seek feedback from the community on proposed changes documented in the feedback loop before finalizing project decisions, thus maintaining transparency and collaboration.

Given a proposed change is documented in the feedback loop, when a feedback request is sent to the community, then at least 50% of the respondents should indicate they feel the proposed change accurately reflects their input.

Community organizations access the Transparent Feedback Loop to retrieve data for their own reporting and outreach efforts to demonstrate community engagement in urban planning.

Given a community organization requests access to the Transparent Feedback Loop, when they log in, then they should be able to download a report detailing community engagement statistics and project updates.

Integration with Demographic Targeting

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to utilize demographic data to engage specific community groups so that I can ensure inclusive feedback and representation in my projects.
Description: Integration with Demographic Targeting enables urban planners to tailor their community engagement efforts based on demographic data. This requirement will allow planners to create specific survey groups, ensuring inclusive participation from diverse community segments. By analyzing demographic information, planners can identify underrepresented groups and engage them effectively to gather a holistic view of community needs. The integration will support targeted communication strategies, ensuring that feedback represents the entire population. This not only enhances the quality of feedback but also aligns urban planning projects with the needs of a broader community base.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners create and manage survey groups based on demographic data to ensure inclusive community engagement and representation.

Given demographic data is available, When a planner creates a survey group, Then the system should allow the planner to filter and select demographic segments accurately.

Urban planners analyze survey responses categorized by demographic segments to assess engagement and representation of underrepresented groups in feedback.

Given survey responses are collected, When the planner analyzes the data, Then the system should display the number of responses from each demographic segment and highlight any underrepresented groups.

Residents receive targeted communication regarding surveys and polls that are relevant to their demographic segment to encourage participation.

Given the demographic targeting is set up, When a survey is launched, Then residents within the selected demographic should receive notifications via their preferred communication channel.

Urban planners review feedback to ensure it is comprehensive and reflective of the entire community's needs based on demographic insights.

Given the feedback is collected, When planners assess the feedback, Then they should be able to see visual analytics showing representation from various demographic segments in the feedback received.

Adjustments to the planning process are made based on demographic analysis of feedback to better align with community needs.

Given that demographic feedback analysis is completed, When planners make adjustments to the action items, Then the new plan should reflect changes addressing the concerns and needs of underrepresented groups.

Stakeholders can access the results of demographic-targeted surveys in real-time for immediate review and decision-making.

Given surveys are completed, When the stakeholders access the analytics dashboard, Then they should see real-time data visualizations of demographic-targeted survey results.

Urban planners can document and communicate how community feedback has influenced project decisions in a transparent manner.

Given that feedback has been integrated, When planners prepare a project report, Then they must include a summary of community input and how it shaped the project outcomes.

Pulse Check Notifications

Pulse Check Notifications send short surveys at regular intervals to gauge community sentiment, offering quick snapshots of opinion changes over time. This feature helps planners stay attuned to shifts in public perception and sentiment, allowing for timely adjustments to projects. By keeping the conversation ongoing, residents feel valued and engaged in the urban planning process.

Requirements

Survey Scheduling Engine

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to automate the scheduling and distribution of pulse check surveys so that I can gather community sentiments efficiently and keep residents engaged without overwhelming them.
Description: The Survey Scheduling Engine automates the distribution of short surveys at predetermined intervals to the community. It integrates with the existing Pulse Check Notifications feature and utilizes user demographic data to ensure that surveys are sent to a diverse segment of the community. This capability will facilitate timely feedback collection while minimizing the manual workload on planners. By analyzing survey response timings and personalizing outreach based on community engagement metrics, the engine enhances resident participation and ensures equitable voice representation in urban planning processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Survey scheduling for community feedback on proposed urban projects.

Given that the user has created a survey for community feedback, when the scheduling criteria are set (e.g., survey frequency and target demographics), then the Survey Scheduling Engine should successfully schedule and dispatch the survey to the selected community segment at the specified intervals without errors.

Integration of demographic data to ensure equitable survey distribution.

Given that the demographic data of community members is available, when the Survey Scheduling Engine is configured, then it should automatically segment the community based on demographics and ensure that surveys are evenly distributed across diverse groups, reflected in the system’s logs.

Real-time analytics on survey response rates and engagement metrics.

Given that surveys have been distributed through the Pulse Check Notifications feature, when the responses start coming in, then the system should generate real-time analytics showing the response rates, engagement metrics, and demographic breakdown of respondents, updated at least every hour.

Customizable scheduling options for planners based on project timelines.

Given that a planner needs to adjust the survey schedule according to project timelines, when configuring the Survey Scheduling Engine, then the planner should be able to customize the frequency and timing of surveys without issues, and the changes should be reflected immediately in the scheduling logs.

Notification of successful survey dispatch to planners.

Given that a survey is scheduled and ready to be sent out, when the notification triggers, then the system should send a confirmation notification to the planners confirming that the survey has been successfully dispatched to the community members at the scheduled time.

System performance under high volume survey dispatches.

Given that there is anticipation of a high volume of survey distributions, when the Survey Scheduling Engine is in operation, then it should successfully handle at least 10,000 simultaneous survey dispatches without crashing or significantly delaying the process.

Feedback collection analysis based on survey response timing.

Given that surveys have been dispatched and responses are coming in, when the timing data of the responses is analyzed, then the system should provide insights related to peak response times and adjust future scheduling based on this analysis.

Real-time Sentiment Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want real-time analysis of survey responses so that I can swiftly adapt to community sentiment changes and enhance project alignment with public needs.
Description: The Real-time Sentiment Analysis feature processes incoming survey responses to evaluate community sentiment instantly. By utilizing natural language processing (NLP) algorithms, it categorizes feedback into positive, negative, and neutral sentiments, providing planners with immediate insights. This functionality allows planners to quickly assess public opinion trends and make necessary adjustments to project proposals in real time, thus enhancing responsiveness to community concerns and promoting transparency in urban planning efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated Analysis of Survey Sentiment Responses

Given a set of survey responses, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis processes these responses, then it should categorize at least 90% of the feedback accurately as positive, negative, or neutral based on predefined sentiment criteria.

Real-time Dashboard Updates for Planners

Given new survey responses are received, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis completes processing, then the sentiment trends on the planner dashboard should update within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

Historical Trend Visualization

Given multiple survey responses collected over time, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis is queried, then it should provide a graphical representation of sentiment trends over the last 30 days that is clear and interpretable by planners.

Feedback Categorization Accuracy Testing

Given a pre-existing dataset of survey responses with known sentiments, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis algorithm is applied, then the accuracy of sentiment classification should meet or exceed 85% for positive, negative, and neutral categories during testing.

Integration with External Reporting Tools

Given successful processing of survey responses, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis is completed, then the output should seamlessly integrate with at least two external reporting tools used by the planning team, maintaining data accuracy and integrity.

User Alert System for Significant Sentiment Changes

Given a sudden shift in community sentiment detected from survey responses, when the Real-time Sentiment Analysis identifies a change greater than 20% in any sentiment category within a week, then an alert should be sent to the urban planners via email and the app notification system.

Dashboards for Analytics Visualization

User Story: As a community organization representative, I want to access visualizations of community survey data so that I can easily interpret the sentiments of residents and advocate for their needs effectively.
Description: Dashboards for Analytics Visualization will serve as a comprehensive interface displaying key performance indicators (KPIs) from survey responses, community participation rates, and sentiment analysis results. This feature will allow planners and stakeholders to visualize the data through graphs and charts that depict trends over time. With customizable data views, this dashboard will empower users to drill down into specific demographics or survey responses, enabling a more granular approach to understanding community perspectives and improving decision-making processes in urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboards display community sentiment analysis results based on real-time survey responses.

Given a survey is conducted with at least 100 responses, when the dashboard is accessed, then sentiment analysis results are visible and correctly represented in graphical format.

Users can customize the dashboard to view specific demographic data.

Given a user selects demographic filters, when the dashboard updates, then only the relevant data points related to those demographics are displayed accurately.

Users can interact with the dashboard to view historical data trends over time.

Given the user has selected a time range, when historical survey data is accessed, then the dashboard displays trends in a clear, understandable graph format, showing changes in sentiment.

Dashboard includes key performance indicators (KPIs) related to community engagement levels.

Given the dashboard is opened, when the KPIs for community engagement are loaded, then they should show participation rates and response counts for the last 30 days clearly.

Notifications alert users when community sentiment changes significantly.

Given a significant change in community sentiment is detected based on survey data, when the dashboard is refreshed, then a notification for users appears, summarizing the change.

Users can export dashboard data for reporting purposes.

Given the user clicks the 'Export Data' button, when the data export process is initiated, then a downloadable file containing all displayed dashboard data is generated correctly.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

User Story: As a resident, I want to receive feedback on the surveys I complete so that I feel acknowledged and know that my voice matters in the urban planning process.
Description: The Feedback Loop Mechanism provides a structured approach for planners to respond to survey participants directly, closing the communication gap. This feature enables urban planners to publish summarized results of surveys and highlight key takeaways from community feedback, along with planned actions based on the input received. By documenting responses and actions taken, this feature fosters transparency, builds trust with the community, and encourages ongoing resident engagement throughout the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Survey results are published after a Pulse Check Notification is sent to the community, allowing residents to see how their input has influenced planning decisions.

Given a completed survey from the community, when the urban planner publishes the summary results online, then all respondents should be able to view the summarized data and key takeaways within 48 hours.

A planner utilizes the Feedback Loop Mechanism to respond to community feedback by outlining specific actions to be taken based on the survey results.

Given feedback collected from a survey, when the urban planner documents their response and planned actions for the community, then the action plan must be accessible to all survey participants within one week of survey completion.

The system sends a follow-up notification to participants who provided feedback, informing them of how their input was utilized in the planning process.

Given that feedback has been documented and actions have been planned, when the notifications are sent, then all participants should receive a personalized update detailing how their feedback was incorporated within two weeks of the survey results being published.

A community member views the feedback loop report on the platform and sees transparent documentation of actions taken based on community input.

Given that the urban planner has published the Feedback Loop report, when a community member accesses the report, then they must see a clear representation of community input, planned actions, and a timeline for implementation.

Measure the effectiveness of the Feedback Loop Mechanism through user engagement rates in follow-up surveys post-response publication.

Given the publication of survey summaries and planned actions, when follow-up surveys are distributed, then the response rate must improve by at least 15% compared to the previous survey’s response rate within the next two cycles.

Community sentiment shifts are aggregated and visualized in the Feedback Loop report, showing trends over time.

Given multiple Pulse Check surveys have been conducted, when the Feedback Loop report is generated, then the report must include visual charts that illustrate community sentiment trends across surveys over the last six months.

Opt-out and Preferences Management

User Story: As a resident, I want to manage my preferences for notifications and surveys so that I can decide how I engage with urban planning initiatives and mitigate any notification fatigue.
Description: The Opt-out and Preferences Management feature allows users to customize their communication preferences related to pulse check notifications and surveys. Residents can choose how often they receive notifications, the formats (e.g., email, SMS), and can opt-out entirely if they wish. This functionality is essential for respecting user agency and ensuring compliance with data privacy regulations while maintaining engagement with the community by providing personalized interactions based on their preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the Opt-out and Preferences Management feature through their profile settings to set their communication preferences for pulse check notifications.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the profile settings, then they should see an option to manage their preferences for pulse check notifications, including 'How often,' 'Format,' and 'Opt-out' capabilities.

Users can successfully change their notification preferences and save these changes within the Opt-out and Preferences Management feature.

Given the user is on the Preferences Management page, when they select a different frequency for notifications and hit 'Save,' then their preferences should be updated successfully, and a confirmation message should appear.

Users are able to opt-out of pulse check notifications entirely through the Opt-out and Preferences Management feature.

Given the user is on the Preferences Management page, when they select the 'Opt-out' option and confirm the action, then they should no longer receive any pulse check notifications, and an appropriate confirmation message should be displayed.

The system respects user preferences and does not send notifications to users who have opted out of the pulse check notifications.

Given that a user has opted out of pulse check notifications, when a scheduled pulse check notification is triggered, then the user should not receive any communication related to pulse checks.

Users can choose their preferred format (email or SMS) for receiving notifications in the Opt-out and Preferences Management feature.

Given the user is on the Preferences Management page, when they select their preferred format for notifications and hit 'Save,' then the system should update the notification format and confirm this change to the user.

Users can review their current preferences before making changes in the Opt-out and Preferences Management feature.

Given the user accesses the Preferences Management page, when they view their settings, then they should see a clear display of their current notification frequency and format options selected.

The system logs all changes made to user preferences to maintain an audit trail for compliance purposes.

Given a user has updated their preferences, when they access the audit log, then it should show an entry reflecting the date, time, and the changes made to their notification preferences.

Feedback Pulse Review Sessions

Feedback Pulse Review Sessions are designated meetings where planners discuss the collective feedback gathered from surveys and pulse checks with community members. This feature promotes transparency and collective problem-solving, creating a platform for planners and residents to collaboratively address concerns and adjust initiatives. This open dialogue enhances community ownership and accountability.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Collection

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to collect real-time feedback during community review sessions so that I can ensure that concerns and suggestions from residents are addressed promptly and effectively.
Description: This requirement involves creating a feature that allows urban planners and community members to collect real-time feedback during Feedback Pulse Review Sessions. The functionality should support various input methods such as surveys, polls, and interactive comments. This feature is essential for ensuring that community voices are heard in a timely manner, fostering inclusivity and engagement among stakeholders. The integration of this functionality into the existing platform enhances its utility by providing planners with immediate insights into community sentiment, which can directly inform planning decisions and improve project outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Urban planners initiating a Feedback Pulse Review Session to gather real-time input from community members during an urban development meeting.

Given that the Feedback Pulse Review Session is active, when a community member submits feedback via a survey, then the feedback should be displayed in real-time on the planner's dashboard.

Community members attending the Feedback Pulse Review Session through the CommuniPlan platform to provide their insights on the ongoing urban projects.

Given that a community member is logged into the platform during the review session, when they participate in a live poll, then their response should be recorded and reflected in the poll results immediately.

Urban planners analyzing the sentiment of community feedback collected during a Feedback Pulse Review Session to adjust their urban initiatives accordingly.

Given that real-time feedback has been collected from multiple input methods, when the urban planners access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a comprehensive view of community sentiment categorized by themes (e.g., positive, negative, neutral).

Ensuring that the technology used during Feedback Pulse Review Sessions accommodates various input methods for community engagement.

Given that the Feedback Pulse Review Session is being conducted, when a planner initiates different types of feedback options (surveys, polls, comments), then all types of feedback should be accepted and properly recorded in the system without errors.

Engaging community members in discussion during the Feedback Pulse Review Session to clarify their feedback and concerns about urban planning.

Given that the Review Session is in progress, when a community member raises a concern, then there should be a designated moderator who facilitates discussion and takes notes on the feedback to ensure clarity and follow-up actions.

Collecting and storing feedback for future analysis after the Feedback Pulse Review Session concludes.

Given that the Feedback Pulse Review Session has ended, when the session data is processed, then all collected feedback should be securely stored in the database with appropriate timestamps and participant information for future reference.

Ensuring all participants have access to the Feedback Pulse Review Session's live feedback results during the session.

Given that the session is live, when the feedback is submitted by any participant, then all attendees should see updated feedback results on their screens in real-time throughout the session.

Dynamic Agenda Management

User Story: As a community leader, I want to have control over the agenda of the review sessions so that we can focus on the most relevant and pressing concerns of local residents.
Description: The Dynamic Agenda Management feature allows planners to create, modify, and share the agenda for Feedback Pulse Review Sessions in real-time. This functionality should enable planners to prioritize discussion points based on feedback urgency and community interest, improving meeting effectiveness. It is critical for aligning the session's focus with community needs, enhancing accountability, and ensuring that all relevant issues are addressed. By providing an agenda that can adapt to real-time feedback, the platform facilitates more productive and efficient planning conversations.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic Agenda Creation for Feedback Pulse Review Sessions

Given a planner is logged into CommuniPlan, When they access the Dynamic Agenda Management feature, Then they should be able to create a new agenda item that includes a title, description, priorities, and designated time slots for discussion.

Real-time Modification of Agenda Items

Given a saved agenda for a Feedback Pulse Review Session, When the planner receives urgent feedback from the community during the session, Then they should be able to modify the agenda in real-time to add or remove discussion points based on this feedback.

Sharing the Agenda with Participants

Given a planner has finalized the agenda for an upcoming session, When they select the share option, Then all participants registered for the session should receive the updated agenda via email and in their CommuniPlan dashboard.

Prioritizing Agenda Items Based on Community Feedback

Given the planner collected feedback from community surveys, When they access the Dynamic Agenda Management feature, Then agenda items should be automatically prioritized based on the urgency and relevance of the feedback received.

Displaying the Agenda During the Session

Given the Feedback Pulse Review Session is in progress, When the agenda is projected on the main screen, Then all agenda items should be visible to participants, and the current discussion item should be highlighted.

Archiving Completed Agendas

Given the Feedback Pulse Review Session has concluded, When the planner marks the session as complete, Then the associated agenda should be saved and archived within the system for future reference.

Collaborative Solution Mapping

User Story: As a community member, I want to collaboratively create solution maps during feedback sessions so that we can visually organize and develop ideas to address our shared concerns effectively.
Description: This requirement involves developing a Collaborative Solution Mapping feature that allows participants in the Feedback Pulse Review Sessions to visually map out solutions to identified concerns. This tool should support brainstorming sessions, providing an interactive whiteboard where planners and community members can propose, discuss, and visualize ideas collectively. The ability to map out solutions visually enhances understanding, fosters creative problem-solving, and encourages participation from all stakeholders. This feature is crucial for building community ownership of the solutions offered, aligning with the goals of transparency and collaboration in urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: Participants in a Feedback Pulse Review Session collaboratively use the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature to address community concerns raised in previous surveys and polls.

Given that community members are in a Feedback Pulse Review Session, when they access the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature, then they should be able to create and edit visual maps of proposed solutions in real-time.

During the Feedback Pulse Review Session, planners need to ensure all participants can contribute equally to the mapping session without technical barriers.

Given that the session is ongoing, when a participant attempts to access the tool, then they should be able to join the mapping interface without encountering access issues or system errors.

Planners need to evaluate the effectiveness of the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature based on user interactions during the session.

Given that the mapping session has concluded, when planners review the participation metrics, then they should see at least a 75% engagement rate from attendees contributing to the solution map.

Following the Feedback Pulse Review Session, community feedback on the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature should be gathered to assess its usability.

Given that the session has ended, when surveys are distributed to participants, then at least 80% of the respondents should indicate that the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature was helpful for visualizing solutions.

During the brainstorming process in the Feedback Pulse Review Session, community members should be able to use various tools within the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature effectively.

Given that community members are proposing solutions, when they utilize tools such as text boxes, drawing tools, and sticky notes, then they should be able to seamlessly integrate these elements into the visual map with minimal effort.

In evaluating the Collaborative Solution Mapping feature, planners should assess the clarity of the visual outputs produced during the session.

Given that the mapping session has produced a collaborative solution map, when planners review the final visual output, then the map should clearly represent the main discussed solutions and actions agreed upon, with no ambiguity.

Snapshot Reports

Snapshot Reports generate concise, visual summaries of feedback gathered at various project stages, making it easy for urban planners to communicate with stakeholders quickly. These reports highlight key sentiments, trends, and action items, ensuring transparency in the project development process. By providing a clear overview, this feature fosters better communication and keeps stakeholders informed.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Visualization

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to visualize feedback data dynamically so that I can quickly identify trends and communicate findings effectively to stakeholders.
Description: Dynamic Data Visualization allows stakeholders to view the feedback data in various visual formats, such as charts, graphs, and heat maps. This requirement facilitates an interactive approach to exploring the data, enabling urban planners to easily digest large amounts of feedback. By visually representing trends and sentiments, this feature enhances the clarity of communication among team members and stakeholders. Integration with the existing feedback collection system ensures that updates to the data are reflected in real-time, fostering a more responsive planning process and enabling quick decision-making based on data insights.
Acceptance Criteria: Dynamic data visualization should be accessible to urban planners for real-time decision-making during a community engagement meeting.

Given urban planners are in a community engagement meeting, when they access the feedback data, then they should be able to view visual representations such as charts, graphs, and heat maps updated in real-time.

Urban planners should be able to filter feedback data based on specific demographic criteria to tailor their presentations to stakeholders.

Given that demographic data has been collected, when urban planners apply filters for a specific demographic group, then the visualizations should update to reflect feedback from that group only.

Stakeholders should be able to view the Snapshot Reports which include comparisons of feedback data over different project stages.

Given that multiple project stages have collected feedback, when stakeholders access the Snapshot Report, then they should see visual comparisons that clearly highlight differences in sentiment and trends across those stages.

Users should be able to export the visualized data for use in external presentations or reports.

Given that visual data is displayed on the platform, when the user selects the export option, then they should receive a downloadable file in a user-friendly format that includes the visualizations.

The dynamic data visualization feature should load within an acceptable timeframe to ensure user engagement during meetings.

Given the system is operational, when urban planners initiate the dynamic data visualization, then the visualizations should load within 3 seconds to ensure timely discussion.

Automated Report Generation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to automate the generation of reports so that I can save time and ensure high-quality communication with stakeholders.
Description: Automated Report Generation streamlines the process of creating Snapshot Reports by automatically compiling and formatting feedback data based on predefined criteria and templates. This requirement reduces manual effort and ensures consistent report quality, making it easier for urban planners to deliver timely updates to stakeholders. By leveraging analytics algorithms, the automated system can highlight critical insights and action items, thus promoting transparency and allowing stakeholders to engage more fully in the urban planning process without being overwhelmed by the data complexity.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated report generation for a community feedback survey results in a user-friendly presentation of findings within the CommuniPlan platform.

Given feedback data has been collected from community surveys, when the automated report generation is triggered, then a Snapshot Report is created that accurately reflects key sentiments and action items.

Urban planners needing quick access to community feedback insights for a project update meeting.

Given the stakeholders are expecting a project update, when the automated report is generated, then the report must include summarized trends and visual elements that enhance understanding of the data.

Ensuring consistency and accuracy in the format of Snapshot Reports across different projects.

Given a predefined report template is established, when a new report is generated, then the format must adhere to the specified template standards and include all required sections without errors.

Urban planners verifying the automated report's efficacy in highlighting critical insights from feedback data.

Given a set of feedback data from surveys, when the report generation occurs, then the report must accurately identify and display at least three critical insights or trends from the data.

Stakeholders reviewing the Snapshot Report to ensure transparency in the urban planning process.

Given the stakeholders have received the Snapshot Report, when they review it, then they should be able to identify key sentiments and action items without additional explanation from the urban planner.

Utilizing automated report generation to provide real-time updates as community feedback is collected.

Given live survey data is being continuously collected, when new data is entered, then the automated report must update within a specified timeframe (e.g., 5 minutes) to reflect the latest insights.

Testing the automated system for generating reports under varying feedback volume and complexity conditions.

Given the system has different volumes of feedback data, when reports are generated, then the system must successfully compile and format reports without performance delays or errors at all tested scales of data.

Stakeholder Feedback Integration

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide feedback on Snapshot Reports so that I can contribute to the planning process and influence decisions that impact my community.
Description: Stakeholder Feedback Integration involves establishing a direct channel for stakeholders to provide feedback on the Snapshot Reports generated. This requirement ensures that the voices of community members are incorporated into the urban planning process, creating a loop of continuous improvement. By allowing community members to comment or rate the reports, urban planners can gain valuable insights into how well stakeholder needs are being met and what adjustments may be necessary. This integration fosters a culture of collaboration and responsiveness to community needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholder submits feedback on the Snapshot Report through the online platform interface after reviewing the document.

Given a stakeholder is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they open a Snapshot Report, then they should see an option to submit feedback, and upon completion of the feedback form, they should receive a confirmation message.

Urban planner views aggregated feedback from stakeholders on the Snapshot Report to assess overall sentiment and identify trends.

Given the urban planner accesses the Snapshot Report feedback dashboard, when they select a report, then they should see a visual representation of feedback sentiments including ratings and comments, updated in real-time.

Community members access the Snapshot Report and provide ratings on its clarity and usefulness.

Given a community member is on the Snapshot Report page, when they provide a rating from 1 to 5 for clarity and usefulness, then the rating should be recorded in the database and averaged for each report.

Stakeholders receive notifications about their feedback submission status to keep them informed.

Given a stakeholder has submitted feedback on a Snapshot Report, when they check back into their communication logs, then they should see notifications about the status of their feedback submission, including acknowledgment receipt and follow-up actions.

Urban planners can respond to stakeholder comments to foster an ongoing dialogue.

Given a planner is reviewing feedback comments on a Snapshot Report, when they click on a comment, then they should have the option to reply directly to that comment, which should trigger a notification to the stakeholder.

Snapshot Reports are analyzed for improvements in urban planning strategies based on feedback trends.

Given the urban planner examines the summary of feedback trends from multiple Snapshot Reports, when they look at the historical data and feedback patterns, then they should be able to pinpoint specific areas for improvement in urban planning strategies.

Mobile Accessibility Features

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to access Snapshot Reports on my mobile device so that I can stay informed about urban planning efforts while on the go.
Description: Mobile Accessibility Features enhance the usability of Snapshot Reports on mobile devices, ensuring that stakeholders can access and interact with reports anytime and anywhere. This requirement integrates responsive design principles and optimizes the user interface for smaller screens, allowing users to view visualizations and engage with feedback seamlessly on their phones or tablets. Enhancing mobile accessibility empowers more stakeholders, including those who may not have regular access to desktop computers, to stay informed and engaged in the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholders need to access Snapshot Reports on their mobile devices during a community meeting to review feedback live.

Given a stakeholder accesses the Snapshot Report on a mobile device, when the report is opened, then it should display all visualizations and key insights without any horizontal scrolling.

Urban planners want to share Snapshot Reports via email with stakeholders who are using mobile devices.

Given a Snapshot Report is generated, when the report link is shared via email, then the link must open in the mobile browser and display the report with all interactive features intact.

Community members are using different mobile devices to view Snapshot Reports after a survey has been completed.

Given various mobile devices (iOS, Android, different screen sizes), when the Snapshot Report is accessed, then all elements of the report should be responsive and legible on each device without losing functionality.

Stakeholders want to quickly drill down into details of feedback on their mobile devices.

Given a stakeholder views the Snapshot Report on a mobile device, when they tap on a specific data visualization, then they should be able to access the detailed breakdown of that data point within 2 seconds.

Urban planners need to ensure that important information is highlighted clearly in Snapshot Reports for mobile users.

Given a Snapshot Report is being designed for mobile accessibility, when the report is viewed on a mobile device, then all key sentiments, trends, and action items must be highlighted with color contrast and clear fonts to enhance readability.

Local government officials are using Snapshot Reports to discuss community feedback in a public forum.

Given a public forum scenario, when stakeholders load the Snapshot Reports on mobile devices, then the loading time must be under 3 seconds to ensure timely discussions during the meeting.

Disability advocates are reviewing Snapshot Reports on their mobile devices to ensure compliance with accessibility standards.

Given an accessibility audit is conducted, when stakeholders view the Snapshot Reports on mobile devices, then they must meet WCAG 2.1 AA standards for color contrast, text resizing, and navigation.

Equity Impact Assessment

Equity Impact Assessment is a tool that allows urban planners to evaluate the potential effects of urban projects on marginalized communities before implementation. This feature provides data-driven insights into how proposed changes might affect various demographic groups. By identifying disparities early in the planning process, planners can make informed adjustments that promote fairness and inclusivity, ensuring that no community is left behind.

Requirements

Data Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to see a visual representation of the equity impact data so that I can easily understand the potential effects of proposed projects on various demographic groups.
Description: The Data Visualization Dashboard requirement entails the development of an intuitive dashboard that aggregates and visually represents the data gathered from the Equity Impact Assessment tool. This dashboard will provide urban planners with easy-to-understand graphs, charts, and maps illustrating how proposed projects impact different demographics. By integrating with existing data sources and ensuring responsiveness, the dashboard aims to enhance stakeholders' ability to assess equity implications quickly. Planners will be able to identify trends over time and facilitate more informed discussions during community planning meetings, ultimately fostering transparency and stakeholder engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Data Visualization Dashboard after completing an Equity Impact Assessment for an urban project.

Given the user has completed an Equity Impact Assessment, when they access the Data Visualization Dashboard, then they should see a visually represented summary of impacts on different demographics, including graphs and charts relevant to the assessment.

User interacts with the filter options on the Data Visualization Dashboard to view specific demographic data.

Given the user is on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they apply filters for specific demographics, then the displayed data should update to reflect only the selected demographic group without any delays or errors.

User exports the data from the Data Visualization Dashboard for presentation in a community meeting.

Given the user is viewing the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download a report in PDF format that includes all visualizations and data insights displayed on the dashboard.

User analyzes trends over time using the Data Visualization Dashboard for a specific urban project.

Given the user is viewing data for a project over time, when they access the trends view on the Data Visualization Dashboard, then the historical impact data should be accurately represented in a time series chart that allows for easy comparison across different time periods.

User accesses the Data Visualization Dashboard on a mobile device after the main application update.

Given the Data Visualization Dashboard has been updated, when the user accesses the dashboard on a mobile device, then the user interface should be fully responsive, maintaining usability and readability without any functionality loss.

User shares the insights from the Data Visualization Dashboard with stakeholders via email.

Given the user has completed their analysis on the Data Visualization Dashboard, when they use the share option, then a summary email with key insights and visual representations should be generated and sent to selected stakeholders without errors.

Demographic Segmentation Tool

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to segment the data by demographic criteria so that I can ensure that all community groups are considered in the planning process and that no one is adversely affected.
Description: The Demographic Segmentation Tool requirement focuses on creating a functionality that allows users to filter and analyze project data based on specific demographic criteria, such as age, income level, and race. This feature is vital for identifying which community segments may be disproportionately affected by urban projects prior to implementation. By integrating this tool into the Equity Impact Assessment, planners can make adjustments based on targeted data, enhancing their ability to develop inclusive projects that are sensitive to the needs of all community members.
Acceptance Criteria: Demographic Segmentation Tool allows users to filter project data by different age groups to assess the impact of urban planning initiatives on various generations.

Given a set of project data, when a user selects a specific age group from the filter options, then the Demographic Segmentation Tool should display only the data relevant to that age group, and the total number of affected individuals should be calculated and shown.

Users utilize the Demographic Segmentation Tool to filter data based on income levels to determine the potential economic impact of a project.

Given the project data contains income level categories, when a user applies an income filter, then the system must refine the displayed data accordingly and provide statistics showing the change in demographics based on income levels.

A planning team works on an urban project and needs to analyze how different racial demographics are affected by the proposed changes using the Demographic Segmentation Tool.

Given the racial demographic data is part of the input, when the user selects a specific race to filter the data, then the tool should visualize the impact through graphs and display the underlying data insights to support decision-making.

Urban planners are preparing a report on the impacts of a new transport project, utilizing the Demographic Segmentation Tool to analyze gender disparities in access to transport resources.

Given the available demographic data including gender, when the filter for gender is applied, then the tool must output insights on access levels and highlight any significant disparities between genders based on projected usage of the transport system.

Stakeholders want to evaluate the cumulative impact of urban initiatives on multiple demographic segments using the Demographic Segmentation Tool.

Given that multiple demographic filters (age, income, race) can be applied, when the user combines these filters simultaneously, then the tool must provide a comprehensive analysis summarizing the intersectional impact on the specified segments with corresponding data visualizations.

Community organizations need to provide feedback on the urban project plan and require access to the Demographic Segmentation Tool to review data based on local community needs.

Given that community data is digitized and available, when the users access the tool, then they should be able to view and navigate through the demographic segments seamlessly to understand how the proposed project affects their communities.

Real-time Equity Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a community member, I want to easily provide feedback on urban projects affecting my neighborhood so that I can ensure my concerns are taken into account during the planning process.
Description: The Real-time Equity Feedback Mechanism requirement involves implementing a feature that allows stakeholders to submit feedback on equity-related concerns during the planning process. This feedback system will enable community members to report issues or suggest improvements directly linked to proposed urban projects. By providing a user-friendly interface for feedback and ensuring that responses are compiled and addressed in real-time, planners can quickly adapt their strategies to better meet the needs of marginalized groups, reinforcing the product's commitment to inclusivity and community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Community Member Submits Equity Feedback During a Planning Meeting

Given a community member attending a planning meeting, when they navigate to the feedback submission page and submit their equity-related concern, then the system should confirm receipt of the feedback and display a thank you message.

Stakeholder Receives Notification of Submitted Feedback

Given a stakeholder is monitoring feedback submissions, when a community member submits a concern, then the stakeholder should receive a real-time notification via email or in-app alert detailing the feedback provided.

Feedback Compilation and Analysis by Planners

Given multiple equity-related feedback submissions over a week, when planners access the feedback dashboard, then they should see a compilation of all submissions categorized by demographic group and issue type, allowing for analysis.

Community Feedback Visibility

Given feedback submitted by community members, when visitors view the public feedback section of the platform, then they should be able to see all feedback entries along with the status of each (addressed, under review, etc.).

Real-time Response to Community Feedback

Given community feedback has been submitted, when planners respond to feedback within 24 hours, then the system should notify the submitter about the response and any actions taken.

User-Friendly Feedback Submission Interface

Given the feedback submission page, when community members access this page, then they should encounter a clean, intuitive interface that allows them to submit concerns easily without assistance.

Equity Impact Reporting

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to generate equity impact reports so that I can communicate the potential effects of urban projects to stakeholders and ensure informed decision-making.
Description: The Equity Impact Reporting requirement necessitates the creation of comprehensive reports that summarize the findings from the Equity Impact Assessment. These reports will detail the potential impacts of proposed projects, highlight areas of concern, and recommend strategies for mitigating negative effects on disadvantaged communities. By automating report generation and ensuring that they are easily exportable into various formats, this feature will assist urban planners in communicating their findings to stakeholders, fostering transparency and accountability within the urban planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Generate an Equity Impact Report for a proposed urban development project.

Given an urban development project is under consideration, when an urban planner initiates the report generation process, then a comprehensive Equity Impact Report should be produced detailing potential impacts, concerns, and recommendations for marginalized communities.

Export the Equity Impact Report into multiple formats for stakeholder distribution.

Given an Equity Impact Report has been generated, when the planner selects the export option, then the report should be successfully exported in at least three formats (PDF, Word, CSV) without loss of data or formatting.

Review the critical findings highlighted in the Equity Impact Report with community stakeholders.

Given the Equity Impact Report is complete, when a meeting is held with community stakeholders, then all critical findings and recommended strategies should be clearly communicated and understood by at least 80% of the attendees.

Ensure that the report addresses specific demographic concerns as identified in the Equity Impact Assessment.

Given the demographic data provided in the Equity Impact Assessment, when the report is generated, then it should include sections specifically addressing the identified disparities and concerns for those demographics.

Establish an automated update mechanism for recurring projects to ensure reports are current with data.

Given that new relevant data is available, when the automatic update mechanism is triggered, then the Equity Impact Report should reflect the latest data without requiring manual intervention.

Ensure the user interface for generating the Equity Impact Report is intuitive for urban planners.

Given that an urban planner accesses the report generation feature, when they navigate through the interface, then they should be able to complete the report generation process in three steps or fewer, with at least 90% ease of use satisfaction from user testing.

Integration with GIS Tools

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to integrate the Equity Impact Assessment with GIS tools so that I can analyze demographic data spatially and make informed decisions based on geographical context.
Description: The Integration with GIS Tools requirement involves developing a seamless interface that connects the Equity Impact Assessment tool with Geographic Information Systems (GIS). This integration is essential for visualizing demographic data overlaid on maps, which will aid in spatial analysis of how projects may affect different areas and populations. By leveraging GIS capabilities, urban planners can gain deeper insights into the geography of equity concerns while ensuring that their planning decisions are data-driven and contextually relevant.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Equity Impact Assessment with GIS tools enables urban planners to visualize demographic data when analyzing the impact of a new transportation project on marginalized communities.

Given that the Equity Impact Assessment tool is integrated with GIS tools, when a user selects a specific urban project area, then demographic data relevant to the selected area should automatically overlay on the map for analysis.

Urban planners need to generate a report showing the potential impacts of an urban development project on various demographic groups using the Equity Impact Assessment tool.

Given that the user accesses the report generation feature, when they input the parameters for the urban development project, then a comprehensive report outlining the potential impacts on marginalized communities must be generated within 2 minutes.

A planning official is conducting a community meeting to discuss an upcoming urban project, using the GIS-enabled Equity Impact Assessment tool to present data visually.

Given that the planning official is in a community meeting, when they use the GIS integration with the Equity Impact Assessment tool, then all geographic representations of demographic data must be clear, accurate, and visually accessible to all attendees within the presentation software.

An urban planner is reviewing the potential impacts of a zoning change on neighborhood equity using the integrated GIS and Equity Impact Assessment tools.

Given that the urban planner analyzes zoning change impacts, when they filter the demographic data by various characteristics (e.g., income, race), then the GIS tool must accurately display all relevant neighborhood data in real-time without lag or errors.

Post-implementation evaluation of an urban project using the Equity Impact Assessment tool to assess success in addressing equity concerns.

Given that an urban project has been implemented, when the urban planner uses the Equity Impact Assessment tool to review project outcomes, then the tool must provide post-implementation data that reflects any changes in equity metrics compared to pre-project data within 5% accuracy.

Training new users on how to effectively use the integrated Equity Impact Assessment and GIS tools for urban planning projects.

Given that new users are in a training session, when they complete the training module on the GIS and Equity Impact Assessment integration, then they must achieve at least 80% or higher on the assessment quiz to demonstrate proficiency in using the tools.

Inclusive Engagement Guide

The Inclusive Engagement Guide is a comprehensive resource that outlines best practices for involving marginalized communities in the urban planning process. This feature provides planners with strategies and templates for conducting outreach, facilitating dialogue, and ensuring that underrepresented voices are heard. By fostering inclusive participation, this guide helps create more equitable urban environments that reflect the diverse needs of the community.

Requirements

Community Outreach Templates

User Story: As a city planner, I want to use customizable community outreach templates so that I can efficiently engage with marginalized communities and ensure their voices are included in the urban planning process.
Description: The Community Outreach Templates requirement enables users to access a variety of customizable templates designed to facilitate effective communication with marginalized communities. These templates will include formats for surveys, meeting invitations, and feedback forms, ensuring that planners can easily reach and engage diverse community members. The feature's functionality will support planners in creating tailored outreach strategies that enhance community involvement. Integration with the existing survey tools within CommuniPlan will allow for seamless dissemination and collection of information, ultimately leading to meaningful engagement and representation of underrepresented voices. By utilizing these templates, urban planners can build trust and foster transparency, creating a more inclusive planning process that is reflective of the community's needs and desires.
Acceptance Criteria: User Accessing Community Outreach Templates

Given that an urban planner is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Community Outreach section, then they should be able to view and select from a list of customizable outreach templates including surveys, meeting invitations, and feedback forms.

Customization of Templates by Users

Given that an urban planner has selected a template, when they customize the template with specific event details and community information, then they should be able to save the customized template for future use.

Integration with Survey Tools

Given that a customized outreach template is created, when the user chooses to disseminate the template using the existing survey tools within CommuniPlan, then the user should successfully send the template through the survey distribution channel, and collect responses seamlessly.

Tracking Engagement through Templates

Given that outreach templates have been used for surveys and invitations, when the user reviews the analytics dashboard, then they should see engagement metrics that reflect how many community members were reached and how they interacted with the outreach efforts.

Feedback Collection through Outreach Templates

Given that an outreach template has been utilized for collecting feedback, when responses are received from community members, then the planner should be able to compile and analyze the feedback through the CommuniPlan platform easily.

Accessibility Features in Templates

Given that the Community Outreach Templates are intended for diverse communities, when planners access these templates, then all templates should comply with accessibility standards, including readable fonts, alternative text for images, and translation options if applicable.

User Training on Template Utilization

Given that new planners are onboarding to CommuniPlan, when they request guidance on using the Community Outreach Templates, then they should have access to training resources and documentation that effectively explains the template features and customization process.

Interactive Dialogue Facilitation

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to facilitate interactive dialogue sessions with community members so that I can gather diverse opinions and foster a sense of community ownership in planning decisions.
Description: The Interactive Dialogue Facilitation requirement encompasses features that allow planners to host and manage dialogue sessions with community members effectively. This includes tools for setting up virtual or in-person forums, managing participant registrations, and facilitating discussions through guided questions and prompts. The functionality will ensure that conversations are structured yet open, encouraging participation from all attendees. By integrating tools for live polling and sentiment analysis, planners can gain real-time feedback during discussions, making it easier to gauge community perspectives. This feature aims to enhance collaboration, foster understanding, and create an inclusive environment where all voices can be heard equally.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a virtual dialogue session on the CommuniPlan platform targeting marginalized communities.

Given the planner is logged into the platform, when they create a virtual dialogue session with targeted outreach to marginalized communities, then the session should be successfully scheduled with notifications sent to all registered participants.

User manages participant registrations and attendance for an interactive dialogue session.

Given a scheduled dialogue session, when participants register for the session, then their registrations should be recorded and displayed in the planner's dashboard with real-time updates reflecting attendance status during the session.

User facilitates a dialogue session using guided questions and prompts.

Given the planner has initiated a dialogue session, when the planner uses guided questions and prompts, then participants should be able to respond and engage in real-time, with their inputs collected for analysis.

User collects live feedback through polls during a dialogue session.

Given the dialogue session is in progress, when the planner initiates a live poll, then all participants should be able to respond to the poll in real-time, and results should be displayed instantaneously to facilitate discussion.

User analyzes sentiment of discussions during a dialogue session.

Given a completed dialogue session, when the sentiment analysis tool is applied, then the planner should receive a report categorizing participant sentiments and highlighting key topics discussed.

User ensures feedback from marginalized communities is visually highlighted in analytics reports.

Given the planner has compiled feedback from the dialogue session, when generating the analytics report, then feedback from marginalized participants should be distinctly marked to ensure visibility and prioritization in planning decisions.

Equity Analysis Toolkit

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to use the equity analysis toolkit to evaluate the impact of my planning decisions on underrepresented communities so that I can promote equitable outcomes and avoid exacerbating inequalities.
Description: The Equity Analysis Toolkit requirement provides users with a set of analytical tools designed to assess the equity implications of proposed urban planning projects. This feature will include metrics for analyzing demographic data, mapping tools to visualize impacts on different communities, and guidelines for evaluating outcomes. By integrating the toolkit into the platform, planners can better understand how their decisions affect various community segments, identify disparities, and ensure that all community voices are considered. The toolkit's functionality will support informed decision-making, promoting social equity in urban development and fostering trust within marginalized communities.
Acceptance Criteria: User needs to assess the equity implications of a proposed urban project using the Equity Analysis Toolkit.

Given a user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they access the Equity Analysis Toolkit, then they should see options to input demographic data, visualize impacts on mapping tools, and receive guidelines for evaluating outcomes.

An urban planner generates a report using the Equity Analysis Toolkit after analyzing a community project.

Given the user has processed demographic data and mapped impacts, when they click 'Generate Report,' then the report should provide insights on equity implications and highlight any disparities identified.

Community members review and provide feedback on the equity analysis results shared by the urban planner.

Given the equity analysis report is shared with community members, when they access the report online, then they should be able to add comments and feedback which are recorded in the system.

The Equity Analysis Toolkit is utilized to compare equity implications across multiple community segments for a new park proposal.

Given the urban planner has selected different community segments, when they apply the toolkit’s metrics, then the tool should return comparative data reflecting the equity implications for each segment.

The toolkit is assessed for usability by urban planners before its official launch.

Given a group of urban planners is participating in a usability test, when they interact with the Equity Analysis Toolkit, then they should be able to complete the analysis tasks without additional support in under 30 minutes on average.

The Equity Analysis Toolkit is integrated with real-time demographic data sources to ensure up-to-date analysis.

Given the toolkit is connected to demographic data APIs, when the user refreshes the data view, then the latest demographic information should be displayed accurately within the toolkit.

Equity Metrics Dashboard

The Equity Metrics Dashboard is an interactive platform that visualizes key indicators related to equity in urban development. Users can analyze data on income disparities, access to amenities, and other relevant factors that highlight inequalities within the community. This feature empowers urban planners to make data-informed decisions that prioritize equity, helping to design projects that bridge gaps and uplift marginalized populations.

Requirements

Dynamic Data Visualization

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to easily visualize equity metrics so that I can identify disparities and prioritize my projects accordingly.
Description: The Dynamic Data Visualization requirement entails the creation of an interactive dashboard that allows users to visualize equity-related metrics in a clear and engaging way. This dashboard will display data on income disparities, access to amenities, and other relevant indicators through graphs, charts, and maps. By utilizing dynamic visualizations, users can explore and analyze trends over time, enabling urban planners to easily identify areas needing attention and measure the progress of equity initiatives. This requirement is critical for enhancing understanding of complex data and fostering informed decision-making based on real-time insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Equity Metrics Dashboard on the CommuniPlan platform to view income disparity metrics for a specific neighborhood over the past five years.

Given the user is logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they select the 'Income Disparity' metrics for the chosen neighborhood, then the dashboard should display a graph depicting income trends, clearly showing percentage changes year over year.

An urban planner uses the dashboard to compare access to amenities across different demographic groups within the city during a planning meeting.

Given the planner selects the 'Access to Amenities' section and applies demographic filters, when they generate the report, then the dashboard should display a comparative bar chart showing accessibility levels for the selected groups, with clear labels and legends for proper understanding.

A local government official analyzes the effectiveness of equity initiatives implemented last year by reviewing the corresponding metrics on the dashboard.

Given the official views the 'Equity Initiatives Effectiveness' section, when they select the last year's data, then the dashboard should show a line chart depicting the performance of initiatives with at least three clearly marked key performance indicators (KPIs), including before-and-after comparisons.

A community organization utilizes the dashboard to prepare a presentation for a stakeholders meeting, focusing on areas that require additional support.

Given the organization’s representative filters the data for areas with low access to both public transport and health services, when they generate the visuals needed for the presentation, then the dashboard should export a PDF with interactive elements and annotations summarizing key findings and recommendations.

A user interacts with the dashboard to explore trends over time related to equity metrics before proposing a new urban development project.

Given the user clicks on the time range filter, when they select parameters to view changes over the past decade, then the dashboard should dynamically adjust and display all relevant graphs and maps corresponding to the selected timeframe without any lag.

An administrator checks the dashboard’s performance metrics to ensure it is functioning properly during peak usage times.

Given the admin accesses the performance metrics module, when they review the average load times during high-traffic periods, then the system should report an average load time of less than three seconds for all dashboard elements.

A data analyst runs a health check on the accuracy of the displayed metrics to ensure the data is up-to-date with the latest available information.

Given the analyst navigates to the data verification section, when they compare the dashboard metrics against the latest external data sources, then there should be no discrepancies greater than 5% for any displayed equity metric relevant to the latest quarterly reports.

Customizable Reporting

User Story: As a community organization representative, I want to generate customized reports on equity metrics so that I can present data that is relevant to my specific stakeholders.
Description: The Customizable Reporting requirement allows users to generate tailored reports based on specific equity metrics and demographics. Users will have the ability to select various parameters such as geographic areas, income levels, and demographic factors to create reports that meet their unique needs. This is essential for urban planners to effectively communicate findings to stakeholders and policymakers. With customizable reporting, stakeholders can better understand which demographics are most affected by development plans, leading to improved transparency and advocacy for equity-focused initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: Generating a Report for Specific Demographics in a City Block

Given the user selects a specific geographic area and filters by income level and demographic factors, when the user clicks the 'Generate Report' button, then a PDF report with visual graphs and key statistics related to the selected parameters should be downloaded successfully.

Customizing Metrics for Equity Reporting

Given the user is on the Customizable Reporting interface, when the user selects various equity metrics such as income disparity and access to amenities, then the dashboard should update in real-time to reflect the selected metrics and their corresponding data visualizations.

Sharing Reports with Stakeholders

Given that the user has generated a customizable report, when the user clicks the 'Share' option, then there should be an option to send the report via email to selected stakeholders, and the recipients should receive an email with a download link to the report.

Ensuring Data Accuracy in Reports

Given the user has selected demographic parameters and generated a report, when the user compares the report data against the raw data source, then all reported metrics should match accurately within a 5% margin of error.

Filtering Reports by Timeframe

Given the user has access to historical data, when the user applies a date range filter and generates a report, then the report should only include data from the specified date range.

User Permissions for Report Access

Given that different user roles exist within the platform, when a user attempts to access the Customizable Reporting feature, then the system should validate the user's permissions and only grant access to those authorized for that feature.

Exporting Reports in Multiple Formats

Given the user has generated a report, when the user clicks on the 'Export' option, then the system should allow exporting the report in at least three formats (PDF, CSV, and XLSX).

Real-time Data Integration

User Story: As a city official, I want real-time updates on equity metrics so that I can respond to changes in the community immediately.
Description: The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves connecting the Equity Metrics Dashboard to external data sources, allowing for automatic updates of key indicators and metrics. This will ensure that users always have access to the most current information, promoting timely decision-making in urban planning efforts. By using APIs or data feeds from local governments and organizations, the dashboard will reflect real-time changes in community demographics and resource allocation. This integration is vital for fostering an ongoing dialogue around equity and ensuring responsive policy-making that adapts to community needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Equity Metrics Dashboard and expects to see live updates of key equity indicators based on real-time data from external sources.

Given an active connection to external data sources, When the dashboard is refreshed, Then all key equity indicators are updated to reflect the latest data without manual intervention.

An urban planner uses the Equity Metrics Dashboard to analyze changes in income disparity over the past month, expecting the data to be current and accurate.

Given the real-time data integration is functional, When the urban planner accesses the income disparity report, Then the report displays metrics that are accurate and updated within the last 24 hours.

A local government official wants to present the Equity Metrics Dashboard findings at a community meeting, requiring the data visualizations to be current and reliable.

Given that real-time data integration is successfully established, When the official opens the dashboard for the presentation, Then the visualizations reflect the most current and relevant data available at the time of presentation.

Users are notified of upcoming updates or changes to the data feeds on the Equity Metrics Dashboard to maintain transparency.

Given a schedule of data feed updates, When an update is about to occur, Then users receive notifications at least 10 minutes in advance via email and dashboard alert.

A community organization wants to access data related to access to amenities and expects smooth retrieval of information without delays.

Given that the data feeds are operational, When the organization queries the access to amenities indicator, Then the information is retrieved within 3 seconds and displayed accurately on the dashboard.

User Feedback Loop

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to provide feedback on the dashboard features so that I can influence its development and ensure it meets the community's needs.
Description: The User Feedback Loop requirement provides a mechanism for users to submit feedback directly related to the Equity Metrics Dashboard functionality and content. This feature will allow urban planners and community members to share their experiences and suggest improvements or additional metrics that would enhance the dashboard. By incorporating a user feedback system, CommuniPlan can adapt and evolve based on real-world usage and needs, ensuring that the platform remains relevant and user-focused over time.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on the Equity Metrics Dashboard after reviewing the data visualizations during a community meeting.

Given that the user is on the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when they fill out the feedback form and submit it, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been successfully submitted.

An urban planner reviews the analytics from the submitted feedback and provides a response to the user who submitted it.

Given that feedback has been submitted, when the urban planner reviews the analytics, then they should be able to see all feedback categorized by type and respond to users within the platform.

Community members access the feedback loop to suggest new metrics to be added to the Equity Metrics Dashboard.

Given that a community member is logged in, when they access the feedback loop, they should see an option to suggest new metrics and be able to submit their suggestions easily through a form.

Users of the dashboard want to see a summary report of user feedback submitted over the last month.

Given that the urban planner accesses the dashboard, when they request the summary report, then the system should generate a report listing all feedback submissions categorized by date and type of feedback, showing trends and common suggestions.

The feedback system should handle submitted feedback securely without any data loss.

Given that a user submits feedback, when the feedback is processed, then it should be stored securely in the database, and the user’s data should not be vulnerable to unauthorized access.

Users are notified of any changes made to the Equity Metrics Dashboard based on their feedback.

Given that feedback has been implemented into the dashboard, when the user logs into their account, then they should receive a notification detailing what changes were made in response to their suggestions or comments.

Users access the feedback loop to rate the usefulness of existing dashboard metrics.

Given that a user is on the feedback section, when they rate the usefulness of the metrics from a scale of 1 to 5, then the system should record the rating and update the average usefulness score for each metric accordingly.

Accessibility Compliance

User Story: As a community member with a visual impairment, I want the dashboard to be accessible so that I can understand and engage with the data.
Description: The Accessibility Compliance requirement ensures that the Equity Metrics Dashboard adheres to accessibility standards, making it usable for individuals with disabilities. This will involve implementing features such as screen reader compatibility, keyboard navigability, and adjustable text sizes. Prioritizing accessibility is essential to ensure that all community members, regardless of their abilities, can leverage the dashboard's insights for informed advocacy and participation in urban planning processes.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessibility for Screen Readers

Given a user with a visual impairment, when they navigate to the Equity Metrics Dashboard using a screen reader, then all interactive elements and data visualizations should be announced clearly and in a logical order, ensuring full accessibility to all information.

Keyboard Navigation Compliance

Given a user with mobility impairments, when they access the Equity Metrics Dashboard, then they should be able to navigate through all sections and features using only a keyboard, ensuring no functionality is solely mouse-dependent.

Adjustable Text Size Functionality

Given a user with visual impairments or reading difficulties, when they access the Equity Metrics Dashboard, then they should have the ability to adjust text sizes without losing content clarity or dashboard functionality.

Color Contrast Accessibility

Given a user with color blindness, when they view the Equity Metrics Dashboard, then all text and graphical elements must maintain a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 to ensure legibility and accessibility.

Accessible Documentation and Help Features

Given a new user who may have disabilities, when they seek help or guidance on using the Equity Metrics Dashboard, then accessible instructions should be provided in multiple formats, including text, audio, and video, with all content compliant with accessibility standards.

Clear Error Indication

Given a user who encounters an error while using the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when an error occurs, then the system should provide clear and accessible error messages with suggestions for corrective actions, ensuring all users can understand and navigate the issue.

User Testing with Diverse Abilities

Given a testing scenario for the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when conducting user acceptance testing, then include individuals with various disabilities to validate that all accessibility features are functioning effectively in real-world conditions.

Data Export Functionality

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to export equity metrics data so that I can share important findings with my team and stakeholders conveniently.
Description: The Data Export Functionality requirement allows users to easily export equity metrics data in various formats, such as CSV or PDF. This feature will empower urban planners and stakeholders to share insights and findings with other collaborators or integrate the information into presentations and documentation. By providing this capability, users can disseminate information more effectively, which is crucial for community engagement and advocacy efforts focused on equity issues.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to export equity metrics data as a CSV file for offline analysis and presentation to stakeholders during a community meeting.

Given the user is on the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button and select 'CSV', then the system should generate a CSV file containing all visible equity metrics and prompt the user to download the file.

A planner needs to share insights from the Equity Metrics Dashboard with city council members in PDF format before their next meeting.

Given the user is viewing the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when they click on the 'Export' button and select 'PDF', then the system should create a PDF document formatted for presentation, summarizing selected metrics and insights, and prompt the user to download it.

An urban planner wants to customize the metrics they export to focus solely on income disparities within the community.

Given the user is on the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when they select specific metrics related to income disparities and click 'Export', then the system should create a file that contains only the selected metrics in the chosen format (CSV or PDF).

A user needs to export the equity metrics data but faces a connection issue; they want to confirm that the export function handles errors gracefully.

Given the user is attempting to export data while experiencing a connection issue, when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should display an error message indicating that the export could not be completed due to the connection issue, without crashing the application.

An urban planner requires clarity on the format options available for exporting data from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the Equity Metrics Dashboard, when they hover over the 'Export' button, then the system should display a tooltip listing the available formats (CSV and PDF) for data export.

A user intends to integrate the exported data into a larger analytical framework and needs to know the data structure of the exported files.

Given the user is in the export dialog for CSV or PDF, when they click on 'Data Structure Information', then the system should provide a description of the structure and organization of the exported data in both formats.

Mobile Accessibility

User Story: As a community organizer, I want to access the dashboard on my mobile device so that I can review equity metrics during community gatherings and meetings.
Description: The Mobile Accessibility requirement ensures that the Equity Metrics Dashboard is fully optimized for mobile devices. This includes responsive design and touch-friendly interfaces that allow urban planners and community stakeholders to access and interact with the data on-the-go. This feature enhances engagement by enabling users to access critical information in a format that suits their mobile lifestyles, ensuring that insights are available whenever and wherever needed.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile User Access to Dashboard

Given a user accesses the Equity Metrics Dashboard on a mobile device, When the screen is loaded, Then the dashboard content is displayed correctly without horizontal scrolling, and all interactive elements are usable.

Touch-Friendly Interface functionality

Given a user interacts with the Equity Metrics Dashboard on a mobile device, When they attempt to tap on any data point or interactive element, Then the response is immediate, and the action is registered without lag.

Responsive Design Check

Given the Equity Metrics Dashboard is accessed on varying mobile devices (smartphones and tablets), When the layout is examined, Then all visual elements adapt appropriately to different screen resolutions and orientations.

Data Load Performance on Mobile

Given a user opens the Equity Metrics Dashboard on a mobile device, When the user loads the dashboard, Then the data loads completely within 3 seconds, ensuring usability on-the-go.

Network Connectivity Scenarios

Given a mobile user accesses the Equity Metrics Dashboard in an area with low network connectivity, When the user attempts to load the dashboard, Then the core functions and previously cached data should be accessible to ensure usability.

Accessing Real-Time Data Analytics on Mobile

Given a user interacts with real-time analytics on the Equity Metrics Dashboard via a mobile device, When they apply filters or change views, Then the visualizations update dynamically within 2 seconds without freezing or crashing.

Mobile Accessibility Compliance Checks

Given the Equity Metrics Dashboard is accessed on mobile, When evaluated using mobile accessibility tools, Then it meets all WCAG 2.1 guidelines for accessibility, ensuring it is user-friendly for individuals with disabilities.

Community Equity Scoring

The Community Equity Scoring feature assigns scores to urban projects based on their potential positive or negative impacts on marginalized communities. This scoring system evaluates factors like accessibility, affordability, and community involvement. By providing a clear assessment of equity implications, this feature allows planners to prioritize projects that enhance social equity and address historical injustices.

Requirements

Equity Score Calculations

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to automatically calculate equity scores for projects so that I can make informed decisions that prioritize community needs and social equity.
Description: This requirement focuses on the automated calculation of equity scores for urban projects based on various metrics related to marginalized communities. The scoring system will analyze multiple parameters, including accessibility to public services, affordable housing options, and community engagement levels. By implementing this scoring calculation, urban planners can obtain a quantitative assessment of how well a project aligns with social equity goals, thus enabling data-driven decision-making in urban development. The integration of this scoring system into the platform allows for seamless updates and iterative improvements based on stakeholder feedback and additional data inputs.
Acceptance Criteria: Equity Score Calculation for a New Urban Housing Project

Given an urban housing project proposal, when all required data inputs related to accessibility, affordability, and community involvement are provided, then the system should automatically calculate and display the equity score based on the predefined criteria.

Updating Equity Scores with Stakeholder Feedback

Given stakeholder feedback and new data inputs about an ongoing urban project, when the equity score recalculation is initiated, then the system should update the equity score and reflect the changes accurately within five minutes.

Visual Representation of Equity Scores on the Dashboard

Given the equity scores are calculated for multiple projects, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the scores should be visually represented in a comparative format allowing for easy interpretation of equity impacts on community projects.

Historical Data Analysis for Equity Trends

Given historical equity scores of past projects, when the user requests an analysis of trends over the last five years, then the system should provide a report showing average equity scores, areas of improvement or decline, and recommendations.

Integration with Real-Time Demographics Data

Given access to real-time demographics data, when a new urban project is being assessed, then the equity scoring system should automatically incorporate the latest demographic information into the scoring model without manual intervention.

User Testing for Equity Score Interpretation

Given a group of urban planners are using the system, when they assess equity scores for a series of projects, then at least 80% of users should find the score explanations clear and actionable based on a user satisfaction survey.

Notification of Low Equity Scores to Users

Given that a project has received an equity score below a specified threshold, when all calculations are complete, then the system should automatically notify relevant users about the low score and provide actionable insights for improvement.

User Input for Equity Factors

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide my input on equity factors that should be included in project evaluations so that my voice is heard and reflected in urban planning decisions.
Description: This requirement will involve creating an interface that allows users, including community members and planners, to input specific factors that should be considered in the equity scoring of projects. This could include personal experiences, community-specific needs, or demographic data. This interactive feature fosters stakeholder engagement and allows the platform to evolve based on real user insights, ensuring that equity assessments are not only quantitative but also qualitative. It's crucial for enhancing the relevance and accuracy of the Community Equity Scoring feature.
Acceptance Criteria: User Input for Equity Factors - Initial User Interaction

Given a user accessing the Community Equity Scoring interface, when the user is prompted to enter equity factors, then they should be able to successfully submit their inputs without errors.

User Input for Equity Factors - Data Validation

Given a user enters data into the equity factors input form, when the user submits the form, then the system should validate the inputs to ensure they meet defined criteria (e.g., format, length) and provide feedback to the user accordingly.

User Input for Equity Factors - Accessibility on Multiple Devices

Given a user accesses the Community Equity Scoring feature on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when they navigate to the input interface, then the interface should be responsive and maintain usability across all devices.

User Input for Equity Factors - Community Feedback Loop

Given a user submits their equity factors, when the submission is processed, then they should receive an acknowledgment and any relevant follow-up questions or updates regarding how their input will be used.

User Input for Equity Factors - Integration with Scoring Algorithm

Given equity factors submitted by users, when these factors are aggregated, then they should be incorporated into the community equity scoring algorithm and reflected in the scoring results of relevant urban projects.

User Input for Equity Factors - Historical Data Comparison

Given user-submitted equity factors, when comparing these inputs to historical data, then the system should provide analysis showing how current inputs differ from past assessments and trends.

User Input for Equity Factors - User Training and Support

Given the introduction of the user input interface, when users begin to engage with the platform, then at least 80% of users should report that they understand how to use the input feature effectively after viewing provided training materials.

Equity Score Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a local government official, I want to see visual representations of equity scores for urban projects so that I can clearly communicate project impacts to the community and stakeholders.
Description: This requirement entails developing a user-friendly visualization dashboard that displays equity scores of various urban projects in an intuitive manner. The dashboard will provide graphical representations of scores, trends, and potential impacts on marginalized communities, making the data accessible to all stakeholders. This visual tool enhances understanding and communication of equity implications related to urban projects, assisting planners and community members to identify areas needing attention and focus resources effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboard User Navigation for Equity Scores

Given a user is on the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they select a specific urban project, then the dashboard should display the project's equity score along with a graphical representation of its impact on marginalized communities.

Equity Score Trend Analysis

Given a user is viewing the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they choose the trend analysis feature for a specific project over a selected time frame, then the dashboard should show a line graph indicating the changes in the equity score over that period.

Filter Projects by Equity Score

Given a user is on the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they apply filters based on specific equity score ranges, then the dashboard should only display projects that fall within the selected score range.

Access to Key Equity Metrics

Given a user is using the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they hover over any graphical representation, then they should see a tooltip displaying key metrics contributing to that project’s equity score.

Equity Score Comparison Functionality

Given a user is viewing the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they select multiple urban projects for comparison, then the dashboard should display a comparative bar chart illustrating the equity scores of the selected projects side by side.

Real-time Data Updates

Given a user is actively using the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when new equity scores are generated due to community feedback or project adjustments, then the dashboard should automatically refresh and reflect these updates without requiring a page refresh.

Exporting Equity Score Reports

Given a user is on the Equity Score Visualization Dashboard, when they click the export button, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report that includes all displayed equity scores and related metrics in a PDF format.

Historical Data Comparisons

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to compare current project equity scores with historical data to learn how past decisions impacted marginalized communities, so that I can make better planning decisions moving forward.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating historical data comparisons within the Community Equity Scoring feature, allowing users to evaluate the progress of urban projects over time. By analyzing past projects and their equity implications, urban planners can identify patterns and historical injustices, enabling them to learn from previous experiences. This feature will help in making informed decisions on future projects by understanding how past initiatives have affected marginalized communities.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner, I want to compare historical equity scores of urban projects, so that I can evaluate the improvements or regressions in community impact over different time periods.

Given that I am on the Community Equity Scoring page, when I select a past urban project, then I should see the historical equity scores displayed alongside the current project's score, comparing impacts visually and numerically.

As a local government official, I need to access the historical data comparisons feature to analyze previous urban projects, ensuring I understand their effects on marginalized communities before initiating new projects.

Given that I am logged into the platform, when I navigate to the historical data comparisons section, then I should be able to view a summary of historical projects, including score changes and equity implications over time.

As a community organization leader, I want to review the historical equity data of past projects to advocate for more equitable planning initiatives in our area.

Given that I am in the historical data section, when I filter the projects by criteria such as year and demographic impact, then I should receive accurate filtered results that reflect the specific equity scores and community engagement levels.

As an urban planner, I need to see trends in equity scoring over multiple projects, so I can identify patterns in decision-making and community impact.

Given that I am examining trends in equity scoring, when I generate a report for selected projects over a specific period, then the report should include visual graphs depicting score changes and related community feedback.

As a researcher, I want to export historical equity data for external analysis, so I can contribute insights to urban planning literature.

Given that I am on the historical data comparisons page, when I select the export option, then I should be able to download the data in a CSV format that includes all historical equity scores and relevant project metadata.

As an urban planner, I want the system to highlight significant negative changes in equity scores compared to previous projects to prompt deeper analysis and discussion.

Given that I am analyzing a new project, when I input the historical data, then the system should automatically flag any discrepancies or significant decreases in equity scores compared to similar past projects.

Community Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide feedback on the equity scores assigned to urban projects so that I can ensure they accurately represent our community’s needs and conditions.
Description: This requirement will implement a feedback mechanism within the Community Equity Scoring feature that allows users to assess and provide their opinions on the equity scores assigned to projects. This interactive tool facilitates community validation of scoring and enhances transparency in the scoring process. By incorporating community feedback, the feature ensures that the evaluation process is not only fair but reflective of actual community sentiments and needs, thereby strengthening trust between planners and residents.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates feedback on a specific urban project’s equity score after reviewing the assignment through the Community Equity Scoring feature.

Given a user is logged into CommuniPlan, when they select a project and click on 'Provide Feedback', then they should be able to submit their comments regarding the equity score assigned to that project.

A user views the historical feedback provided by the community regarding the equity scores of past projects.

Given a user is reviewing an urban project, when they click on 'View Community Feedback', then they should see a list of comments and feedback provided by other users for that project.

An urban planner analyzes the community feedback to adjust the equity scoring parameters of a project.

Given the planner has access to feedback for a project, when they review the comments and scores, then they should be able to edit the project’s equity score based on the community input received.

A community member receives a notification about updates to the equity score based on feedback submitted.

Given a community member has previously provided feedback, when the scoring system updates the equity score due to this input, then they should receive an email notification summarizing the changes and reasons for the adjustment.

Users can see the impact of their feedback on the project’s equity score in real-time through visualizations.

Given a user has submitted feedback on a project, when they view the project details, then they should see a graphical representation of how feedback has influenced the equity score over time.

Equity Reporting Templates

Equity Reporting Templates offer users pre-designed formats for documenting and communicating equity considerations within project proposals. With customizable fields that prompt detailed evaluations of community impact, these templates streamline reporting processes and ensure that equity is a central theme throughout project documentation. This feature enhances transparency and accountability in urban planning.

Requirements

Customizable Reporting Fields

User Story: As an urban planner, I want customizable reporting fields in the Equity Reporting Templates so that I can accurately capture the specific equity considerations relevant to my project's impact on the community.
Description: The customizable reporting fields will allow users to tailor the Equity Reporting Templates to capture specific equity-related data that is pertinent to their project. Users will be able to add, remove, or modify fields to ensure that all relevant aspects of community impact are addressed in a detailed manner. This functionality supports the comprehensive documentation of equity considerations, making it easier for urban planners to align projects with community needs and goals, while also facilitating greater inclusivity and participation in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Customizing Reporting Fields for a New Urban Development Proposal

Given the Equity Reporting Template is opened, when the user selects 'Customize Fields', then they can add new fields for specific equity-related data relevant to the project.

Removing Unnecessary Fields from the Reporting Template

Given the Equity Reporting Template is in edit mode, when the user selects a field and clicks 'Remove', then the selected field should be permanently deleted from the template.

Modifying Existing Fields to Better Fit Project Needs

Given the Equity Reporting Template is open, when the user edits a field label and saves changes, then the updated label should reflect in the template in real-time.

Saving Customized Templates for Future Use

Given the user has customized the Equity Reporting Template, when they click 'Save as Template', then they should be able to name the template and save it in their profile.

Generating a Report with Customized Fields Included

Given the user has customized the Equity Reporting Template and filled it out, when they click 'Generate Report', then the report should include all fields (customized and default) filled with user data.

Previewing the Equity Reporting Template with Custom Fields

Given the user has made changes to the Equity Reporting Template, when they click 'Preview', then a new window should display the template with all current customizations applied.

Pre-Designed Template Options

User Story: As a community organization leader, I want to choose from pre-designed template options for equity reporting so that I can save time and ensure I cover all necessary equity considerations in my project proposals.
Description: The Equity Reporting Templates will include a set of pre-designed options that reflect various types of urban projects and their specific equity considerations. Users will be able to select from these templates based on their project's requirements, facilitating quick and efficient documentation. This reduces the time spent on creating reports from scratch and ensures that essential equity aspects are not overlooked, thereby promoting consistency and thoroughness in equity reporting across various projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a pre-designed template from the Equity Reporting Templates while preparing a project proposal for a new urban park.

Given the user is on the Equity Reporting Templates section, when they view available templates, then they should see a list of at least 5 diverse pre-designed templates suitable for different urban projects.

User customizes a selected template to suit their specific equity reporting needs.

Given the user selects a template, when they customize fields and add specific details, then the system should allow modification of at least 10 fields without errors or data loss.

User saves a customized equity report created from a template.

Given the user has finished customizing a report, when they click the save button, then the system should successfully save the report with an appropriate confirmation message and it should be retrievable from their project dashboard.

User evaluates the usability of the provided templates in a user testing session.

Given that a user testing session is conducted, when users are asked to report their experience with the templates, then at least 80% of users should express satisfaction with the template selection and customization process.

User exports a completed equity report to a PDF format.

Given the user has completed their equity report based on a template, when they choose to export the report, then the system should generate a PDF that accurately reflects the content of the report with no formatting errors.

User accesses the help documentation related to the Equity Reporting Templates feature.

Given the user navigates to the help section, when they search for 'Equity Reporting Templates', then they should access documentation that clearly explains the purpose, use, and customization options of the templates.

User filters templates based on project types or equity considerations.

Given the user is in the Equity Reporting Templates section, when they apply filters for specific project types or equity considerations, then the system should only display templates that match the selected criteria.

Integration with Community Survey Data

User Story: As an urban planner, I want the Equity Reporting Templates to integrate with community survey data so that the reports are informed by actual community insights, ensuring that our projects are truly reflective of the residents' needs.
Description: The Equity Reporting Templates will integrate with community survey data collected through the platform, automatically populating relevant sections of the templates with insights from resident feedback. This feature enhances the templates' relevance and accuracy by grounding them in actual community sentiment, allowing urban planners to make data-informed decisions that reflect the needs and priorities of the community, and ensuring that equity remains a central theme throughout the project documentation.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with Community Survey Data for Automatically Populating Templates

Given a set of community survey data collected through the platform, when a user accesses the Equity Reporting Template, then the relevant sections of the template will be automatically populated with insights derived from the survey data.

User Customization of Equity Reporting Templates

Given the Equity Reporting Template, when a user navigates to the customization options, then the user should be able to modify fields to reflect specific equity considerations while ensuring that essential data is retained.

Validation of Survey Data Integration

Given an Equity Reporting Template that is populated with community survey data, when the user reviews the populated template, then they should find that all populated data accurately reflects the corresponding survey responses.

User Feedback on Template Relevancy

Given a completed Equity Reporting Template that has been populated with community survey data, when the user submits feedback, then at least 80% of user responses should indicate that the populated template reflects relevant community insights.

Update Mechanism for Survey Data

Given that community survey data is periodically updated, when a user refreshes the Equity Reporting Template, then all sections should be automatically updated to include the latest survey data available.

Export Functionality for Equity Reporting Templates

Given a completed Equity Reporting Template, when a user selects the export option, then the document should be exported in both PDF and Word formats without any data loss or formatting errors.

Accessibility Compliance of Equity Reporting Templates

Given the Equity Reporting Templates, when a user assesses its content, then the templates must meet WCAG 2.1 AA standards for accessibility to ensure inclusivity for all community members.

Export and Share Functionality

User Story: As a project manager, I want to export and share completed equity reports easily so that I can communicate project impacts to stakeholders and foster collaborative discussions around equity considerations.
Description: The Equity Reporting Templates will include functionality to export completed reports in various formats (e.g., PDF, DOCX) and share them directly with stakeholders via email or through the platform. This feature facilitates seamless communication and transparency in the planning process by allowing users to easily disseminate important equity considerations and project documentation to relevant parties. It ensures that stakeholders can engage with and provide feedback on equity issues effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to export a completed equity report in PDF format to share with stakeholders during a community meeting.

Given a completed equity report, when the user selects the 'Export' option and chooses PDF format, then the system should generate a downloadable PDF file of the report.

User attempts to export a report and receives confirmation that the report has been successfully exported.

Given a completed equity report, when the user clicks the 'Export' button, then the system should display a confirmation message indicating that the report was successfully exported.

User wants to share the equity report directly with stakeholders via email after exporting.

Given a successfully exported report, when the user enters stakeholder email addresses in the share function and clicks 'Send', then the system should send the report as an attachment to all specified email addresses and display a success notification.

User selects a format other than PDF or DOCX for report export.

Given a completed equity report, when the user selects an invalid file format and tries to export, then the system should display an error message indicating that the selected format is not supported.

User wants to revise the email content before sharing the exported report with stakeholders.

Given the share function is active, when the user clicks on the 'Edit Email' option, then the system should allow the user to modify the email subject and body before sending.

User verifies that the exported report maintains the original formatting and content as intended.

Given a completed equity report, when the user exports the report and opens the exported file, then the content and formatting of the report should match the original report within the platform.

Real-Time Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a community planner, I want real-time collaboration tools in the Equity Reporting Templates so that our team can work together more effectively and quickly address equity considerations in our project proposals.
Description: Real-time collaboration tools will be integrated into the Equity Reporting Templates, allowing multiple users to work on reports simultaneously, provide comments, and make edits in real-time. This feature enhances teamwork among urban planners, community organizations, and other stakeholders involved in equity assessments. It fosters a collaborative environment where various perspectives can be shared instantly, leading to comprehensive reporting that better reflects community equity considerations.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time collaboration for community equity assessments.

Given multiple users are editing an Equity Reporting Template, when User A adds a comment, then all users should immediately see that comment appear in their viewing pane, ensuring instant communication.

Simultaneous editing of equity reports by urban planners and community stakeholders.

Given User A and User B are working on the same equity report at the same time, when User A makes an edit, then User B should see the edit reflected in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Customizable fields in Equity Reporting Templates for detailed assessments.

Given the Equity Reporting Template is loaded, when a user fills in the customizable fields, then the user should be able to save the report successfully with all details intact and retrievable later.

Comment thread management for collaborative reporting.

Given a user has added a comment on the report, when another user replies to that comment, then the comment thread should display both the original comment and the reply in a clear and organized manner.

User access controls for collaborative editing.

Given the roles of users (e.g., admin, editor, viewer), when a user attempts to make edits, then the system should allow or deny actions based on predefined roles, ensuring proper permissions are in place.

Intersectionality Framework

The Intersectionality Framework provides urban planners with a structured approach to analyze how various social categories—such as race, gender, and socioeconomic status—interact to impact community members uniquely. This feature enables users to consider multiple dimensions of identity when assessing project impacts, ensuring that strategies are holistically designed to improve equity for all community segments.

Requirements

Data Collection and Analysis

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to easily access and analyze intersectional data related to race, gender, and socioeconomic status, so that I can make informed decisions that promote equity in community projects.
Description: The Data Collection and Analysis requirement mandates the integration of comprehensive data sources that reflect various social categories such as race, gender, and socioeconomic status within the CommuniPlan platform. It encompasses the development of tools that enable urban planners to collect relevant demographics through surveys and polls. The goal of this requirement is to ensure that the gathered data can be easily analyzed to uncover intersectional trends and insights that will directly inform planning strategies. The successful implementation of this requirement will enhance the platform's analytical capabilities, allowing for data-driven decision-making that promotes equity and representation in urban development efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Data Collection from Diverse Respondents

Given that an urban planner has created a survey targeting community demographics, when they distribute the survey to diverse groups, then at least 80% of respondents should represent various social categories including race, gender, and socioeconomic status.

Data Analysis for Intersectional Trends

Given that data has been collected from the survey, when the urban planner utilizes the platform's analytical tools, then the system should generate reports that highlight intersectional trends across different demographics based on at least three analyzed categories.

User-Friendly Survey Creation

Given that an urban planner intends to create a survey, when they access the survey creation tool, then they should be able to include at least five demographic questions that cover race, gender, and socioeconomic status without technical assistance.

Real-Time Data Visualization

Given that data from the surveys are being gathered, when the urban planner views the analytics dashboard, then they should see real-time visualizations of demographic data that clearly represent different social categories in an accessible format.

Integration of Multi-Source Data

Given that urban planners are collecting data from various sources, when they attempt to integrate external demographic data with survey results, then the platform should successfully merge at least three data sources without errors.

Feedback Mechanism for Survey Engagement

Given that the survey has been distributed, when community members provide feedback on the survey's relevance, then at least 70% of the respondents should express that the survey appropriately covered their social categories and experiences.

Visualization Tools

User Story: As a stakeholder, I want to visualize intersectional data impacts on community demographics, so that I can grasp the complexities of the data and facilitate discussions with urban planners.
Description: The Visualization Tools requirement focuses on creating interactive visual representations of the intersectionality data collected by the platform. This includes developing heat maps, charts, and graphs that display the relationships between various social categories and their impact on community outcomes. The tools will facilitate better understanding and communication of complex data to stakeholders and community members. This requirement is crucial as it allows urban planners to identify disparities and areas needing attention, fostering informed discussions around equity and inclusion in urban planning initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: Heat Map Interaction for Community Impact Assessment

Given the urban planner has selected a specific social category, When they generate a heat map, Then the map displays the intensity of impact for that category across different neighborhoods with distinct color gradients that promote easy identification of disparities.

Dynamic Chart Generation for Data Comparison

Given the user has multiple categories selected for comparison, When they choose to generate a visual chart, Then a dynamic chart is created that effectively compares the selected categories, with interactive elements that allow the user to drill down into specific data points.

Graph Representation of Intersectionality Data Over Time

Given the planner wants to understand trends, When they access the graph visualization tool for intersectionality data, Then the graph displays changes in community outcomes over time for selected categories, allowing for historical analysis and forecasting adjustments.

User-Friendly Interface for Stakeholder Presentations

Given the urban planner is preparing for a community meeting, When they use the visualization tools, Then the interface allows for easy customization of visualizations to tailor presentations effectively for diverse stakeholder audiences.

Export Functionality for Visual Data

Given the urban planner has created visualizations, When they select the export function, Then the tool allows them to download visualizations in multiple formats (PDF, PNG, CSV) suitable for sharing with stakeholders or reports.

Accessibility Features in Visualization Tools

Given the diverse audience, When the user accesses the visualization tools, Then all visual elements include accessibility features such as text descriptions, color contrast adjustments, and screen reader compatibility.

Feedback Mechanism for Visualization Accuracy

Given that data visualizations are generated, When users interact with the visualizations, Then they can submit feedback on the accuracy and clarity of the visual representation, which is logged for future improvements.

Stakeholder Feedback Integration

User Story: As a community member, I want to provide feedback on projects from an intersectional perspective, so that my concerns and insights can be incorporated into urban planning decisions.
Description: The Stakeholder Feedback Integration requirement involves creating a mechanism for collecting and incorporating feedback from community members regarding the impacts of project proposals based on intersectional perspectives. This will involve developing tools that allow community members to provide input directly related to how they perceive the intersectionality effects of specific initiatives. The successful execution of this requirement will empower residents, ensuring that their voices are heard in a structured manner, which is essential for nurturing trust and transparency in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Collecting demographic feedback on urban development projects.

Given a community engagement session, when community members provide feedback on a proposed urban development project, then all responses should be tagged with their demographic information to facilitate intersectional analysis.

Visualizing feedback trends based on intersectional data.

Given a completed feedback collection phase, when the data is analyzed, then the platform should generate visual reports highlighting trends in feedback across different demographic categories.

Implementing a user-friendly input mechanism for intersectional feedback.

Given a stakeholder feedback form, when a user submits feedback regarding a project’s intersectionality impact, then the form should confirm receipt and categorize the feedback appropriately based on race, gender, and socioeconomic status.

Creating guidelines for interpreting feedback through an intersectionality lens.

Given the collection of user feedback, when urban planners review the feedback, then they should have access to a guideline document that outlines how to interpret and address intersectional concerns in their proposals.

Engaging with marginalized communities effectively through targeted outreach.

Given a targeted outreach program, when community organizers contact underrepresented groups, then at least 50% of those contacted should engage with the feedback platform.

Ensuring anonymous feedback collection to encourage honest responses.

Given the feedback mechanism, when users submit their feedback anonymously, then no personally identifiable information should be collected, and users should be informed of their anonymity.

Equity Impact Assessment

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to conduct equity impact assessments on my projects, so that I can ensure all community members are considered in the planning process and mitigate adverse effects.
Description: The Equity Impact Assessment requirement demands the creation of a structured framework to evaluate the potential impacts of proposed urban development projects on different demographic groups. This will include tools for assessing how projects may benefit or disadvantage specific communities based on their social categories. The aim is to ensure that urban planners can proactively identify and mitigate negative impacts, fostering an operational culture of equity in planning processes. The robust assessment tools will reinforce CommuniPlan's commitment to equitable urban development practices.
Acceptance Criteria: As an urban planner using CommuniPlan, I want to evaluate the potential equity impacts of a proposed housing development project based on demographic data, so that I can proactively address any negative consequences for marginalized groups before the project is initiated.

Given a proposed housing development project, when I input demographic data and project specifics into the Equity Impact Assessment tool, then I receive a detailed report highlighting potential benefits and disadvantages to different social categories, including race, gender, and socioeconomic status.

As a local government official, I need to ensure that community feedback is integrated into the Equity Impact Assessment for a new city park, so that we can guarantee that all community voices, especially those from underrepresented groups, are considered in the planning process.

Given community feedback data collected from surveys and polls, when I run the Equity Impact Assessment for the new city park, then the tool should show how the feedback from various demographic groups influences the design and allocation of resources for the park.

As a community organization leader, I want to use the Equity Impact Assessment to propose changes to existing urban development plans, ensuring they align better with community needs, particularly for underserved populations.

Given existing urban development plans and the completed Equity Impact Assessment, when I submit my proposed changes, then I should receive a clear analysis of how these changes would impact various social categories, along with recommendations for further action.

As an urban planner, I need to validate that the Equity Impact Assessment tool provides clear visual analytics of equity impacts across different demographics, so that stakeholders can easily understand the data presented.

Given the demographic data and project impacts, when I access the visual analytics dashboard of the Equity Impact Assessment tool, then the tool should display easy-to-understand graphs and charts that clearly outline equity impacts across all analyzed social categories.

As a researcher conducting evaluations on urban projects, I need to ensure that the Equity Impact Assessments can be replicated and yield consistent results under similar conditions, to establish credibility and reliability in the findings.

Given a set of input parameters for a specific urban project, when the Equity Impact Assessment is conducted multiple times, then the results should be consistent, providing the same equity impact outputs within a predefined margin of error.

Training and Resource Hub

User Story: As an urban planning professional, I want access to training and resources on intersectionality, so that I can improve my understanding and application of these concepts in my work.
Description: The Training and Resource Hub requirement involves developing a centralized repository of educational materials and resources related to intersectionality in urban planning. This will include guidance documents, case studies, best practices, and training programs for planners and community engagement specialists. This hub is essential for building capacity among users to effectively understand and apply intersectional approaches to their work, therefore enhancing the overall impact and effectiveness of planning projects within diverse communities.
Acceptance Criteria: Resource Accessibility for Planners

Given that a user is an urban planner accessing the Training and Resource Hub, when they search for intersectionality resources, then the hub must return relevant materials including at least three educational documents, two case studies, and one training program within 5 seconds.

User Engagement and Feedback Mechanism

Given that the resource hub is live, when users access the platform, then they must be able to provide feedback on at least 80% of the materials available and view summary statistics of user feedback within 2 clicks.

Content Diversity in Resources

Given that the resources in the hub are continuously updated, when new materials are added, then at least 60% of the newly added resources must represent diverse communities or different social identities.

Search Functionality and Usability Testing

Given that a user is utilizing the search feature, when they enter keywords related to intersectionality, then the search results must display relevant content with an accuracy rate of at least 90% as verified by user testing.

Training Program Completion and Certification

Given that a planner completes a training program offered through the hub, when they finish the course assessments, then they should receive a certification that is automatically generated and sent via email within 24 hours of completion.

Analytics Dashboard for Resource Utilization

Given that the hub is operational, when administrators access the backend analytics dashboard, then they must see a report indicating user interaction with resources including the number of downloads and time spent on each resource over the last month.

Mobile Responsiveness of the Hub

Given that a user accesses the Training and Resource Hub from a mobile device, when they navigate through the materials, then the layout must adjust dynamically ensuring optimal viewing and accessibility with all features functioning correctly.

Equity Training Modules

Equity Training Modules are interactive learning resources designed to educate urban planners and stakeholders on the principles of equity in urban development. These modules cover topics such as implicit bias, cultural competency, and effective community engagement strategies. By equipping users with the knowledge to recognize and address systemic inequities, this feature promotes a more equitable approach to urban planning.

Requirements

Interactive Training Content

User Story: As an urban planner, I want engaging and interactive training modules on equity so that I can better understand and address systemic inequities in my projects.
Description: The Interactive Training Content requirement involves the creation of dynamic and engaging learning modules that cover various aspects of equity in urban planning. These modules will utilize multimedia elements, including videos, quizzes, and case studies, to enhance user engagement and retention of information. The implementation of this requirement will help ensure that users are actively involved in their learning process, leading to a better understanding of equity issues and the ability to apply these concepts in real-world scenarios. By providing a comprehensive educational resource, this feature will significantly contribute to more informed decision-making in urban planning, promoting inclusive development practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User Accessing Equity Training Modules

Given a registered user has logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they navigate to the Equity Training section, then they should see a list of available interactive training modules organized by topic.

User Engaging with Interactive Content

Given a user has selected a training module, when they view the module, then they should be able to interact with multimedia elements such as videos, quizzes, and case studies seamlessly without any technical issues.

User Completing a Training Module

Given a user has completed all sections of a training module, when they click on the 'Finish' button, then their progress should be saved, and they should receive a certificate of completion via email.

User Feedback on Modules

Given a user has completed a training module, when prompted for feedback, then they should be able to submit a rating from 1 to 5 and provide optional comments to improve future training content.

Analytics Dashboard for Training Impact

Given the admin user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they filter by completed training modules, then the system should display metrics including completion rates, average ratings, and feedback trends.

Admin Updating Training Content

Given the admin user has access to the training content management system, when they make updates to any training module's content, then those changes should be reflected in the live version of the training module within 24 hours.

User Accessing Support for Training Modules

Given a user is struggling with any aspect of the training modules, when they click on the support link, then they should be directed to a comprehensive FAQ page and an option to contact support via chat or email.

Assessment and Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a practitioner, I want to take assessments after each module so that I can gauge my understanding of equity principles and improve where necessary.
Description: The Assessment and Feedback Mechanism requirement focuses on integrating a feature that allows users to take assessments after completing each training module. It will evaluate the users' understanding of equity concepts and provide personalized feedback based on their performance. This interactive element will help reinforce learning and identify areas that may require further study. The assessments will also enable users to track their progress over time and encourage continuous improvement. By offering actionable feedback, this requirement aims to enhance users' learning experiences and ensure they are effectively absorbing the training content provided.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes an Equity Training Module and initiates the assessment process to gauge their understanding of the content.

Given the user has finished a training module, when they access the assessment section, then the assessment should be available for them to take immediately with no errors.

User finishes the assessment and submits their answers for evaluation.

Given the user has submitted their assessment, when they check their results, then they must receive immediate feedback with their score and detailed explanations of correct and incorrect answers.

User wants to track their learning progress over time after completing multiple assessments.

Given the user has taken multiple assessments, when they access the progress tracking feature, then they should see a comprehensive overview of their assessment scores, completion dates, and areas for improvement.

Admin reviews user performance data collected from assessments for reporting purposes.

Given the admin has access to the backend system, when they generate a performance report, then the report should include aggregate scores, completion rates, and identify common areas of misunderstanding across all users.

User receives personalized feedback tailored to their assessment performance.

Given the user has completed an assessment, when they view the feedback, then it should include specific recommendations for additional resources or modules based on their performance in each assessment section.

User encounters an issue while taking an assessment and requires assistance.

Given the user is experiencing difficulties, when they access the help or support option during the assessment, then they should receive timely assistance without disrupting their assessment flow.

A user takes an assessment multiple times to improve their understanding and scores.

Given the user has taken the assessment multiple times, when they view their assessment history, then they should see a record of their attempts, including scores and timestamps for each attempt.

Community Resource Integration

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access community resources related to equity so that I can better align my projects with local needs and collaborate effectively with community organizations.
Description: The Community Resource Integration requirement involves creating a feature that connects users with community resources and organizations that focus on equity in urban planning. This may include directories of local equity-focused organizations, best practice resources, and community-based initiatives. By integrating these resources directly into the training platform, users can easily access and engage with local community efforts, enhancing their understanding and application of equity principles. This feature will not only promote collaboration between urban planners and communities but also empower planners to implement strategies that are informed by real-world community needs and experiences.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of community resource directories into the Equity Training Modules

Given a user accesses the Equity Training Modules, when they navigate to the Community Resource Integration section, then they can view a directory of local equity-focused organizations relevant to their urban planning needs.

User engagement with community resources through the training modules

Given a user is viewing a specific equity training module, when they click on a listed community resource, then they are redirected to detailed information about that resource's activities and contact information.

Feedback mechanism for users accessing community resources

Given a user interacts with a community resource, when they complete a feedback form about the usefulness of the resource, then their feedback is successfully submitted and recorded in the system.

Search functionality within the community resource directory

Given a user is in the Community Resource Integration section, when they enter search terms in the search bar, then the system displays relevant community resources that match their query.

Analytics tracking user engagement with community resources

Given the Community Resource Integration feature is live, when a user accesses any resource from the directory, then the system logs the engagement metrics, including user ID, resource ID, and timestamp for analysis.

Access control for sensitive community resource information

Given the Community Resource Integration feature is implemented, when a user attempts to access restricted information within a community resource profile, then they are prompted for authentication and denied access if not authorized.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want a dashboard that tracks my progress through the training modules so that I can monitor my learning journey and stay motivated.
Description: The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement entails developing a user-friendly interface that displays each user’s learning progress through the equity training modules. Users will be able to see completed modules, scores from assessments, and areas for further study. Having a visual representation of their social equity knowledge growth will help motivate users and facilitate goal-setting for their learning journey. This dashboard will also allow for the generation of reports that can be shared with stakeholders to demonstrate commitment to equitable urban planning practices.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their personal progress on the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing multiple equity training modules.

Given a user has completed at least one equity training module, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their completed modules, scores, and areas for further study.

User generates a report of their learning progress to share with stakeholders.

Given a user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to generate a report, then a report should be created in PDF format that includes their completed modules, scores, and notes on areas needing improvement.

User updates their learning goals based on feedback from the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a user has accessed the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they identify areas for further study, then they should be able to set specific learning goals and save them for future reference.

User receives feedback on their performance in the equity training modules.

Given a user completes an assessment in the equity training modules, when they check their scores on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see immediate feedback on their performance including percentage scores and areas of excellence.

User interacts with the dashboard on a mobile device.

Given a user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard on a mobile device, when they navigate through the dashboard, then all elements should be responsive and display correctly without loss of functionality or information.

Multiple users access the Progress Tracking Dashboard concurrently.

Given multiple users are logged into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they attempt to view or modify their progress simultaneously, then the system should maintain performance and display the correct individual data without conflicts.

User logs into the platform for the first time and uses the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given a new user has registered on the platform, when they log in for the first time, then they should see a welcome message and a guide on how to navigate the Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Mobile Compatibility

User Story: As a user on the go, I want to access the training modules on my mobile device so that I can learn about equity in urban planning anytime and anywhere.
Description: The Mobile Compatibility requirement focuses on ensuring that the equity training modules are fully responsive and accessible on mobile devices. This includes optimizing the content layout, navigation, and interaction elements for smaller screens. With the increasing reliance on mobile devices for learning, this requirement is crucial to ensure that users can access training materials anytime and anywhere. By providing a seamless experience across devices, the training will be more accessible, reaching a wider audience and allowing users to engage with the content conveniently, leading to improved learning outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: Mobile User Access to Equity Training Modules

Given a mobile device, when a user navigates to the Equity Training Modules page, then the content should load without errors, displaying all modules in a readable format that fits the device screen.

Interactive Elements Functionality on Mobile

Given a mobile device, when a user interacts with any interactive element in the Equity Training Modules, such as buttons or quizzes, then the elements should respond appropriately and provide feedback without delay.

Navigation and Menu Accessibility on Mobile

Given a mobile device, when a user accesses the Equity Training Modules, then the navigation menu should be easily accessible and functional, allowing users to switch between modules seamlessly.

Content Layout Optimization for Mobile Display

Given a mobile device, when a user opens any Equity Training Module, then the layout should adapt to the screen size, ensuring text is legible, images are appropriately sized, and no horizontal scrolling is required.

Performance and Loading Times on Mobile

Given a mobile device, when a user attempts to access the Equity Training Modules, then the page should load within 3 seconds, ensuring a smooth user experience.

Accessing Multimedia Content on Mobile

Given a mobile device, when a user selects a video or audio resource within the Equity Training Modules, then the multimedia content should play without buffering or quality issues.

Responsive Design Test Across Devices

Given a variety of mobile devices, when the Equity Training Modules are accessed, then the design should be consistently responsive across all tested screen sizes and resolutions.

Leader Toolkit

The Leader Toolkit provides participants with essential resources, guidelines, and templates for developing and presenting sustainable project proposals. This comprehensive set of tools enhances the confidence of community members in advocating for green initiatives, allowing them to effectively communicate their ideas and garner support from stakeholders.

Requirements

Resource Library Access

User Story: As a community leader, I want to access a comprehensive library of resources so that I can effectively develop and present sustainable project proposals that align with community goals.
Description: The Leader Toolkit must include a centralized library of resources that participants can easily access. This library will contain guidelines, templates, and best practices for sustainable project proposals tailored for various community initiatives. The objective is to streamline the proposal development process, making resources readily available to all users. Enabling community members to have access to consistent and reliable information will ensure quality and coherence in project proposals and increase their chances of approval from stakeholders. Additionally, the resource library will incorporate multimedia elements such as videos and success stories to further guide users in their proposal development.
Acceptance Criteria: Resource Library Accessibility for Proposal Development

Given that a user is logged into the Leader Toolkit, when they navigate to the Resource Library section, then they should see a list of accessible resources categorized by project types and community initiatives. Additionally, users should be able to search for specific resources using a search bar that returns relevant results within 3 seconds.

Multimedia Resources Availability

Given that a user is browsing the Resource Library, when they click on a resource that includes multimedia elements (such as videos and success stories), then the multimedia should load within 5 seconds and be fully functional (play, pause, volume control) across all devices (desktop and mobile).

Template Download Functionality

Given that a user is viewing the list of templates in the Resource Library, when they select a template for download, then the template file should download successfully in one click and be accessible in popular formats (e.g., DOCX, PDF) without errors.

Best Practices Documentation Consistency

Given that a user is accessing the guidelines section of the Resource Library, when they review any best practices documentation, then all guides should adhere to a standardized format that includes sections for introduction, step-by-step instructions, and conclusion, ensuring clarity and coherence.

User Feedback Mechanism for Resource Improvement

Given that a user has accessed a resource from the library, when they finish reviewing the resource, then they should have the option to provide feedback (positive, negative, and suggestions) that is collected and logged for continuous improvement tracking.

Resource Library Updates Notification

Given that updates have been made to the Resource Library, when users log into the Leader Toolkit, then they should receive a notification on the homepage indicating newly added resources, ensuring users are informed about the latest materials available.

Mobile Responsiveness of Resource Library

Given that a user accesses the Resource Library on a mobile device, when they navigate through the library, then the layout should adapt to fit the screen without any loss of functionality or accessibility, providing a seamless user experience.

Proposal Submission Feature

User Story: As a community member, I want to submit my project proposal easily through the platform so that I can receive feedback from stakeholders in a timely manner.
Description: The Leader Toolkit should include a feature that allows users to submit their sustainable project proposals directly through the platform. This feature will provide a straightforward interface where users can fill out necessary details, attach relevant documents, and submit their proposals for review. It will streamline the communication process between community members and stakeholders, facilitating quicker feedback and approval of projects. The submission feature will also allow users to track the status of their proposals, fostering transparency in the submission and evaluation processes.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the submission of a sustainable project proposal through the Leader Toolkit after accessing the platform.

Given a logged-in user on the CommuniPlan platform, when the user clicks on the 'Submit Proposal' button, then they should be directed to a submission form allowing them to fill in project details and attach documents.

A user fills out the submission form for a sustainable project proposal, ensuring all required fields are completed accurately.

Given the user is on the submission form, when they attempt to submit the proposal without filling in any of the required fields, then an error message should display indicating the missing fields and submission should be blocked until all required fields are completed.

User successfully attaches relevant documents to their sustainable project proposal submission.

Given a user is on the proposal submission form, when they drag and drop or browse to select a document to attach and click 'Submit', then the document should be successfully uploaded, and a confirmation message should appear indicating successful submission.

Community members track the status of their submitted project proposals within the Leader Toolkit.

Given a user has submitted a project proposal, when they navigate to the 'My Proposals' section, then they should see their submitted proposal along with its current status (e.g., Submitted, Under Review, Approved, Rejected).

Users receive feedback on their submitted proposals from stakeholders via the platform.

Given a proposal has been submitted, when a stakeholder reviews the proposal and adds comments or requests changes, then the user should receive a notification with the feedback details through the platform's messaging system.

Users cancel their proposal submission before it is completed.

Given a user is in the process of filling out the proposal submission form, when they click the 'Cancel' button, then they should be redirected to their previous page and no information should be saved from the submission form.

A user attempts to submit a proposal but their internet connection is lost during submission.

Given a user is submitting a proposal, when the internet connection is lost, then the system should display an error message indicating that the submission failed due to connectivity issues, and offer an option to retry or save the form for later submission.

Interactive Workshop Scheduler

User Story: As a community member, I want to schedule workshops for developing project proposals so that I can collaborate with others and enhance my project ideas.
Description: The Leader Toolkit requires an interactive feature that allows community leaders to schedule and manage workshops for proposal development and advocacy. This tool will enable users to select dates, manage registrations, and communicate with participants through automated notifications. By facilitating workshops, the feature promotes collaboration among community members, allowing them to share ideas and refine project proposals collectively. This will also help build confidence among participants as they engage with others in the proposal development process.
Acceptance Criteria: Scheduling a workshop session on sustainable project proposals by a community leader using the interactive workshop scheduler.

Given a community leader is logged into the Leader Toolkit, When they navigate to the workshop scheduler, Then they should be able to select a date, time, and location for the workshop and successfully save the scheduling details.

Managing participant registrations for a workshop through the interactive workshop scheduler.

Given a community leader has scheduled a workshop, When they view the registration list, Then they should see all participants who have signed up and be able to send confirmation emails to them.

Notifying participants about upcoming workshops through automated notifications.

Given a workshop is scheduled for the next week, When the automated notification system activates, Then all registered participants should receive an email reminder 3 days before the event.

Allowing participants to cancel their registration for a workshop if they are unable to attend.

Given a participant receives an email with their workshop registration details, When they click on the cancellation link, Then their registration should be removed from the list, and they should receive a confirmation of cancellation.

Providing community leaders access to analytics on workshop participation and feedback for future improvement.

Given a community leader has completed a workshop, When they access the analytics dashboard, Then they should see metrics on participant attendance, engagement levels, and feedback collected from surveys.

Ensuring the interactive workshop scheduler is user-friendly and accessible across devices.

Given a community leader visits the workshop scheduler, When they access the tool on a desktop, tablet, or mobile device, Then they should be able to navigate, schedule, and manage workshops without any usability issues.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

User Story: As a project proposer, I want to collect feedback on my proposal from community members so that I can improve my project to better meet their needs.
Description: The Leader Toolkit should integrate a feedback collection mechanism that allows users to gather insights from stakeholders and community members regarding their project proposals. This mechanism can include surveys, polls, or comment sections that stakeholders can use to provide their input. This feedback is crucial for guiding adjustments in proposals to ensure they meet community needs and garner support. By incorporating community feedback, the development of proposals can become a more inclusive process, strengthening community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Stakeholder Feedback Submission via Surveys

Given that users have access to the feedback collection mechanism, when they create a survey and share it with stakeholders, then stakeholders should be able to submit their feedback within a specified time frame, and the collected responses should be stored accurately for review.

Poll Creation and Response Tracking

Given that community members are using the Leader Toolkit, when they create a poll related to project proposals, then the system should allow users to view real-time response counts and individual voter anonymity shall be preserved until the poll is closed.

Comment Section for Project Proposals

Given that a project proposal has been submitted for community feedback, when community members access the proposal page, then they should be able to leave comments on the proposal and view existing comments, with an option to flag inappropriate content.

Feedback Aggregation and Reporting

Given that feedback has been collected through surveys, polls, and comments, when a user requests a report, then the system should generate a comprehensive report summarizing feedback trends, highlighting common suggestions, and providing actionable insights for proposal adjustments.

Notification System for Feedback Updates

Given that new feedback is submitted or existing feedback is updated, when users have opted in for notifications, then they should receive a real-time alert via email or in-app notification regarding the latest feedback.

User Access Control for Feedback Mechanism

Given multiple user roles within the Leader Toolkit, when a user accesses the feedback collection mechanism, then their permissions should restrict or grant access to specific features like viewing reports or closing polls based on their role.

Multi-language Support in Feedback Tools

Given a diverse community of users, when they access the feedback collection mechanism, then they should have the option to switch between multiple languages, ensuring clarity and understanding in submitting feedback.

AI Suggestions for Proposal Improvement

User Story: As a community member, I want AI to analyze my proposal and provide me suggestions for improvement so that I can make my proposal more appealing to stakeholders.
Description: The Leader Toolkit must utilize AI-driven analytics to provide personalized suggestions for users to improve their project proposals. The AI will analyze existing proposals and community feedback to identify areas for enhancement, such as better alignment with community values or more comprehensive planning. This feature will empower users with actionable insights that can lead to stronger proposals, increasing the likelihood of their acceptance by stakeholders.
Acceptance Criteria: AI Analysis of Existing Proposal

Given a user submits a project proposal, when the AI analyzes the proposal, then it should provide at least three specific suggestions for improvement within 5 seconds.

Community Feedback Alignment

Given the AI has access to community feedback, when it generates improvement suggestions, then at least 70% of the suggestions must align with commonly expressed community values identified in the feedback.

User Interface for AI Suggestions

Given that a user is viewing their project proposal, when the AI provides suggestions, then the user should be able to easily view and interact with these suggestions through a user-friendly interface without any navigation confusion.

Documentation of Suggested Changes

Given the AI provides suggestions for proposal improvement, when the user interacts with the suggestions, then the system should automatically generate a summary document of the suggested changes for user retention and future reference.

Training Set Diversity

Given the AI tool uses historical data for training, when it is evaluated, then it should demonstrate that at least 80% of the training data reflects a diverse range of community inputs across different demographics.

Feedback Loop for AI Accuracy Enhancement

Given that users can provide feedback on AI suggestions, when users submit feedback, then the AI should incorporate this feedback to improve the accuracy of future suggestions over subsequent updates.

Performance Metrics for AI Suggestions

Given the AI functionality is deployed, when an analysis of user interactions is conducted, then at least 75% of users must report that the AI suggestions are useful in enhancing their project proposals during evaluations after the first month of usage.

Mentorship Matchmaker

The Mentorship Matchmaker connects Sustainability Champions with experienced mentors in urban planning and sustainability. This feature fosters professional relationships and provides participants with personalized guidance, facilitating skill development and enabling them to navigate challenges effectively on their path to becoming successful advocates.

Requirements

Mentorship Profile Creation

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to create a comprehensive mentorship profile so that I can attract the right mentor who aligns with my professional development goals.
Description: The Mentorship Profile Creation requirement involves developing a user-friendly interface for Sustainability Champions and mentors to create detailed profiles showcasing their skills, experiences, and interests. This feature is essential for facilitating effective matchmaking and ensuring that both mentors and mentees can find suitable partnerships based on complementary goals. It will include fields for expertise areas, previous projects, and personal statements, enhancing user engagement and ensuring participants present themselves effectively within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Mentorship Profile Creation by Sustainability Champions

Given a Sustainability Champion selects the 'Create Profile' option, when they fill in all required fields including expertise areas, previous projects, and personal statements, then their profile should be successfully created and visible in the system.

Mentorship Profile Creation by Mentors

Given a mentor selects the 'Create Profile' option, when they input all necessary information including their skills, relevant experiences, and personal statements, then their profile should be saved and should be available for mentees to view.

Validation of Profile Completeness

Given a user has completed their profile creation, when they click 'Submit', then the system should validate that all required fields are filled out and return an error message if any fields are missing or incomplete.

Visibility of Created Profiles

Given that a user has successfully created their mentorship profile, when another user searches for mentors or mentees, then the created profile should appear in the search results based on the specified criteria.

Editing Existing Profiles

Given a user has an existing profile, when they click on 'Edit Profile' and make changes to any of the fields, then the updated profile should be saved and reflect the changes both in their view and for other users searching for mentorship options.

User Experience during Profile Creation

Given a user is creating their profile, when they interact with the interface, then they should experience intuitive navigation, with help tooltips available for each field to assist in inputting information.

Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm

User Story: As a user, I want to receive tailored mentor recommendations based on my profile and needs so that I can have a more productive and fulfilling mentorship experience.
Description: The Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm requirement involves creating a sophisticated algorithm that analyzes user profiles, engagement history, and preferences to provide personalized mentor-mentee matches. This algorithm will utilize machine learning techniques to improve matchmaking accuracy over time, ensuring high-quality connections that foster effective learning experiences. By optimizing the matchmaking process, we can significantly enhance user satisfaction and mentorship effectiveness within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Mentorship Matchmaker successfully connects Sustainability Champions with suitable mentors through the Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm based on their unique profiles and preferences.

Given a Sustainability Champion with a complete profile, when the matchmaking algorithm is executed, then a mentor match is returned that scores at least 80% compatibility based on shared interests and experiences.

The Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm learns from past mentorship pairings to enhance future matching accuracy and user satisfaction.

Given historical mentorship data, when the algorithm is trained, then it should show a 15% improvement in match satisfaction scores in the post-match feedback survey conducted after six months of implementation.

Users can provide feedback on their mentorship matches to improve the matchmaking process over time.

Given a mentorship session has taken place, when a user submits feedback, then the system updates the matchmaking algorithm's dataset and reflects this feedback in the next matching iteration.

The matchmaking process should consider user engagement history to prioritize active Sustainability Champions.

Given a pool of mentors and mentees, when the matchmaking algorithm is run, then it must prioritize matches where the mentee has shown at least three interactions within the last month on the platform.

The Mentorship Matchmaker should ensure that all personal data used in matchmaking complies with relevant data protection regulations.

Given a user initiates the matchmaking process, when their data is processed, then all personally identifiable information must be anonymized and comply with GDPR guidelines before being analyzed by the algorithm.

The Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm should operate in real-time to provide immediate matches to users when they request them.

Given a user initiates a match request, when the algorithm is run, then a match should be provided within 5 seconds or less, ensuring minimal wait time for users to connect with their mentors.

The Advanced Matchmaking Algorithm should allow for manual adjustments by administrators to improve match quality.

Given an administrator accesses the algorithm settings, when they adjust key parameters, then the matchmaking process reflects these changes immediately and confirms a successful update to the matchmaking criteria.

Real-Time Messaging System

User Story: As a mentor, I want to communicate in real-time with my mentee so that we can discuss progress and challenges more effectively without leaving the platform.
Description: The Real-Time Messaging System requirement entails developing an in-platform communication tool that allows mentors and mentees to connect and interact seamlessly. This feature will support text and file sharing, ensuring that users can easily communicate throughout their mentorship journey. By integrating this messaging system, we enhance collaboration and foster stronger relationships within the mentorship experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Mentor and mentee log into the CommuniPlan platform to begin their mentorship connection and utilize the real-time messaging system for their dialogue.

Given that both mentor and mentee are logged into the CommuniPlan platform, When they access the mentorship match interface, Then they should be able to see an active messaging system that allows sending and receiving messages in real-time.

A mentee wants to share a file related to their project with their mentor for feedback using the in-platform messaging system.

Given that the mentorship messaging system is open, When the mentee selects a file to upload and sends it to the mentor, Then the mentor should receive the file instantly in their messaging interface and be notified of the new file transfer.

A mentor starts a conversation with their mentee to discuss project progress using the real-time messaging tool.

Given that the mentor initiates a conversation in the messaging system, When the mentor sends a message, Then the mentee should receive the message without delay and be able to respond immediately.

Both mentor and mentee want to review their previous conversation history for reference during their ongoing discussions.

Given that the mentor and mentee have had previous conversations, When they access the messaging system, Then they should be able to scroll through and retrieve all previous messages without any data loss.

A mentor wishes to send an urgent message to their mentee during a critical project phase.

Given that the mentor identifies the need to send an urgent message, When they send the message marked as 'urgent', Then the mentee should receive a distinct notification indicating the message's urgency to prompt immediate attention.

The system administrator wants to ensure that all messages exchanged between mentors and mentees comply with community guidelines by monitoring user interactions.

Given that the administrator accesses the messaging logs, When they review the messages exchanged, Then they should be able to see a complete log of all user interactions for compliance verification with no redactions in the chat history except for personal information.

Mentors want to utilize the emojis feature for more expressive communication within the messaging system.

Given that the messaging interface includes emoji integration, When a mentor or mentee selects and sends an emoji as part of their message, Then the recipient should see the emoji rendered correctly in the messaging thread, enhancing the conversation visually.

Feedback and Rating System

User Story: As a mentee, I want to provide feedback on my mentorship experience so that I can help improve the program for future participants.
Description: The Feedback and Rating System requirement focuses on implementing a mechanism for users to provide feedback and rate their mentorship experiences. This feature will allow users to leave comments and score their interactions, which can then be used to enhance future matchmaking and improve overall mentorship quality. By encouraging constructive feedback, we invest in the continuous improvement of our mentoring program.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback and ratings after completing a mentorship session.

Given a user has completed a mentorship session, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they are able to enter comments and provide a rating on a scale of 1 to 5 stars.

Multiple users submit feedback on a single mentor to improve future matchmaking.

Given multiple users have provided feedback on the same mentor, when an administrator views the feedback summary, then the average rating and all comments are displayed clearly for analysis.

Users view their past feedback and ratings for personal reflection and improvement.

Given a user accesses their mentorship profile, when they select the feedback history section, then they can view all past feedback submitted along with the corresponding mentorship sessions.

Improvement in mentorship quality based on user feedback is reviewed by administrators.

Given feedback data has been collected over three months, when administrators analyze the feedback reports, then they can identify trends in feedback to implement necessary changes to the mentorship program.

A user receives confirmation after successfully submitting their feedback.

Given a user has filled out the feedback form and submitted it, when they complete the submission, then a confirmation message is displayed, and the feedback is recorded in the system.

Users receive prompts for feedback after each mentorship session to enhance participation.

Given a mentorship session has ended, when the user logs back into the platform, then they receive a notification urging them to provide feedback on their recent mentorship experience.

Mentors can view their feedback and ratings to assess their mentorship approach.

Given a mentor logs into their account, when they go to their feedback dashboard, then they can see their average rating and all received comments for their sessions.

Mentorship Progress Tracker

User Story: As a mentee, I want to track my progress throughout the mentorship so that I can see how I’m developing and what additional support I might need.
Description: The Mentorship Progress Tracker requirement involves creating a visual tool that helps mentees and mentors monitor their mentorship journey. This feature will provide insights into completed activities, goals achieved, and areas of focus, ensuring that the mentorship relationship remains productive and goal-oriented. Users will have access to graphs and reports that summarize their progress, increasing accountability and motivation within the program.
Acceptance Criteria: Mentorship participants want to visualize their progress over time, helping them stay motivated and engaged throughout the mentorship program.

Given a mentee and a mentor, when they log in to the Mentorship Progress Tracker, then they should be able to see a dashboard that displays completed activities, goals achieved, and areas of focus in graphical format.

Mentors need to review their mentees' activities to provide personalized guidance and support during mentorship sessions.

Given a mentor accessing the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when they select a specific mentee, then they should see a summary report of that mentee's progress including activities completed and skills developed.

Mentees seek accountability by tracking their specific goals and deadlines set with their mentors throughout the program.

Given a mentee in the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when they view their goal section, then they should see a list of goals with completion status and deadlines clearly marked.

Mentorship coordinators wish to analyze overall program effectiveness and participant progress trends.

Given the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when a coordinator runs a report, then they should be able to generate a comprehensive report that includes statistics on average goals achieved, mentee engagement levels, and mentor feedback ratings over time.

Participants want to share their mentorship journey with external stakeholders to demonstrate progress and impact.

Given a mentee, when they select the option to share their progress report, then they should be able to generate a shareable PDF report that summarizes their mentorship journey with graphical data.

Mentees want to set new goals after completing initial ones to ensure continuous development and support from their mentors.

Given a mentee who has completed their initial goals in the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when they access the goal-setting feature, then they should be able to set new goals with associated deadlines and expectations.

Mentors aim to receive alerts regarding their mentees' progress to prepare for upcoming meetings.

Given a mentor has a mentee in the Mentorship Progress Tracker, when the mentee updates their progress, then the mentor should receive a notification summarizing the changes made to the mentee's progress metrics.

Impact Assessment Guide

The Impact Assessment Guide offers participants an in-depth framework for evaluating the ecological and social impacts of their proposed projects. By equipping users with this analytical tool, they can make data-informed decisions that enhance sustainability and demonstrate the value of their initiatives to the community and decision-makers.

Requirements

User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface

User Story: As an urban planner, I want a user-friendly impact assessment interface so that I can easily guide my community through the evaluation process and ensure they can contribute their ideas without facing technical barriers.
Description: The User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface provides an intuitive and accessible platform for users to navigate and utilize the Impact Assessment Guide effectively. It features a clean layout, with step-by-step instructions and visual aids to help users understand the modeling process. This requirement ensures that all participants, regardless of technical background, can engage with the content seamlessly, thereby enhancing participation in the impact assessment process and improving the quality of feedback and proposals submitted to planners and decision-makers.
Acceptance Criteria: Impact Assessment Guide engagement during community workshops.

Given a participant accesses the User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface, when they follow the step-by-step instructions, then they should complete an assessment without requiring additional help.

User interaction with visual aids for impact assessment completion.

Given a user interacts with the visual aids provided in the interface, when they complete the assessment, then the feedback form should reflect their inputs accurately without any discrepancies.

Ease of navigation through the impact assessment interface.

Given a user logs into the User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface, when they attempt to navigate through different sections of the assessment, then they should find the navigation intuitive and complete all sections within a maximum of 15 minutes.

Accessibility for users with varying technical backgrounds during project proposals.

Given a user with minimal technical knowledge uses the interface, when they engage with the Impact Assessment Guide, then they should achieve at least a 75% completion rate for the assessment without external assistance.

Integration of user feedback to enhance the interface experience post-launch.

Given feedback is collected after the use of the User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface, when analyzed, then at least 80% of users should report that the interface met their expectations.

Mobile compatibility of the impact assessment interface.

Given a user accesses the User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface from a mobile device, when they attempt to complete an assessment, then the interface should be fully functional and maintain visual integrity on the mobile screen.

Real-time feedback analytics during the assessment process.

Given users are actively working on the User-Friendly Impact Assessment Interface, when they submit their assessments, then the system should provide instant feedback on the ecological and social implications of their projects.

Real-Time Data Integration

User Story: As a community leader, I want the Impact Assessment Guide to integrate real-time data so that I can evaluate the current environmental and social factors affecting my project proposals accurately.
Description: Real-Time Data Integration allows the Impact Assessment Guide to pull in up-to-date data, such as demographic information, environmental statistics, and past project outcomes. This requirement ensures that users have access to the most relevant and current data while conducting their assessments, making analyses more accurate and relevant. Facilitating this integration will enhance the guide's utility and credibility, helping users make informed decisions based on the latest available information.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time integration of demographic data for community surveys.

Given that the user is on the Impact Assessment Guide, when they select the option to access demographic data, then the system should fetch and display the latest demographic statistics relevant to the project area within 5 seconds.

Accessing environmental statistics for project assessments.

Given that the user initiates an assessment, when they request environmental statistics, then the system must retrieve the latest environmental data from approved sources, showing metrics related to air quality and green space availability within 3 seconds.

Displaying past project outcomes for comparison analysis.

Given that the user is conducting an impact assessment, when they choose to view historical project outcomes, then the system should present a comparative analysis of at least three similar past projects, including success rates and community feedback.

Ensuring system reliability during high demand periods.

Given that multiple users are accessing the Real-Time Data Integration feature simultaneously, when the system is under heavy load, then it should maintain a response time of under 10 seconds for data retrieval queries.

Providing user feedback mechanisms for data accuracy.

Given that data is retrieved from external sources, when users access the data in the Impact Assessment Guide, then they should have the option to report inaccuracies or provide feedback on data relevance and clarity.

User training and support for effective data integration usage.

Given that new users are onboarding, when they access the Real-Time Data Integration tool, then they should be provided with an interactive tutorial or user guide that prompts them through the data retrieval process and its applications.

Integration of AI-driven insights in assessments using real-time data.

Given that the user is evaluating project impacts, when they input specific parameters into the guide, then the system should return AI-driven insights based on real-time data that align with user-defined metrics for success.

Collaborative Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a resident, I want to provide feedback on community projects so that I can share my opinions and insights with other stakeholders to improve our urban development proposals.
Description: The Collaborative Feedback Mechanism enables users to provide feedback on each other's proposed projects within the platform. This requirement includes features such as commenting, upvoting suggestions, and tagging relevant stakeholders, fostering a collaborative spirit among users. The mechanism promotes transparency, community engagement, and iterative improvement of proposals, ensuring that every project reflects collective interests and insights while enhancing community trust in the planning process.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can provide feedback on proposed projects through comments in real-time.

Given a user is logged into the platform, when they navigate to a proposed project, then they can see the 'Comment' section and submit their feedback, which is displayed instantly for other users to view.

Users can upvote feedback suggestions made by others.

Given a user is viewing feedback on a proposed project, when they see a suggestion they agree with, then they can click the 'Upvote' button, which increases the suggestion's vote count and displays the updated total immediately.

Relevant stakeholders can be tagged in comments to draw their attention to specific feedback.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they enter a tag (e.g., '@StakeholderName'), then the tagged stakeholder receives a notification regarding the comment, and the tag is displayed as a clickable link in the comment thread.

Users can filter feedback comments by most recent or most upvoted.

Given a user is on a feedback page for a proposed project, when they choose to filter comments by 'Most Upvoted,' then the comments are re-ordered in descending order based on the vote count, with the highest first.

Users can edit or delete their feedback comments after submission.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they click on the 'Edit' or 'Delete' options next to their comment, then they can modify or remove their comment as intended, with changes reflected immediately.

Users can see a history of all feedback they have submitted on different projects.

Given a user is logged in, when they navigate to their profile, then they can access a 'My Feedback' section that lists all their comments with links to the corresponding projects.

The platform tracks and displays the number of total comments and suggestions for each proposed project.

Given a user is viewing a proposed project, then they can see the total count of comments and suggestions at the top of the feedback section, which updates in real-time as feedback is posted or removed.

Impact Visualization Tools

User Story: As an urban planning advocate, I want impact visualization tools so that I can visually present the expected outcomes of my project and make it easier for the community to understand its benefits.
Description: Impact Visualization Tools present the potential ecological and social impacts of proposed projects through interactive visualizations such as maps, charts, and graphs. This requirement allows users to visualize data easily, making complex information digestible and engaging for the community. By employing these tools, users are empowered to communicate their proposals more effectively, articulate their impacts clearly, and garner community support for sustainable initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User attempts to visualize ecological impact data of their proposed urban project using the Impact Visualization Tools on CommuniPlan.

Given that the user has inputted the project data, when they select the 'Ecological Impact' visualization option, then the system should display a map overlay showing the affected ecological regions with interactive data points, including biodiversity indexes and conservation status.

Community members access the Impact Visualization Tools to understand the social impact of a proposed community center project.

Given that community members are viewing the project page, when they click on the 'Social Impact' visualization, then the system should generate an interactive graph indicating demographic changes and potential community benefits related to the project.

Urban planners are analyzing various project proposals to determine their ecological ramifications using the Impact Visualization Tools.

Given a list of project proposals, when the planner chooses two or more projects for comparison, then the system should enable side-by-side visualization of ecological impacts with comparative charts displaying metrics such as carbon footprint and habitat disruption.

Local government officials present a community initiative utilizing the Impact Visualization Tools to gather public feedback.

Given that the officials are demonstrating the project, when they utilize the visualization tools to showcase potential impacts, then at least 75% of the attendees should indicate a clear understanding of the project's effects through a post-presentation survey.

Users seek to generate reports on the projected impacts of their proposals using the Impact Visualization Tools.

Given that the user has completed their analysis, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then the system should produce a downloadable PDF report that includes all visualizations, key metrics, and a summary of findings, formatted correctly for presentation.

Stakeholders want to share project impact visualizations on social media for community engagement.

Given that the stakeholder is on the visualization dashboard, when they select the 'Share' option, then the system should allow sharing on major social media platforms with a correctly formatted post that includes images and descriptions of the visualizations.

Sustainability Metrics Dashboard

User Story: As a project manager, I want a sustainability metrics dashboard so that I can monitor my project's environmental and social impacts and ensure it aligns with our community sustainability objectives.
Description: The Sustainability Metrics Dashboard provides users with an overview of key performance indicators related to sustainability for their projects. This requirement includes metrics such as carbon footprint, resource usage, and social equity impacts, presented in a visually appealing and easily digestible format. This dashboard is crucial for enabling users to track their project's performance against sustainability goals, facilitating adjustments where necessary, and promoting accountability in urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboard Overview Visualization

Given a user has logged into the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard, when the user selects a specific project, then the dashboard displays a comprehensive overview of key performance indicators, including carbon footprint, resource usage, and social equity impacts in an easily digestible format.

Metric Data Accuracy

Given the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard has received input data for a specified project, when metrics are calculated, then the displayed carbon footprint, resource usage, and social equity impacts must match the expected values according to the integrated data sources with a variance of no more than 5%.

User Interaction with Metrics

Given a user is viewing the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard, when the user interacts with specific performance indicators by hovering or clicking, then detailed information and insights should appear, providing clarity on how these metrics relate to sustainability goals.

Longitudinal Data Tracking

Given a project has ongoing input data over time, when the user views the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard, then the dashboard must show historical data trends alongside current metrics to illustrate progress against sustainability goals.

Exporting Dashboard Data

Given a user wants to utilize the data from the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard, when the user selects the export option, then the system should provide a downloadable report in PDF and CSV formats with all displayed metrics and insights.

Accessibility Compliance

Given the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard is accessed by users, when the page elements are rendered, then the dashboard must comply with the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 standards to ensure usability for all community members.

Real-time Data Updates

Given new data entries related to a project, when these updates occur, then the Sustainability Metrics Dashboard should refresh the relevant metrics automatically to reflect the most current information without requiring manual refresh by the user.

Peer Collaboration Hub

The Peer Collaboration Hub is a dedicated online forum where participants can connect, collaborate, and share knowledge with other Sustainability Champions. This feature encourages networking and the exchange of ideas, empowering community members to collaborate on projects and learn from each other’s experiences.

Requirements

User Authentication

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to securely sign up and log in to the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can easily access my account and participate in discussions without worrying about unauthorized access.
Description: The User Authentication requirement will ensure that users can securely sign up, log in, and manage their accounts within the Peer Collaboration Hub. This feature will include email verification and password recovery functionalities to enhance user security. It is critical for protecting user data and maintaining the integrity of the collaborative environment, ensuring that only authorized Sustainability Champions can access and contribute to the hub.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully signs up for an account in the Peer Collaboration Hub using a valid email and password.

Given a new user accesses the sign-up page, when they submit a valid email address and password that meets security standards, then the user should receive a confirmation email with a verification link.

User verifies their email address after signing up for the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given the user has received the verification email, when they click the verification link, then their account status should be updated to 'verified' and they should be redirected to the login page.

User logs into the Peer Collaboration Hub with registered credentials.

Given a registered user enters their email and password on the login page, when they click the login button and their credentials are correct, then they should be granted access to their account and redirected to the Peer Collaboration Hub dashboard.

User attempts to log in with incorrect credentials.

Given a user enters an incorrect email or password, when they attempt to log in, then they should receive an error message indicating that their credentials are invalid and be prompted to try again.

User initiates a password recovery process in the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user has forgotten their password, when they click on the 'Forgot Password?' link and enter their registered email address, then they should receive an email with instructions on how to reset their password.

User successfully changes their password after following the reset instructions.

Given the user follows the link provided in the password recovery email, when they enter a new password that meets security requirements and confirm it, then their password should be updated, and they should be able to log in with the new password.

User manages their account settings within the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given an authenticated user is on their account settings page, when they make changes to their profile or privacy settings and save the changes, then the updated information should be reflected in their account details, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Discussion Threads

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to create discussion threads in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can engage with others on specific topics and share insights effectively.
Description: The Discussion Threads requirement will enable users to create and manage topics for discussion within the Peer Collaboration Hub. Each thread will allow users to post questions and provide answers, facilitating rich interactions and knowledge sharing among community members. This feature is essential for fostering collaboration, keeping conversations organized, and allowing users to follow specific topics of interest.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to create a new discussion thread in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can facilitate a conversation on a specific topic of interest to Sustainability Champions.

Given I am logged into the Peer Collaboration Hub, When I navigate to the 'Create Thread' section and enter a title and description, Then the thread should be created and appear in the list of discussion threads.

As a user, I want to reply to an existing discussion thread so that I can contribute my thoughts and ideas on the topic being discussed.

Given I am viewing an existing discussion thread, When I click on the 'Reply' button and submit my response, Then my reply should be visible under that thread immediately.

As a user, I want to follow a discussion thread so that I can receive notifications about new replies and updates.

Given I am viewing a discussion thread, When I click on the 'Follow' button, Then I should receive notifications for any new replies or changes in that thread.

As a user, I want to edit my own discussion thread to correct any information or clarify my points to ensure accurate communication.

Given I have created a discussion thread, When I select the 'Edit' option and make changes to the title or description, Then the updated thread should reflect the new information without creating a duplicate.

As a user, I want to search for discussion threads by keywords so that I can quickly find topics that interest me.

Given I am on the discussion thread page, When I enter keywords into the search bar and submit, Then the system should display a list of relevant discussion threads matching my search criteria.

As a user, I want to report inappropriate content in a discussion thread to ensure the community remains respectful and safe.

Given I am viewing any discussion thread, When I select the 'Report' option next to a response, Then the system should log the report and notify the moderators for review.

Resource Sharing

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to upload and share resources in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can provide my peers with useful information that can benefit their projects.
Description: The Resource Sharing requirement will provide users with the ability to upload and share important documents, links, and other resources easily within the Peer Collaboration Hub. This feature will support collaboration by enabling members to access valuable information and tools that can help in their sustainability projects. It is crucial for enriching the shared knowledge base and enhancing community engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a PDF document with important sustainability information to the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given the user is logged into the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they select the 'Upload Resource' button, and choose a PDF file, then the system should successfully upload the document and display a confirmation message.

User shares a link to an external sustainability resource in a discussion thread.

Given the user is in an active thread in the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they paste a URL and submit the post, then the system should display the link with a clickable format alongside a preview of the page title.

User searches for shared resources using keywords related to their sustainability project.

Given the user is on the Resource Sharing page, when they enter keywords in the search bar and press enter, then the system should return a list of resources that match the keywords, sorted by relevance.

User accesses a shared document and provides feedback directly within the platform.

Given the user has opened a shared document, when they click on the 'Add Comment' feature and enter their thoughts, then the system should save the comment and notify the document owner of the new feedback.

User views the list of resources uploaded by other members of the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given the user navigates to the 'Resources' section, when they view the uploaded resources, then the system should display resource titles, upload dates, and the names of the contributors for each resource clearly.

User deletes a resource they previously uploaded to the hub.

Given the user is viewing their uploaded resources, when they click the 'Delete' button next to an item, then the system should remove the resource from the list and confirm the deletion with a message.

Real-time Notifications

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to receive real-time notifications about activities in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can stay engaged and respond promptly to discussions of interest.
Description: The Real-time Notifications requirement will inform users of new posts, replies, and activity within the Peer Collaboration Hub as they happen. This feature ensures that community members stay updated on discussions and can participate actively in ongoing conversations without missing important contributions. It is vital for maintaining engagement and encouraging timely interactions among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when a new post is created in the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user is logged into their account, when a new post is created in the Peer Collaboration Hub, then the user receives a real-time notification alerting them of the new post.

User receives a notification when someone replies to their post in the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user has made a post in the Peer Collaboration Hub, when another user replies to that post, then the original user receives a real-time notification of the reply.

User receives a notification for activity in discussions they are following in Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user is following a discussion thread, when there is any new activity in that thread (new post or reply), then the user receives a real-time notification regarding the activity.

User can customize notification preferences for the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they select their preferences for receiving notifications about posts and replies, then those preferences are saved and applied correctly.

User receives a summary of notifications at the end of each day about activities in the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given a user has opted in for daily summaries, when the end of the day arrives, then the user receives an email summarizing all notifications from the Peer Collaboration Hub.

User can toggle real-time notifications on or off within the Peer Collaboration Hub interface.

Given a user navigates to the notification settings, when they toggle the real-time notifications option, then the change should be reflected instantly in their notification preferences and functionality.

User Profiles

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to create and update my user profile in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can showcase my skills and connect with others who share my interests.
Description: The User Profiles requirement will allow users to create and update their profiles within the Peer Collaboration Hub, showcasing their skills, projects, and areas of expertise. This feature will help users connect with others who have similar interests or complementary skills, enhancing collaboration opportunities. It supports community building by promoting individual contributions and expertise.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration and Profile Creation in Peer Collaboration Hub

Given a user visits the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they select 'Create Profile', then they should be able to input their name, skills, projects, and expertise, and save the profile successfully.

Updating User Profiles with New Information

Given a user has an existing profile, when they navigate to the 'Edit Profile' section and update their information, then the changes should be saved and reflected in their profile view.

Visibility of User Profiles to Other Members

Given multiple users have created profiles, when a user views another member's profile, then the profile should display the user's skills, projects, and expertise accurately without any errors.

Searching for Users Based on Expertise

Given users have filled out their profiles, when a user searches for peers by a specific skill or project, then the search results should accurately list all relevant profiles that match the criteria.

User Profile Privacy Settings

Given a user has a profile, when they set their profile to 'private', then other users should not be able to view their profile unless explicitly granted access.

Notifications for Profile Connection Requests

Given two users have profiles, when one user sends a connection request to another, then the recipient should receive a notification regarding the new connection request on their dashboard.

Profile Contribution Recognition

Given a user has actively participated in the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they view their profile, then their contributions, such as number of collaborations and accolades received, should be displayed.

Search Functionality

User Story: As a Sustainability Champion, I want to search for specific discussions and resources in the Peer Collaboration Hub so that I can quickly locate the information I need to support my projects.
Description: The Search Functionality requirement will enable users to search through discussion threads, resources, and user profiles within the Peer Collaboration Hub effectively. This feature will improve accessibility and usability, allowing members to quickly find relevant information and connect with others based on various parameters. It is essential for enhancing user experience and engagement by providing easy access to community knowledge.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for discussion threads using keywords related to sustainability best practices.

Given the user is on the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they enter a keyword related to sustainability in the search bar and hit 'Enter', then the system should return a list of relevant discussion threads that contain the keyword, ordered by relevance.

Users filter search results by date and popularity to find the most relevant discussions.

Given the user has performed a search, when they apply filters for 'Most Recent' and 'Most Popular', then the system should update the search results to display the threads according to the selected filters accurately.

User attempts to search for a specific user profile within the Peer Collaboration Hub.

Given the user is on the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they enter a user’s name in the search bar, then the system should display the relevant user profiles that match the entered name, allowing the user to connect or view profiles.

User searches for resources related to eco-friendly initiatives within the hub.

Given the user is on the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they type 'eco-friendly initiatives' in the search bar, then the result should include resources, articles, and discussion threads that pertain to eco-friendly initiatives.

User receives an error message when searching with no results found.

Given the user performs a search that returns no results, when they attempt to search for a term that doesn't match any thread or resource, then the system should display a friendly message indicating 'No results found' and suggest refining the search terms.

User can save a search query for future reference.

Given the user has entered a search query and found relevant results, when they select the option to save the search, then the system should store the query under the user's profile for easy access later.

User searches for discussions tagged with specific themes such as 'community engagement' or 'urban sustainability'.

Given the user is on the Peer Collaboration Hub, when they choose tags related to 'community engagement' or 'urban sustainability' from a dropdown and initiate the search, then the results should accurately reflect all discussions associated with the selected tags.

Sustainable Project Showcase

The Sustainable Project Showcase highlights successful initiatives led by program participants, providing visibility and recognition to their efforts. This feature serves as an inspiration for others, demonstrating practical examples of sustainability in action and cultivating a sense of community pride and engagement.

Requirements

Project Submission Portal

User Story: As a program participant, I want to submit my sustainability project to the showcase so that I can gain recognition for my efforts and inspire others in my community.
Description: The Project Submission Portal is a feature that allows program participants to submit their sustainability projects for inclusion in the Sustainable Project Showcase. It includes an intuitive interface for uploading project summaries, multimedia content (images, videos), and outcome metrics. This portal enhances the visibility of community initiatives by streamlining the submission process, encouraging broader participation, and fostering a culture of sharing successful sustainability practices. The benefit of this feature lies in its ability to gather diverse project examples, which can then inspire others in the community by demonstrating tangible sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: Submitting a project to the Project Submission Portal by a program participant.

Given a logged-in user on the Project Submission Portal, when the user uploads a project summary, multimedia content, and outcome metrics, then the submission should be successfully saved and an acknowledgment message should be displayed.

Validating the multimedia content submission process within the Project Submission Portal.

Given a logged-in user, when the user uploads multimedia files (images, videos) that comply with format specifications, then the files should be accepted and displayed in the project preview without errors.

Ensuring the project submission form captures all necessary information.

Given a logged-in user, when the user attempts to submit a project without filling out mandatory fields in the submission form, then the system should prompt an error message indicating which fields are required before submission is allowed.

Reviewing submitted projects in the Sustainable Project Showcase.

Given a logged-in admin reviewing submitted projects, when the admin accesses the project management dashboard, then all submitted projects should be listed with relevant details visible, such as title, submission date, and status.

Generating a confirmation email after project submission.

Given a logged-in user who has successfully submitted a project, when the submission process is completed, then the user should receive a confirmation email containing the submission details and a unique submission ID.

Displaying community feedback options for showcased projects.

Given a showcased project in the Sustainable Project Showcase, when a community member views the project details, then feedback options (like comments, likes) should be clearly available below the project description.

Tracking the number of project submissions over time in the Project Submission Portal.

Given the admin user accesses the analytics dashboard, when the admin reviews project submission metrics, then accurate statistics including total submissions, submissions by week/month, and unique contributors should be displayed.

Interactive Project Map

User Story: As a community member, I want to view an interactive map of sustainability projects so that I can see local initiatives and engage with participants effectively.
Description: The Interactive Project Map integrates a dynamically generated map displaying all submitted sustainability projects. Users can explore projects based on geographic location, project type, and impact metrics. This interactive feature enhances user engagement by allowing stakeholders to visually connect with the initiative's diverse scope and geographical relevance, promoting community interaction and awareness of sustainability efforts. This capability not only showcases successful projects but also facilitates collaborative opportunities by helping users identify and connect with like-minded individuals or organizations.
Acceptance Criteria: User explores sustainability projects on the Interactive Project Map based on geographic location.

Given a user is on the Interactive Project Map When the user selects a geographic area Then only sustainability projects within that area should be displayed on the map.

User filters projects on the Interactive Project Map by project type.

Given a user is viewing the Interactive Project Map When the user selects a specific project type from the filter options Then only projects matching that type should be displayed on the map.

User accesses impact metrics for different sustainability projects on the Interactive Project Map.

Given a user is viewing a sustainability project on the map When the user clicks on a project marker Then detailed impact metrics for that project should be displayed in an info window.

User searches for a specific sustainability project using keywords on the Interactive Project Map.

Given a user is on the Interactive Project Map When the user enters a keyword in the search bar Then the map should display projects that match the search criteria.

User shares a sustainability project from the Interactive Project Map with others.

Given a user is viewing a specific project on the map When the user clicks the share button Then the user should be presented with options to share the project link via social media or email.

User engages with community feedback on sustainability projects shown on the Interactive Project Map.

Given a user is viewing a project on the map When the user clicks on a feedback button Then a feedback form should appear allowing the user to submit their thoughts.

User receives updates on new sustainability projects added to the Interactive Project Map.

Given a user has opted in for notifications When a new sustainability project is added Then the user should receive an alert or notification about the new project.

Success Story Highlights

User Story: As a community leader, I want to read success stories from other projects so that I can learn best practices and apply them to my own sustainability efforts.
Description: The Success Story Highlights feature curates a selection of the most impactful sustainability projects, showcasing their results and methodologies. This content would be presented in a visually appealing format, featuring detailed write-ups, interviews with project leaders, and performance metrics. The intended outcome is to motivate further community participation by demonstrating not only the viability of these initiatives but also their measurable impacts, encouraging others to adopt similar practices. This feature is pivotal in fostering a sense of pride within the community and promoting transparency around successful strategies in urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Success Story Highlights page to view featured sustainability projects.

Given the user has access to the Sustainable Project Showcase, when the user selects the Success Story Highlights page, then the page should load within 2 seconds displaying a grid of at least 5 highlighted success stories with thumbnail images, titles, and brief descriptions.

User clicks on an individual success story to view more details.

Given the user is on the Success Story Highlights page, when the user clicks on a success story preview, then the user should be directed to a detailed view that includes a full write-up, project leader interview, and performance metrics for that project.

User shares a success story on social media to inspire community engagement.

Given the user is viewing a detailed success story, when the user clicks the 'Share' button, then the story should be shared on social media platforms (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram) with a predefined message and thumbnail image, successfully displaying a confirmation message after sharing.

User filters the success stories by specific sustainability metrics or project type.

Given the user is on the Success Story Highlights page, when the user selects a filter option (e.g., 'Waste Reduction' or 'Water Conservation'), then the page should update to display only the success stories matching the selected criteria, ensuring that the number of displayed stories are reduced correspondingly.

Admin adds a new success story to the showcase.

Given the admin is in the management section for the Sustainable Project Showcase, when the admin submits a new success story with all required fields filled (title, description, interview, metrics), then the new story should be added to the Success Story Highlights and visible within 5 seconds of submission.

User applies for participation in showcasing their sustainability project.

Given the user is on the Success Story Highlights page, when the user clicks on the 'Apply to Showcase' button, then a form should display allowing the user to enter their project details, which should be submitted successfully and trigger a confirmation message within 2 seconds upon submission.

Rating and Feedback System

User Story: As a user, I want to rate and leave feedback on sustainability projects so that I can express my support and help improve future initiatives.
Description: The Rating and Feedback System allows users to provide feedback and rate sustainability projects showcased on the platform. This feature promotes community engagement and interaction, as users can share their thoughts and support for initiatives they find commendable. It also serves as a mechanism for continuous improvement, allowing project participants to gather insights and recommendations from the community. This interactive element is essential for building a thriving ecosystem where users are empowered to contribute to the development of sustainability initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a rating and feedback for a sustainability project showcased on CommuniPlan.

Given a user is on the Sustainable Project Showcase page, when they select a project and submit a rating between 1 to 5 stars along with written feedback, then the system should successfully store the rating and feedback, and display a confirmation message to the user.

User views feedback from other users on a submitted sustainability project.

Given a project has received feedback, when a user navigates to the project details page, then the user should see a list of all ratings and feedback submitted by other users for that project.

Admin moderates user feedback for appropriateness before it is published.

Given feedback is submitted by a user, when the admin reviews the feedback, then the admin can approve, edit, or reject the feedback, and the feedback should only be visible to users if approved.

User attempts to submit feedback without entering a rating or comments.

Given a user is on the feedback submission form, when they attempt to submit empty fields for rating or comments, then the system should display an error message indicating that both fields are required.

User receives notifications for new feedback on projects they rated.

Given a user has submitted a rating for a project, when other users submit new feedback for that project, then the user should receive a notification about the new feedback.

System provides analytics on ratings and feedback for project organizers.

Given multiple ratings and feedback have been submitted, when the project organizer accesses their project overview, then they should see aggregated analytics, such as average rating and total number of feedback entries, presented visually in a dashboard.

Social Media Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to share project highlights on social media so that I can encourage more people to engage in sustainability efforts.
Description: The Social Media Integration feature enables users to share project highlights and success stories directly to their social media accounts. By fostering social sharing, this feature amplifies the visibility of showcased projects beyond the platform, engaging a wider audience and promoting collective community efforts. This capability can significantly enhance the platform's outreach and awareness, inspiring a broader movement toward sustainability by connecting users with their social networks, thereby attracting additional participants and resources to local initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares a successful sustainability project on Facebook through the Social Media Integration feature.

Given a user has successfully logged into CommuniPlan, when they click the 'Share on Facebook' button for a project, then the project details along with an image must be posted to their Facebook timeline without errors.

User shares a project highlight on Twitter from the Sustainable Project Showcase.

Given a user is viewing the details of a project, when they click the 'Tweet this' button, then a pre-filled tweet including the project name and a link to the project must be generated and ready to post on the user’s Twitter account.

User shares a project success story via LinkedIn to engage professional networks.

Given a user is on the project success story page, when they select 'Share on LinkedIn', then the user should be redirected to LinkedIn with a post preview that includes project highlights, image, and relevant tags to enhance visibility.

Notification of successfully shared content on social media after using the integration feature.

Given a user has shared a project on any social media platform, when the sharing is successful, then a confirmation message must display, informing the user of the successful share along with links to view their post.

Users interact with shared projects from social media platforms to boost community engagement.

Given a user clicked on a link from a social media post, when they land on the CommuniPlan project page, then they should be able to see the project details, and an option to join or follow the project for updates must be available without requiring an account login.

User performance tracking for shared posts across different social media platforms.

Given that a user shares a project on any social media, when the user checks the analytics dashboard, they should be able to view metrics on likes, shares, and comments generated from social media posts within 24 hours.

Analytics Dashboard for Project Impact

User Story: As an urban planner, I want to access an analytics dashboard to understand the impact of sustainability projects so that I can improve future initiatives based on data insights.
Description: The Analytics Dashboard for Project Impact visualizes data and metrics related to the sustainability projects showcased on the platform. This feature provides valuable insights into participation rates, project outcomes, and community engagement levels, allowing stakeholders to assess the effectiveness and impact of their initiatives. By using data-driven insights to guide decision-making and project enhancements, this analytical tool is crucial for ensuring the continuous improvement of sustainability efforts, ultimately leading to more effective urban development strategies.
Acceptance Criteria: Dashboard displays real-time metrics for community engagement with sustainability projects.

Given the user is logged into the Analytics Dashboard, When they navigate to the community engagement section, Then real-time metrics should be displayed, including participation rates and feedback scores.

Users can filter project impact metrics by time period and project type.

Given the user accesses the filter options on the Analytics Dashboard, When they select a specific time period and project type, Then the displayed metrics should update accordingly to reflect only the selected criteria.

The dashboard allows users to download project impact reports.

Given the user is on the Analytics Dashboard, When they click on the download report button, Then a report in PDF format containing all relevant metrics and insights should be generated and downloaded.

Project outcomes are visualized through interactive graphs and charts.

Given the user views the Analytics Dashboard, When they access the project outcomes section, Then interactive graphs and charts should visually represent the success metrics of various projects.

Dashboard users can compare metrics across different sustainability projects.

Given the user selects multiple projects in the comparison section, When they request to compare, Then the dashboard should clearly show a side-by-side comparison of key metrics for the selected projects.

Stakeholders receive alerts for significant changes in engagement metrics.

Given the user has set up notification preferences, When significant engagement metrics change, Then the user should receive an email or in-app notification detailing the changes.

The dashboard incorporates demographic segmentation of engagement data.

Given the user is analyzing community engagement data, When they access the demographics filter, Then the dashboard should display segmented data reflecting the engagement levels of different demographic groups.

Workshop Finder

The Workshop Finder allows users to easily locate and register for relevant workshops and training sessions tailored to sustainability champions. This feature enhances user experience by streamlining access to valuable educational opportunities, keeping participants informed about upcoming events and helping them stay engaged throughout the program.

Requirements

Workshop Search Functionality

User Story: As a sustainability champion, I want to search for relevant workshops and training sessions so that I can find opportunities to enhance my knowledge and contribute more effectively to my community's urban planning efforts.
Description: The Workshop Search Functionality enables users to effortlessly find workshops and training sessions that match their interests in sustainability. Users can use filters such as date, location, and topic to refine their search results, ensuring they can easily locate opportunities that fit their schedules and educational needs. This feature is pivotal for enhancing user engagement, as it provides tailored access to resources that foster learning and community involvement in sustainability initiatives. By integrating this functionality within CommuniPlan, users will have a more streamlined experience that supports their journey as sustainability champions, effectively promoting education and advanced knowledge-sharing rights within urban planning initiatives.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for workshops related to sustainability using multiple filters.

Given a user is on the Workshop Finder page, when they apply filters for date, location, and topic, then the search results should only display workshops that match all selected criteria within 2 seconds.

User receives relevant results when searching for upcoming workshops.

Given a user enters a specific keyword related to sustainability in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then the system should return a list of workshops scheduled in the next 30 days that include that keyword in the title or description.

User can view workshop details before registration.

Given a user finds a workshop they are interested in, when they click on the workshop title in the search results, then they should be directed to a detailed page showing the workshop's date, time, location, description, and available registration options.

User can sort workshop results based on preferences.

Given a user has obtained search results, when they choose to sort the results by date or relevance, then the system should dynamically reorder the workshop list and display it accordingly without reloading the page.

User receives confirmation after registering for a workshop.

Given a user has successfully completed the registration process for a workshop, when the registration is confirmed, then they should receive an email notification with the workshop details and a unique registration ID within 5 minutes.

User can reset filters to start a new search.

Given a user has applied multiple filters and wishes to start a new search, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all filters should be cleared, and the user should be presented with the original, unfiltered list of workshops.

User can view workshops across different regions.

Given a user selects a geographical filter, when they perform a search, then the system should display workshops available in the selected region along with their respective details.

Workshop Registration Process

User Story: As a sustainability champion, I want to easily register for workshops so that I can secure my spot without unnecessary delays or frustrations in the registration process.
Description: The Workshop Registration Process allows users to quickly and securely register for workshops directly through the Workshop Finder interface. This requirement involves building an intuitive registration form that collects essential details from users, including their names, contact information, and any specific preferences or needs related to the workshop. This process simplifies the onboarding for users, reducing barriers and enhancing participation rates in educational offerings. Seamless integration with the existing user login system and payment processing (if applicable) will ensure that users can register without complications, thereby increasing the overall effectiveness of the CommuniPlan platform in connecting users with crucial educational resources.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Workshop Finder, selects a workshop, and enters their personal information in the registration form.

Given the user selects a workshop, when they fill out the registration form with valid information, then they should successfully register for the workshop and receive a confirmation message.

User attempts to register for a workshop without filling out all required fields in the registration form.

Given the user does not fill out all required fields, when they submit the registration form, then they should receive an error message indicating which fields are missing.

User completes registration for a workshop that requires payment.

Given the user has filled out the registration form, when they enter payment information and submit the form, then they should be charged correctly and receive a payment confirmation email.

User wants to register for a workshop but has specific dietary preferences that need to be communicated.

Given the user is filling out the registration form, when they indicate dietary preferences in the specified field, then this information should be saved along with their registration details.

User tries to register for a workshop that is already full.

Given the user selects a sold-out workshop, when they attempt to register, then they should see a notification indicating the workshop is fully booked and not available for registration.

User logs into their account and views the workshops they have registered for.

Given the user is logged in, when they view their profile, then they should see a list of all workshops they have successfully registered for with relevant details.

User registers for a workshop and the system sends them a reminder email 24 hours before the event.

Given the user has registered for a workshop, when the event is 24 hours away, then the user should receive an email reminder about the workshop.

Event Notification System

User Story: As a sustainability champion, I want to receive notifications about upcoming workshops so that I can stay informed and not miss any valuable learning opportunities.
Description: The Event Notification System is designed to keep users informed about upcoming workshops and events related to sustainability. This feature involves implementing a notification system that sends timely alerts to users about new workshops that match their interests, reminders for registered events, and any changes to event details. By enhancing user engagement through proactive communication, this feature ensures that users remain connected to the community and are aware of educational opportunities as they arise. It fosters a more involved and informed user base, thereby improving overall participation in programs aimed at promoting sustainability within urban planning.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives notifications for new workshops that match their interests when they log into the Workshop Finder feature.

Given a user has registered their interests, When a new workshop is scheduled that aligns with those interests, Then the user should receive an in-app notification about the new workshop.

Users are reminded of the workshops they are registered for prior to the event date.

Given a user is registered for a workshop, When the reminder time (e.g., 24 hours before the event) is reached, Then the user should receive an email reminder about the upcoming workshop they are enrolled in.

Users are informed of any changes to the workshop details after they have registered.

Given a user is registered for a workshop, When there is a change to the workshop details (date, time, location), Then the user should receive a notification (in-app and email) informing them of the changes made to the event.

Users can view their upcoming workshop notifications within their user dashboard.

Given a user logs into their account, When they navigate to the dashboard, Then they should see a summary of all upcoming workshops including dates, times, and statuses of their registrations.

Users can filter notifications based on specific categories of workshops they are interested in.

Given a user has preferences set for notification categories, When new workshops are posted in their selected categories, Then the user should receive notifications specifically related to those categories.

Users can unsubscribe from notifications at any time through their account settings.

Given a user decides to unsubscribe from notifications, When they access the notification settings and select 'Unsubscribe', Then they should no longer receive any notifications about workshops unless they re-subscribe.

Green Certification Program

The Green Certification Program offers a formal recognition process for participants who successfully complete sustainability projects or proposals. This certification not only validates their efforts but also enhances their credibility within the community, encouraging further advocacy for sustainable urban practices.

Requirements

Certification Application Process

User Story: As a community organization leader, I want to apply for the Green Certification Program easily so that I can showcase my sustainability project and gain recognition for my efforts.
Description: The Certification Application Process requirement consists of a streamlined interface for users to submit their sustainability project applications for the Green Certification Program. This interface should include fields for project descriptions, outcomes, and supporting documentation. It will facilitate prompt review by evaluators while maintaining user-friendly navigation. The requirement emphasizes transparency and ease of use, encouraging more stakeholders to engage in sustainable planning initiatives. Its integration will enhance user experience and increase participation rates in the program, thereby promoting a wider adoption of sustainable practices in urban development.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a sustainability project application through the certification application interface.

Given a user has logged into the CommuniPlan platform, when they fill out all required fields in the certification application form and submit the application, then the application should be successfully received and a confirmation message displayed to the user.

User uploads supporting documentation for their sustainability project.

Given a user is on the certification application page, when they attach files for the supporting documentation and click submit, then the system should accept and store these files without error and confirm the upload with a notification.

Evaluator reviews submitted applications for the Green Certification Program.

Given an evaluator accesses the list of submitted certification applications, when they select an application and review its details, then they should be able to view all submitted project descriptions, outcomes, and documentation clearly and comprehensively.

User navigates through the certification application process.

Given a user is utilizing the certification application interface, when they attempt to navigate the different sections of the form, then the navigation should be smooth and intuitive, allowing users to easily access and edit their input information.

System alerts users about missing required fields in their application.

Given a user fills out the certification application and attempts to submit it without completing the mandatory fields, when they try to submit, then the system should display error messages indicating the missing required fields.

Users can save their progress in the application process.

Given a user is filling out the certification application, when they choose to save their progress, then the system should store their entered data and allow them to return to complete the application later without losing any information.

Project Review and Feedback System

User Story: As an evaluator, I want to review sustainability projects systematically so that I can provide constructive feedback and support applicants in improving their initiatives.
Description: The Project Review and Feedback System requirement focuses on creating a structured mechanism for evaluators to assess submitted projects for the Green Certification Program. This system should provide evaluators with tools for scoring criteria, submitting feedback, and tracking evaluations. Additionally, it should capture and communicate review results back to applicants, ensuring that participants receive constructive feedback to enhance their sustainability efforts. This requirement not only ensures rigorous evaluation standards but also fosters a supportive community environment for sustainable practices.
Acceptance Criteria: Evaluator Submission of Project Evaluation Results for Green Certification Program

Given an evaluator who has completed the review of a project, when they submit their evaluation results, then the system should successfully save and store the evaluation score and feedback in the database without errors.

Automatic Feedback Notification to Applicants

Given that an evaluation has been completed, when the evaluator submits the evaluation results, then the system should automatically notify the applicant through email about their project evaluation results and feedback within 24 hours.

Scoring Criteria for Project Reviews

Given an evaluator accessing the Project Review System, when they view a submitted project, then they should have the ability to view and score predefined criteria on a scale of 1 to 10 for each proposal.

Evaluator Tracking of Project Evaluation Progress

Given an evaluator who is logged into the system, when they access the review dashboard, then they should see a detailed overview of their assigned projects, including status, scores submitted, and feedback provided.

Applicant Response to Feedback from Evaluation

Given an applicant who has received feedback on their project, when they view the feedback in the system, then they should be able to submit a response or a revised proposal for further consideration within a specified timeframe.

System Performance Under Concurrent Evaluator Load

Given multiple evaluators accessing the Project Review System simultaneously, when evaluations are being submitted, then the system should maintain a response time of less than 3 seconds and not crash.

Data Export Functionality for Evaluators

Given an evaluator who wishes to review their evaluations, when they request to export their evaluation data, then the system should provide the data in a downloadable format (e.g., CSV) including all submitted scores and feedback.

Certification Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a participant in the certification program, I want to track the status of my application through a dashboard so that I can stay informed and manage my project timelines effectively.
Description: The Certification Tracking Dashboard requirement entails developing a comprehensive dashboard for participants to monitor the status of their certification applications and projects. This dashboard should display submission timelines, feedback statuses, and any outstanding requirements. By empowering users with real-time insights, the dashboard will reduce anxiety regarding application waiting times and improve user engagement with the certification process. This requirement supports transparency and enhances the user experience, ultimately encouraging more community members to take part in sustainability efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs into the Certification Tracking Dashboard to check the status of their certification application for a sustainability project.

Given the user is logged in, When they navigate to the Certification Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see their certification application status, submission timelines, feedback statuses, and any outstanding requirements displayed clearly.

A user receives feedback on their certification application through the Certification Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Certification Tracking Dashboard, When feedback is provided on their application, Then the user should receive a notification and the feedback should be visible on their dashboard in real-time.

A user wants to filter their certification applications based on specific criteria such as application status or submission date.

Given the user is on the Certification Tracking Dashboard, When they apply a filter to their certification applications list, Then only the relevant applications that meet the filter criteria should be displayed without errors.

A user navigates the Certification Tracking Dashboard on a mobile device.

Given the user accesses the Certification Tracking Dashboard from a mobile device, When they view the dashboard, Then the layout should be responsive, ensuring all functionality is accessible and user-friendly on mobile screens.

A user tries to submit additional documentation for their certification application.

Given the user is on their application page within the Certification Tracking Dashboard, When they upload additional documentation, Then the system should confirm successful upload and reflect this in the application status without data loss or error.

An administrator monitors overall certification application statistics on the Certification Tracking Dashboard.

Given the administrator is logged in, When they access the Certification Tracking Dashboard, Then they should be able to view aggregate statistics such as total applications submitted, pending, and approved in a user-friendly format.

Recognition and Badge System

User Story: As a certified participant, I want to receive a digital badge that I can share online so that I can showcase my accomplishments and promote sustainable practices within my community.
Description: The Recognition and Badge System requirement involves implementing a gamification approach to reward individuals and organizations that successfully obtain the Green Certification. This system should automatically generate digital badges and certificates that can be shared on social media or printed for personal use. By visually recognizing certified projects, this requirement enhances their community visibility and encourages further advocacy for sustainable practices. It cultivates a sense of accomplishment among participants, driving more projects into the Green Certification Program.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a digital badge upon successful completion of the Green Certification, displayed on their profile.

Given a user has completed the Green Certification, when they log into the platform, then the digital badge should automatically appear on their profile page.

Users are able to share their digital badge on social media platforms directly from the CommuniPlan interface.

Given a user has a digital badge, when they select the 'Share' option from the badge, then a pop-up with social media sharing options should appear.

Users can request and receive a printed certificate of their Green Certification for personal use or display.

Given a user has completed the Green Certification, when they click the 'Request Print Certificate' button, then a confirmation message should indicate that the request has been successfully submitted.

The system tracks and displays the number of badges awarded to each user for transparency and motivation.

Given users have obtained badges, when they view their profiles, then the total number of badges awarded should be clearly displayed under their profile information.

Community leaders can view a summary report of all certifications awarded within a specified timeframe to analyze program reach and influence.

Given a community leader has access to report generation, when they select a date range for the report, then the system should generate and display a summary of all certifications awarded within that timeframe.

The system automatically recognizes and rewards participants who have achieved multiple certifications with an exclusive badge.

Given a participant has completed multiple Green Certifications, when they log into the platform, then an exclusive multi-certification badge should appear on their profile.

Users receive an email notification upon receiving their digital badge or certificate.

Given a user has achieved their Green Certification, when the badge is generated, then a notification email should be automatically sent to the user's registered email address.

Community Feedback Integration

User Story: As a resident, I want to give feedback on sustainability projects so that I can contribute my perspective and help improve initiatives in my community.
Description: The Community Feedback Integration requirement focuses on incorporating a feedback survey tool within the Green Certification Program, allowing community members to evaluate and comment on sustainability projects submitted for certification. This tool should provide an anonymous platform for feedback, fostering community engagement and support for sustainability initiatives. By integrating community perspectives, this requirement enriches the evaluation process and enhances project relevance to local needs. The feedback can also guide future projects and adjustments to the certification requirements.
Acceptance Criteria: Community members access the feedback survey tool after viewing sustainability projects submitted within the Green Certification Program.

Given a community member is on the project overview page, when they click 'Provide Feedback', then they should be redirected to the feedback survey form which is accessible and user-friendly.

Community members submit their feedback anonymously through the feedback survey tool for various sustainability projects submitted for certification.

Given a community member fills out the feedback survey form, when they press 'Submit', then the system should store the feedback anonymously without linking it to their profile.

Project submitters receive aggregated feedback from the community to assess the reception of their sustainability initiatives.

Given the feedback survey has been closed, when the project submitter checks the feedback section, then they should see a summary report highlighting key themes, average ratings, and a breakdown of comments received.

Community feedback informs adjustments to certification requirements based on ongoing evaluation of submitted projects.

Given the feedback has been analyzed, when certification requirements are reviewed at the end of the quarter, then there should be documented changes made that reflect community suggestions for future sustainability projects.

Community members are notified about successful submissions of feedback on sustainability projects within the Green Certification Program.

Given a community member submits feedback, when the feedback is successfully recorded, then they should receive a confirmation message via email acknowledging their contribution.

Analytics and Reporting Tools

User Story: As an urban planner, I want access to analytics on certified projects so that I can assess their effectiveness and use insights to inform future urban sustainability policies.
Description: The Analytics and Reporting Tools requirement seeks to provide real-time analytics to users regarding the outcomes and impacts of certified sustainability projects. This feature should compile data on project success rates, community participation levels, and feedback responses. By offering these insights, the requirement not only demonstrates the effectiveness of the Green Certification Program but also informs potential improvements and future initiatives. It acts as a critical decision-making tool for urban planners and government officials pursuing sustainable development.
Acceptance Criteria: Analytics for Project Success Rate

Given a completed sustainability project, when a user accesses the analytics tools, then the system should display a project success rate percentage based on set success criteria.

Community Participation Analytics

Given a sustainability project with community engagement tools, when the analytics report is generated, then it should show the number of participants and their engagement levels as a percentage of the total community population.

Feedback Response Compilation

Given multiple feedback submissions from participants in a sustainability project, when the user generates the report, then the system should compile and present summary statistics on positive, neutral, and negative feedback in a visual format.

Real-time Data Access

Given an active sustainability project, when a user navigates to the analytics dashboard, then the system should provide real-time data updates without requiring page refreshes.

Demographic Analysis of Participants

Given a completed sustainability project, when the user requests demographic insights, then the analytics tool should present data on participant demographics, including age, location, and gender distributions.

Historical Project Comparison

Given multiple completed sustainability projects, when a user selects two or more projects for comparison, then the system should generate a comparative analytics report highlighting key differences in outcomes and community engagement.

AI-Driven Insights Summary

Given a set of completed sustainability projects, when the user requests AI-driven insights, then the system should generate a summary report detailing recommendations for future projects based on past performance data and community feedback.

Press Articles

CommuniPlan Launches Revolutionary Platform to Transform Urban Planning Through Community Engagement: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact: Jane Doe
Phone: (123) 456-7890
Email: jane.doe@communiplan.com
Website: www.communiplan.com

COMMUNIPLAN LAUNCHES REVOLUTIONARY PLATFORM TO TRANSFORM URBAN PLANNING THROUGH COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT

February 21, 2025 – Cityville, USA – CommuniPlan, a cutting-edge Software as a Service (SaaS) platform, has officially launched its innovative platform aimed at revolutionizing urban planning by harnessing the power of crowd-sourcing and community engagement. This dynamic platform is tailored for urban planners, local governments, and community organizations, empowering them with interactive tools that enable surveys, polls, and comprehensive mapping capabilities.

Urban planning has traditionally been a top-down process, often leading to disjointed developments that do not reflect the needs and desires of residents. Recognizing this challenge, CommuniPlan is designed to foster an environment that prioritizes resident input. By offering real-time analytics, demographic targeting, and AI-driven insights, CommuniPlan ensures that urban projects align seamlessly with community needs.

"CommuniPlan represents a paradigm shift in how urban planning is approached," said John Smith, CEO of CommuniPlan. "Our platform enables planners to tap into the collective wisdom of the community. It’s about collaboration, transparency, and ensuring that the voices of residents directly influence the decision-making processes in their cities."

Key features of CommuniPlan include:

Interactive Surveys and Polls: A suite of tools that allow community members to engage with urban planners effectively, providing valuable feedback on proposed projects.

Real-Time Analytics Dashboard: This feature provides instant insights into community sentiment and demographic data, allowing planners to make informed decisions.

Event Calendar: Users can stay informed about upcoming community meetings, workshops, and urban planning events, simplifying participation.

The platform is not just for planners. Community members, local government officials, environmental advocates, and academic researchers will find invaluable tools within CommuniPlan that will allow them to engage, influence, and inform urban projects.

"As local government officials, it is vital for us to maintain transparency and foster communication with our constituents," stated Lisa Johnson, a local Government Official. "CommuniPlan provides us with robust tools to collect data directly from the community, enhancing our policy-making process."

In addition to facilitating better urban planning, CommuniPlan places a strong emphasis on sustainable development. With its eco-focused features such as the Eco Impact Dashboard and Community Eco Feedback, the platform provides stakeholders with comprehensive insights into the potential ecological impacts of urban projects.

"Our aim is to inspire smarter, more sustainable urban growth. We foster collaboration between all stakeholders to ensure that environmental considerations are prioritized in urban development strategies," added Sarah Green, an Environmental Advocate.

To celebrate the launch, CommuniPlan is hosting a webinar on March 1, 2025, where attendees can learn about the platform in-depth and explore its features through interactive demos.

For more information about CommuniPlan and to register for the launch webinar, visit www.communiplan.com. Engage with us as we transform the future of urban planning together.

END

CommuniPlan Empowers Community Voices in Urban Development with New SaaS Platform Features: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact: Sarah Miller
Phone: (987) 654-3210
Email: sarah.miller@communiplan.com
Website: www.communiplan.com

COMMUNIPLAN EMPOWERS COMMUNITY VOICES IN URBAN DEVELOPMENT WITH NEW SAAS PLATFORM FEATURES

February 21, 2025 – Cityville, USA – CommuniPlan has announced an exciting update to its robust urban planning SaaS platform that introduces new features focused on community engagement and empowerment. This strategic enhancement is aimed at ensuring that residents play a pivotal role in shaping the neighborhoods they inhabit.

In a landscape where urban development often appears disconnected from the needs of local residents, CommuniPlan seeks to bridge that gap. By innovating its platform to include features such as the Feedback Pulse Review Sessions and Community Equity Scoring, CommuniPlan places emphasis on continual dialogue between community members and decision-makers.

"At CommuniPlan, we believe that effective urban planning requires the active participation of those who are most affected by these decisions—our communities," said Mark Thompson, Chief Product Officer of CommuniPlan. "Our new features enhance transparency and ensure that residents can provide ongoing feedback as projects evolve."

Highlights of the new features include:

Feedback Pulse Review Sessions: These designated meetings allow urban planners to discuss collective community insights gathered from ongoing surveys and pulse checks, thus promoting transparency and collaborative problem-solving.

Community Equity Scoring: This innovative tool assigns scores to urban projects based on their potential impacts on marginalized communities, ensuring that fairness is prioritized in development proposals.

In addition to enhancing community engagement, CommuniPlan’s platform supports diverse users such as civic innovators, sustainable visionaries, and equity advocates. By providing real-time data access and an inclusive engagement guide, CommuniPlan is leveling the playing field in urban decision-making.

"The commitment to inclusivity in urban planning fosters a fairer process that accommodates all voices, particularly those from marginalized communities. Our goal is to dismantle barriers to participation and ensure that everyone has a say in planning the future of their neighborhoods," emphasized equity advocate Jenna Rogers.

Furthermore, CommuniPlan remains committed to sustainability through features like the Eco Impact Dashboard and Sustainability Scenario Builder, allowing community members and urban planners to visualize potential ecological impacts and explore sustainable solutions.

As part of this announcement, CommuniPlan invites stakeholders to a live demonstration of the new features on March 8, 2025, where they can interact with the platform and experience its capabilities firsthand.

For details on attending the live demonstration and all information about CommuniPlan, please visit www.communiplan.com. Together, we can create urban environments that reflect the needs and aspirations of all community members.

END

CommuniPlan Sets New Standard in Urban Planning with Launch of Equity-Focused Tools: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Contact: Robert King
Phone: (555) 012-3456
Email: robert.king@communiplan.com
Website: www.communiplan.com

COMMUNIPLAN SETS NEW STANDARD IN URBAN PLANNING WITH LAUNCH OF EQUITY-FOCUSED TOOLS

February 21, 2025 – Cityville, USA – In a bid to elevate the importance of equity in urban planning, CommuniPlan has launched a new suite of tools designed to foster inclusive collaboration and ensure that marginalized voices are heard. This groundbreaking package is set to create more equitable urban environments by prioritizing community participation in decision-making processes.

Urban planning has long faced challenges related to inclusivity and social equity. With actionable features like the Intersectionality Framework and Equity Metrics Dashboard, CommuniPlan addresses these challenges head-on. Users will now be able to analyze the unique impacts of urban projects on various demographic groups and design strategies that promote equitable growth.

"Too often, minority voices are lost in urban development discussions. With our new tools, we are committing to a planning process that truly reflects the diverse demographics of our communities," stated Susan Clark, Director of Community Engagement at CommuniPlan. "We aim to create urban spaces that uplift everyone, especially those historically marginalized."

The new features empower users, including community organizers, equity advocates, and local governments, to assess the potential impacts of their projects on vulnerable populations. Key features include:

Intersectionality Framework: This tool provides a structured approach to analyze how various social categories interact to impact different community members uniquely.

Equity Metrics Dashboard: Users can visualize key indicators related to equity in urban development, aiding in informed decision-making.

Recognizing the importance of education in promoting equity, CommuniPlan also introduces Equity Training Modules, which will serve as a resource for urban planners to better understand and tackle systemic inequities in the planning process.

"Education and understanding are pivotal in fostering a truly inclusive planning approach. Our training modules will equip planners with the necessary skills to recognize implicit biases and act accordingly," Clark added.

To further explore these new equity-focused tools, CommuniPlan will be hosting an informative webinar on March 15, 2025. The session will include demonstrations and discussions on how to effectively leverage these features in the planning process.

For further inquiries and to register for the webinar, please reach out to CommuniPlan via email or visit our website at www.communiplan.com.

END

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

Civic Innovator

Sustainable Visionary

Tech-Savvy Planner

Equity Advocate

Community Journalist

Product Ideas

Product Features

Idea Incubator

Requirements

Collaborative Proposal Editing

Feedback Mechanism

Proposal Voting System

Proposal Submission Guidelines

Interactive Idea Mapping Tool

Notification and Alert System

Proposal Showcase

Requirements

Visual Proposal Display

Community Feedback Integration

Proposal Voting System

Live Proposal Updates

Detailed Proposal Insights

User Engagement Analytics Dashboard

Real-Time Polling

Requirements

Instant Feedback Collection

Data Visualization Dashboard

Participant Anonymity Option

Post-Event Feedback Analysis

Multi-Language Support for Polling

Engagement Metrics Reporting

Discussion Boards

Requirements

User Registration and Authentication

Threaded Discussions

Moderation Tools

Real-time Notifications

Search and Filter Options

User Profile Customization

Feedback Pulse

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

Adaptive Survey Frequency

Visual Progress Indicators

Multilingual Survey Options

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

Seamless Integration with Existing Projects

Event Calendar

Requirements

Event Notification System

Event Categorization

User RSVP Functionality

Event Feedback Mechanism

Social Sharing for Events

Eco Impact Dashboard

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

Customizable Visualizations

Scenario Modeling Tools

Stakeholder Feedback Loop

Comparative Analysis Tools

Mobile Compatibility

Sustainability Scenario Builder

Requirements

Interactive Mapping Tool

Variable Adjustment Interface

Scenario Comparison Feature

Eco-Impact Reporting Tool

Community Feedback Integration

Community Eco Feedback

Requirements

Eco Impact Survey Creation

Real-time Feedback Dashboard

Community Incentive Program

Ecological Concern Mapping Tool

Feedback Trend Analysis